// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright (c) 2021 the ethier authors (github.com/divergencetech/ethier)
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;
import {IRedeemableToken} from "proof/redemption/interfaces/IRedeemableToken.sol";
import {DiamondExhibition} from "../exhibition/DiamondExhibition.sol";
import {DiamondExhibitionRegularPass} from "../passes/DiamondExhibitionRegularPass.sol";
import {DiamondExhibitionChoicePass} from "../passes/DiamondExhibitionChoicePass.sol";
import {DiamondExhibitionSeller} from "./DiamondExhibitionSeller.sol";
/**
 * @notice Seller that redeems a Diamond Pass (either a Day One or Regular pass) for a piece in the Diamond Exhibition.
 */
contract DiamondPassRedeemer is DiamondExhibitionSeller {
    /**
     * @notice Emitted when the callback to the `IRedeemableToken` contract fails.
     */
    error RedeemableCallbackFailed(IRedeemableToken token, bytes reason);
    /**
     * @notice Emitted when the `IRedeemableToken` contract is not a valid pass.
     */
    error InvalidRedeemableToken(IRedeemableToken token);
    /**
     * @notice The regular Diamond Exhibition pass.
     */
    DiamondExhibitionRegularPass public immutable regularPass;
    /**
     * @notice The Day One Diamond Exhibition pass.
     */
    DiamondExhibitionChoicePass public immutable dayOnePass;
    constructor(
        DiamondExhibition exhibition,
        DiamondExhibitionRegularPass regularPass_,
        DiamondExhibitionChoicePass dayOnePass_
    ) DiamondExhibitionSeller(exhibition) {
        dayOnePass = dayOnePass_;
        regularPass = regularPass_;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Encodes a purchase.
     * @param redeemable The `IRedeemableToken` contract to redeem.
     * @param passId The tokenId of the pass to redeem.
     * @param projectId The project ID to purchase.
     */
    struct Purchase {
        IRedeemableToken redeemable;
        uint256 passId;
        uint8 projectId;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Redeems the given passes and purchases pieces in the Diamond Exhibition.
     */
    function purchase(Purchase[] calldata purchases) external {
        uint8[] memory projectIds = new uint8[](purchases.length);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < purchases.length; ++i) {
            if (purchases[i].redeemable != regularPass && purchases[i].redeemable != dayOnePass) {
                revert InvalidRedeemableToken(purchases[i].redeemable);
            }
            try purchases[i].redeemable.redeem(msg.sender, purchases[i].passId) {}
            catch (bytes memory reason) {
                revert RedeemableCallbackFailed(purchases[i].redeemable, reason);
            }
            projectIds[i] = purchases[i].projectId;
        }
        _purchase(msg.sender, projectIds);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @notice Interface for a redeemable Voucher token preventing double spending
 * through internal book-keeping (e.g. burning the token, token property, etc.).
 * @dev Voucher tokens are intendent to be redeemed through a redeemer contract.
 */
interface IRedeemableToken {
    /**
     * @notice Thrown if the redemption caller is not allowed to spend a given
     * voucher.
     */
    error RedeemerCallerNotAllowedToSpendVoucher(address sender, uint256 tokenId);
    /**
     * @notice Interface through which a `IRedeemer` contract informs the
     * voucher about its redemption.
     * @param sender The address that initiate the redemption on the
     * redeemer contract.
     * @param tokenId The voucher token to be redeemed.
     * @dev This function MUST be called by redeemer contracts.
     * @dev MUST revert with `RedeemerNotApproved` if the calling redeemer
     * contract is not approved to spend this voucher.
     * @dev MUST revert with `RedeemerCallerNotAllowedToSpendVoucher` if
     * sender is not allowed to spend tokenId.
     */
    function redeem(address sender, uint256 tokenId) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity ^0.8.15;
import {Strings} from "openzeppelin-contracts/utils/Strings.sol";
import {GenArt721CoreV3_Engine_Flex_PROOF} from "artblocks-contracts/GenArt721CoreV3_Engine_Flex_PROOF.sol";
import {ERC721A, ERC721ACommon, BaseTokenURI, ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI} from "ethier/erc721/BaseTokenURI.sol";
import {OperatorFilterOS} from "ethier/erc721/OperatorFilterOS.sol";
import {artblocksTokenID} from "proof/artblocks/TokenIDMapping.sol";
import {IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Mintable} from "proof/artblocks/IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Mintable.sol";
import {SellableERC721ACommon} from "proof/sellers/sellable/SellableERC721ACommon.sol";
import {ProjectsConfig} from "./ProjectsConfig.sol";
import {TokenInfoManager} from "./TokenInfoManager.sol";
/**
 * @notice Library for encoding and decoding purchase data for the Diamond Exhibition sellers.
 */
library DiamondExhibitionLib {
    function encodePurchaseData(uint8[] memory projectIds) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        return abi.encode(projectIds);
    }
    function dencodePurchaseData(bytes memory data) internal pure returns (uint8[] memory) {
        return abi.decode(data, (uint8[]));
    }
}
/**
 * @notice Diamond Exhibition
 * @author David Huber (@cxkoda)
 * @custom:reviewer Arran Schlosberg (@divergencearran)
 */
contract DiamondExhibition is
    ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI,
    OperatorFilterOS,
    SellableERC721ACommon,
    ProjectsConfig,
    TokenInfoManager
{
    // =================================================================================================================
    //                          Errors
    // =================================================================================================================
    /**
     * @notice Thrown if the number of requested purchases exceeds the number of remaining tokens.
     */
    error ExceedingMaxTotalSupply(uint256 num, uint256 numLeft);
    /**
     * @notice Thrown if a user attempts to purchase tokens from an exhausted project.
     */
    error ProjectExhausted(uint8 projectId);
    /**
     * @notice Thrown if a user attempts to purchase tokens from an invalid project.
     */
    error InvalidProject(uint8 projectId);
    // =================================================================================================================
    //                          Constants
    // =================================================================================================================
    /**
     * @notice The ArtBlocks engine flex contract.
     */
    GenArt721CoreV3_Engine_Flex_PROOF public immutable flex;
    /**
     * @notice The ArtBlocks engine flex contract or a minter multiplexer.
     */
    IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Mintable public immutable flexMintGateway;
    /**
     * @notice The maximum total number of tokens that can be minted.
     * @dev This is intentionally not a compile-time constant for the sake of testing.
     */
    uint256 public immutable maxTotalSupply;
    // =========================================================================
    //                          Storage
    // =================================================================================================================
    /**
     * @notice The number of tokens minted per project.
     */
    uint16[NUM_PROJECTS] internal _numPurchasedPerProject;
    // =================================================================================================================
    //                          Storage
    // =================================================================================================================
    struct ConstructorParams {
        address admin;
        address steerer;
        address payable secondaryReceiver;
        GenArt721CoreV3_Engine_Flex_PROOF flex;
        IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Mintable flexMintGateway;
    }
    constructor(ConstructorParams memory params)
        ERC721ACommon(params.admin, params.steerer, "Diamond Exhibition", "DIAMOND", params.secondaryReceiver, 500)
        BaseTokenURI("https://metadata.proof.xyz/diamond-exhibition/")
    {
        uint256 total;
        uint256[NUM_PROJECTS] memory maxNumPerProject_ = _maxNumPerProject();
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < NUM_PROJECTS; i++) {
            total += maxNumPerProject_[i];
        }
        maxTotalSupply = total;
        flex = params.flex;
        flexMintGateway = params.flexMintGateway;
    }
    // =================================================================================================================
    //                          Selling
    // =================================================================================================================
    /**
     * @notice Assigns a project to a token.
     * @dev Mints from the associated ArtBlocks project if the project is a longform project.
     */
    function _assignProject(uint256 tokenId, uint8 projectId, uint256[NUM_PROJECTS] memory maxNumPerProject_)
        internal
    {
        if (projectId >= NUM_PROJECTS) {
            revert InvalidProject(projectId);
        }
        uint16 numPurchased = _numPurchasedPerProject[projectId];
        if (numPurchased >= maxNumPerProject_[projectId]) {
            revert ProjectExhausted(projectId);
        }
        _numPurchasedPerProject[projectId] = numPurchased + 1;
        if (_isLongformProject(projectId)) {
            flexMintGateway.mint_Ecf(address(this), _artblocksProjectId(projectId), address(this));
        }
        _setTokenInfo(tokenId, projectId, numPurchased /* edition */ );
    }
    /**
     * @inheritdoc SellableERC721ACommon
     */
    function _handleSale(address to, uint64 num, bytes calldata data) internal virtual override {
        if (num + _totalMinted() > maxTotalSupply) {
            revert ExceedingMaxTotalSupply(num, maxTotalSupply - _totalMinted());
        }
        uint8[] memory projectIds = DiamondExhibitionLib.dencodePurchaseData(data);
        assert(projectIds.length == num);
        uint256 tokenId = _nextTokenId();
        uint256[NUM_PROJECTS] memory maxNumPerProject_ = _maxNumPerProject();
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < num; ++i) {
            _assignProject(tokenId++, projectIds[i], maxNumPerProject_);
        }
        SellableERC721ACommon._handleSale(to, num, data);
    }
    /**
     * @inheritdoc ERC721A
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        TokenInfo memory info = _tokenInfo(tokenId);
        if (projectType(info.projectId) == ProjectType.Curated) {
            return string.concat(_baseURI(), Strings.toString(tokenId));
        }
        return flex.tokenURI(artblocksTokenID(_artblocksProjectId(info.projectId), info.edition));
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns all tokenIds for a given project.
     * @dev Intended for front-end consumption and not optimised for gas.
     */
    function tokenIdsByProjectId(uint8 projectId) external view returns (uint256[] memory) {
        uint256[] memory tokenIds = new uint256[](_numPurchasedPerProject[projectId]);
        uint256 cursor;
        uint256 supply = totalSupply();
        for (uint256 tokenId = 0; tokenId < supply; ++tokenId) {
            if (_tokenInfo(tokenId).projectId == projectId) {
                tokenIds[cursor++] = tokenId;
            }
        }
        return tokenIds;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns the number of tokens purchased for each project.
     * @dev Intended for front-end consumption and not optimised for gas.
     */
    function numPurchasedPerProject() external view returns (uint16[NUM_PROJECTS] memory) {
        return _numPurchasedPerProject;
    }
    // =================================================================================================================
    //                          Inheritance resolution
    // =================================================================================================================
    /**
     * @notice Helper function that returns true if the token belongs to a longform project.
     */
    function _isLongformToken(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        return _isLongformProject(_tokenInfo(tokenId).projectId);
    }
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC721ACommon, ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI, SellableERC721ACommon)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual override(ERC721A, ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI) returns (string memory) {
        return ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI._baseURI();
    }
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override(ERC721A, OperatorFilterOS) {
        ERC721A.setApprovalForAll(operator, approved);
    }
    function approve(address operator, uint256 tokenId) public payable virtual override(ERC721A, OperatorFilterOS) {
        if (_isLongformToken(tokenId)) {
            ERC721A.approve(operator, tokenId);
        } else {
            OperatorFilterOS.approve(operator, tokenId);
        }
    }
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId)
        public
        payable
        virtual
        override(ERC721A, OperatorFilterOS)
    {
        if (_isLongformToken(tokenId)) {
            ERC721A.transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
        } else {
            OperatorFilterOS.transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
        }
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId)
        public
        payable
        virtual
        override(ERC721A, OperatorFilterOS)
    {
        if (_isLongformToken(tokenId)) {
            ERC721A.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
        } else {
            OperatorFilterOS.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
        }
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory data)
        public
        payable
        virtual
        override(ERC721A, OperatorFilterOS)
    {
        if (_isLongformToken(tokenId)) {
            ERC721A.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, data);
        } else {
            OperatorFilterOS.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, data);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity ^0.8.15;
import {ERC721ACommon, BaseTokenURI} from "ethier/erc721/BaseTokenURI.sol";
import {SellableRedeemableRestrictableERC721} from "./SellableRedeemableRestrictableERC721.sol";
/**
 * @title Diamond Exhibition: Regular Pass
 * @notice A token claimable by all diamond nested Moonbirds that did not receive a Day One Pass, redeemable for
 * diamond exhibition artworks.
 */
contract DiamondExhibitionRegularPass is SellableRedeemableRestrictableERC721 {
    constructor(address admin, address steerer, address payable secondaryReceiver)
        ERC721ACommon(admin, steerer, "Diamond Exhibition: Regular Pass", "REGULAR", secondaryReceiver, 500)
        BaseTokenURI("https://metadata.proof.xyz/diamond-exhibition-pass/regular/")
    {}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity ^0.8.15;
import {ERC721ACommon, BaseTokenURI} from "ethier/erc721/BaseTokenURI.sol";
import {RoleGatedFreeOfCharge} from "proof/sellers/presets/RoleGatedFreeOfCharge.sol";
import {SellableRedeemableRestrictableERC721} from "./SellableRedeemableRestrictableERC721.sol";
/**
 * @title Diamond Exhibition: Choice Pass
 * @notice A redeemable token airdropped to all day-1 nested Moonbirds that allows mints with preferences from the diamond exhibition.
 */
contract DiamondExhibitionChoicePass is SellableRedeemableRestrictableERC721 {
    /**
     * @notice The seller handling the airdrop.
     */
    RoleGatedFreeOfCharge public airdropper;
    constructor(address admin, address steerer, address payable secondaryReceiver, uint64 numDayOneBirds)
        ERC721ACommon(admin, steerer, "Diamond Exhibition: Day One Pass", "DAY1PASS", secondaryReceiver, 500)
        BaseTokenURI("https://metadata.proof.xyz/diamond-exhibition-pass/day-one/")
    {
        airdropper = new RoleGatedFreeOfCharge(admin , steerer, this, numDayOneBirds);
        _grantRole(AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE, address(airdropper));
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright (c) 2021 the ethier authors (github.com/divergencetech/ethier)
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;
import {SellableCallbacker} from "proof/sellers/base/SellableCallbacker.sol";
import {Seller} from "proof/sellers/base/Seller.sol";
import {DiamondExhibitionLib, DiamondExhibition} from "../exhibition/DiamondExhibition.sol";
/**
 * @notice Seller module to purchase Diamond Exhibition tokens.
 */
abstract contract DiamondExhibitionSeller is Seller, SellableCallbacker {
    constructor(DiamondExhibition exhibition) SellableCallbacker(exhibition) {}
    /**
     * @notice Convenience function for inheriting sellers. Purchases tokens of given project IDs free-of-charge.
     */
    function _purchase(address to, uint8[] memory projectIds) internal {
        _purchase(
            to, uint64(projectIds.length), /* total cost */ 0, DiamondExhibitionLib.encodePurchaseData(projectIds)
        );
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Strings.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./math/Math.sol";
/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library Strings {
    bytes16 private constant _SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    uint8 private constant _ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20;
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 length = Math.log10(value) + 1;
            string memory buffer = new string(length);
            uint256 ptr;
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                ptr := add(buffer, add(32, length))
            }
            while (true) {
                ptr--;
                /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                assembly {
                    mstore8(ptr, byte(mod(value, 10), _SYMBOLS))
                }
                value /= 10;
                if (value == 0) break;
            }
            return buffer;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            return toHexString(value, Math.log256(value) + 1);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(address addr) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), _ADDRESS_LENGTH);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity 0.8.17;
// Created By: Art Blocks Inc.
import "./interfaces/0.8.x/IRandomizerV2.sol";
import "./interfaces/0.8.x/IAdminACLV0.sol";
import "./interfaces/0.8.x/IEngineRegistryV0.sol";
import "./interfaces/0.8.x/IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Engine_Flex.sol";
import "./interfaces/0.8.x/IDependencyRegistryCompatibleV0.sol";
import "./interfaces/0.8.x/IManifold.sol";
import "@openzeppelin-4.7/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import "./libs/0.8.x/ERC721_PackedHashSeed.sol";
import "./libs/0.8.x/BytecodeStorage.sol";
import "./libs/0.8.x/Bytes32Strings.sol";
/**
 * @title Art Blocks Engine Flex ERC-721 core contract, V3.
 * @author Art Blocks Inc.
 * @notice Privileged Roles and Ownership:
 * This contract is designed to be managed, with progressively limited powers
 * as a project progresses from active to locked.
 * Privileged roles and abilities are controlled by the admin ACL contract and
 * artists. Both of these roles hold extensive power and can arbitrarily
 * control and modify portions of projects, dependent upon project state. After
 * a project is locked, important project metadata fields are locked including
 * the project name, artist name, and script and display details. Edition size
 * can never be increased.
 * Care must be taken to ensure that the admin ACL contract and artist
 * addresses are secure behind a multi-sig or other access control mechanism.
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following functions are restricted to the Admin ACL contract:
 * - updateArtblocksDependencyRegistryAddress
 * - updateProviderSalesAddresses
 * - updateProviderPrimarySalesPercentages (up to 100%)
 * - updateProviderSecondarySalesBPS (up to 100%)
 * - updateMinterContract
 * - updateRandomizerAddress
 * - toggleProjectIsActive
 * - addProject
 * - forbidNewProjects (forever forbidding new projects)
 * - updateDefaultBaseURI (used to initialize new project base URIs)
 * - updateIPFSGateway
 * - updateArweaveGateway
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following functions are restricted to either the the Artist address or
 * the Admin ACL contract, only when the project is not locked:
 * - updateProjectName
 * - updateProjectArtistName
 * - updateProjectLicense
 * - Change project script via addProjectScript, updateProjectScript,
 *   and removeProjectLastScript
 * - updateProjectScriptType
 * - updateProjectAspectRatio
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following functions are restricted to only the Artist or Admin ACL
 * contract of a valid project ID:
 * - proposeArtistPaymentAddressesAndSplits (Note that this has to be accepted
 *   by adminAcceptArtistAddressesAndSplits to take effect, which is restricted
 *   to the Admin ACL contract, or the artist if the core contract owner has
 *   renounced ownership. Also note that a proposal will be automatically
 *   accepted if the artist only proposes changed payee percentages without
 *   modifying any payee addresses, or is only removing payee addresses, or
 *   if the global config `autoApproveArtistSplitProposals` is set to `true`.)
 * - toggleProjectIsPaused (note the artist can still mint while paused)
 * - updateProjectSecondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage (up to
 *   ARTIST_MAX_SECONDARY_ROYALTY_PERCENTAGE percent)
 * - updateProjectWebsite
 * - updateProjectMaxInvocations (to a number greater than or equal to the
 *   current number of invocations, and less than current project maximum
 *   invocations)
 * - updateProjectBaseURI (controlling the base URI for tokens in the project)
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following function is restricted to either the Admin ACL contract, or
 * the Artist address if the core contract owner has renounced ownership:
 * - adminAcceptArtistAddressesAndSplits
 * - updateProjectArtistAddress (owner ultimately controlling the project and
 *   its and-on revenue, unless owner has renounced ownership)
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following function is restricted to the artist when a project is
 * unlocked, and only callable by Admin ACL contract when a project is locked:
 * - updateProjectDescription
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following functions for managing external asset dependencies are restricted
 * to projects with external asset dependencies that are unlocked:
 * - lockProjectExternalAssetDependencies
 * - updateProjectExternalAssetDependency
 * - removeProjectExternalAssetDependency
 * - addProjectExternalAssetDependency
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following function is restricted to owner calling directly:
 * - transferOwnership
 * - renounceOwnership
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following configuration variables are set at time of contract deployment,
 * and not modifiable thereafter (immutable after the point of deployment):
 * - (bool) autoApproveArtistSplitProposals
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Additional admin and artist privileged roles may be described on minters,
 * registries, and other contracts that may interact with this core contract.
 */
contract GenArt721CoreV3_Engine_Flex_PROOF is
    ERC721_PackedHashSeed,
    Ownable,
    IDependencyRegistryCompatibleV0,
    IManifold,
    IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Engine_Flex
{
    using BytecodeStorage for string;
    using BytecodeStorage for address;
    using Bytes32Strings for bytes32;
    uint256 constant ONE_HUNDRED = 100;
    uint256 constant ONE_MILLION = 1_000_000;
    uint24 constant ONE_MILLION_UINT24 = 1_000_000;
    uint256 constant FOUR_WEEKS_IN_SECONDS = 2_419_200;
    uint8 constant AT_CHARACTER_CODE = uint8(bytes1("@")); // 0x40
    // numeric constants
    uint256 constant MAX_PROVIDER_SECONDARY_SALES_BPS = 10000; // 10_000 BPS = 100%
    uint256 constant ARTIST_MAX_SECONDARY_ROYALTY_PERCENTAGE = 95; // 95%
    // This contract emits generic events that contain fields that indicate
    // which parameter has been updated. This is sufficient for application
    // state management, while also simplifying the contract and indexing code.
    // This was done as an alternative to having custom events that emit what
    // field-values have changed for each event, given that changed values can
    // be introspected by indexers due to the design of this smart contract
    // exposing these state changes via publicly viewable fields.
    //
    // The following fields are used to indicate which contract-level parameter
    // has been updated in the `PlatformUpdated` event:
    bytes32 constant FIELD_NEXT_PROJECT_ID = "nextProjectId";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_NEW_PROJECTS_FORBIDDEN = "newProjectsForbidden";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_DEFAULT_BASE_URI = "defaultBaseURI";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_RANDOMIZER_ADDRESS = "randomizerAddress";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_ARTBLOCKS_DEPENDENCY_REGISTRY_ADDRESS =
        "dependencyRegistryAddress";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROVIDER_SALES_ADDRESSES = "providerSalesAddresses";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROVIDER_PRIMARY_SALES_PERCENTAGES =
        "providerPrimaryPercentages";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROVIDER_SECONDARY_SALES_BPS =
        "providerSecondaryBPS";
    // The following fields are used to indicate which project-level parameter
    // has been updated in the `ProjectUpdated` event:
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_COMPLETED = "completed";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_ACTIVE = "active";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_ARTIST_ADDRESS = "artistAddress";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_PAUSED = "paused";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_CREATED = "created";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_NAME = "name";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_ARTIST_NAME = "artistName";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_SECONDARY_MARKET_ROYALTY_PERCENTAGE =
        "royaltyPercentage";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_DESCRIPTION = "description";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_WEBSITE = "website";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_LICENSE = "license";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_MAX_INVOCATIONS = "maxInvocations";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_SCRIPT = "script";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_SCRIPT_TYPE = "scriptType";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_ASPECT_RATIO = "aspectRatio";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_BASE_URI = "baseURI";
    /// Dependency registry managed by Art Blocks
    address public artblocksDependencyRegistryAddress;
    /// current randomizer contract
    IRandomizerV2 public randomizerContract;
    /// append-only array of all randomizer contract addresses ever used by
    /// this contract
    address[] private _historicalRandomizerAddresses;
    /// admin ACL contract
    IAdminACLV0 public adminACLContract;
    struct Project {
        uint24 invocations;
        uint24 maxInvocations;
        uint24 scriptCount;
        // max uint64 ~= 1.8e19 sec ~= 570 billion years
        uint64 completedTimestamp;
        bool active;
        bool paused;
        string name;
        string artist;
        string description;
        string website;
        string license;
        string projectBaseURI;
        bytes32 scriptTypeAndVersion;
        string aspectRatio;
        // mapping from script index to address storing script in bytecode
        mapping(uint256 => address) scriptBytecodeAddresses;
        bool externalAssetDependenciesLocked;
        uint24 externalAssetDependencyCount;
        mapping(uint256 => ExternalAssetDependency) externalAssetDependencies;
    }
    mapping(uint256 => Project) projects;
    string public preferredIPFSGateway;
    string public preferredArweaveGateway;
    /// packed struct containing project financial information
    struct ProjectFinance {
        address payable additionalPayeePrimarySales;
        // packed uint: max of 95, max uint8 = 255
        uint8 secondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage;
        address payable additionalPayeeSecondarySales;
        // packed uint: max of 100, max uint8 = 255
        uint8 additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage;
        address payable artistAddress;
        // packed uint: max of 100, max uint8 = 255
        uint8 additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage;
    }
    // Project financials mapping
    mapping(uint256 => ProjectFinance) projectIdToFinancials;
    /// hash of artist's proposed payment updates to be approved by admin
    mapping(uint256 => bytes32) public proposedArtistAddressesAndSplitsHash;
    /// The render provider payment address for all primary sales revenues
    /// (packed)
    address payable public renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress;
    /// Percentage of primary sales revenue allocated to the render provider
    /// (packed)
    // packed uint: max of 100, max uint8 = 255
    uint8 private _renderProviderPrimarySalesPercentage = 10;
    /// The platform provider payment address for all primary sales revenues
    /// (packed)
    address payable public platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress;
    /// Percentage of primary sales revenue allocated to the platform provider
    /// (packed)
    // packed uint: max of 100, max uint8 = 255
    uint8 private _platformProviderPrimarySalesPercentage = 10;
    /// The render provider payment address for all secondary sales royalty
    /// revenues
    address payable public renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress;
    /// Basis Points of secondary sales royalties allocated to the
    /// render provider
    uint256 public renderProviderSecondarySalesBPS = 250;
    /// The platform provider payment address for all secondary sales royalty
    /// revenues
    address payable public platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress;
    /// Basis Points of secondary sales royalties allocated to the
    /// platform provider
    uint256 public platformProviderSecondarySalesBPS = 250;
    /// single minter allowed for this core contract
    address public minterContract;
    /// starting (initial) project ID on this contract
    uint256 public immutable startingProjectId;
    /// next project ID to be created
    uint248 private _nextProjectId;
    /// bool indicating if adding new projects is forbidden;
    /// default behavior is to allow new projects
    bool public newProjectsForbidden;
    /// configuration variable (determined at time of deployment)
    /// that determines whether or not admin approval^ should be required
    /// to accept artist address change proposals, or if these proposals
    /// should always auto-approve, as determined by the business process
    /// requirements of the Engine partner using this contract.
    ///
    /// ^does not apply in the case where contract-ownership itself is revoked
    bool public immutable autoApproveArtistSplitProposals;
    /// version & type of this core contract
    bytes32 constant CORE_VERSION = "v3.1.2";
    function coreVersion() external pure returns (string memory) {
        return CORE_VERSION.toString();
    }
    bytes32 constant CORE_TYPE = "GenArt721CoreV3_Engine_Flex";
    function coreType() external pure returns (string memory) {
        return CORE_TYPE.toString();
    }
    /// default base URI to initialize all new project projectBaseURI values to
    string public defaultBaseURI;
    function _onlyUnlockedProjectExternalAssetDependencies(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) internal view {
        require(
            !projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependenciesLocked,
            "External dependencies locked"
        );
    }
    function _onlyNonZeroAddress(address _address) internal pure {
        require(_address != address(0), "Must input non-zero address");
    }
    function _onlyNonEmptyString(string memory _string) internal pure {
        require(bytes(_string).length != 0, "Must input non-empty string");
    }
    function _onlyValidTokenId(uint256 _tokenId) internal view {
        require(_exists(_tokenId), "Token ID does not exist");
    }
    function _onlyValidProjectId(uint256 _projectId) internal view {
        require(
            (_projectId >= startingProjectId) && (_projectId < _nextProjectId),
            "Project ID does not exist"
        );
    }
    function _onlyUnlocked(uint256 _projectId) internal view {
        // Note: calling `_projectUnlocked` enforces that the `_projectId`
        //       passed in is valid.`
        require(_projectUnlocked(_projectId), "Only if unlocked");
    }
    function _onlyAdminACL(bytes4 _selector) internal {
        require(
            adminACLAllowed(msg.sender, address(this), _selector),
            "Only Admin ACL allowed"
        );
    }
    function _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
        uint256 _projectId,
        bytes4 _selector
    ) internal {
        require(
            msg.sender == projectIdToFinancials[_projectId].artistAddress ||
                adminACLAllowed(msg.sender, address(this), _selector),
            "Only artist or Admin ACL allowed"
        );
    }
    /**
     * This modifier allows the artist of a project to call a function if the
     * owner of the contract has renounced ownership. This is to allow the
     * contract to continue to function if the owner decides to renounce
     * ownership.
     */
    function _onlyAdminACLOrRenouncedArtist(
        uint256 _projectId,
        bytes4 _selector
    ) internal {
        require(
            adminACLAllowed(msg.sender, address(this), _selector) ||
                (owner() == address(0) &&
                    msg.sender ==
                    projectIdToFinancials[_projectId].artistAddress),
            "Only Admin ACL allowed, or artist if owner has renounced"
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Initializes contract.
     * @param _tokenName Name of token.
     * @param _tokenSymbol Token symbol.
     * @param _randomizerContract Randomizer contract.
     * @param _adminACLContract Address of admin access control contract, to be
     * set as contract owner.
     * @param _startingProjectId The initial next project ID.
     * @param _autoApproveArtistSplitProposals Whether or not to always
     * auto-approve proposed artist split updates.
     * @dev _startingProjectId should be set to a value much, much less than
     * max(uint248), but an explicit input type of `uint248` is used as it is
     * safer to cast up to `uint256` than it is to cast down for the purposes
     * of setting `_nextProjectId`.
     */
    constructor(
        string memory _tokenName,
        string memory _tokenSymbol,
        address _renderProviderAddress,
        address _platformProviderAddress,
        address _randomizerContract,
        address _adminACLContract,
        uint248 _startingProjectId,
        bool _autoApproveArtistSplitProposals,
        address _engineRegistryContract
    ) ERC721_PackedHashSeed(_tokenName, _tokenSymbol) {
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_renderProviderAddress);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_platformProviderAddress);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_randomizerContract);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_adminACLContract);
        // setup immutable `autoApproveArtistSplitProposals` config
        autoApproveArtistSplitProposals = _autoApproveArtistSplitProposals;
        // record contracts starting project ID
        // casting-up is safe
        startingProjectId = uint256(_startingProjectId);
        _updateProviderSalesAddresses(
            _renderProviderAddress,
            _renderProviderAddress,
            _platformProviderAddress,
            _platformProviderAddress
        );
        _updateRandomizerAddress(_randomizerContract);
        // set AdminACL management contract as owner
        _transferOwnership(_adminACLContract);
        // initialize default base URI
        _updateDefaultBaseURI(
            string.concat(
                "https://token.artblocks.io/",
                toHexString(address(this)),
                "/"
            )
        );
        // initialize next project ID
        _nextProjectId = _startingProjectId;
        emit PlatformUpdated(FIELD_NEXT_PROJECT_ID);
        // register contract as an Engine contract
        IEngineRegistryV0(_engineRegistryContract).registerContract(
            address(this),
            CORE_VERSION,
            CORE_TYPE
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates preferredIPFSGateway to `_gateway`.
     */
    function updateIPFSGateway(string calldata _gateway) public {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.updateIPFSGateway.selector);
        preferredIPFSGateway = _gateway;
        emit GatewayUpdated(ExternalAssetDependencyType.IPFS, _gateway);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates preferredArweaveGateway to `_gateway`.
     */
    function updateArweaveGateway(string calldata _gateway) public {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.updateArweaveGateway.selector);
        preferredArweaveGateway = _gateway;
        emit GatewayUpdated(ExternalAssetDependencyType.ARWEAVE, _gateway);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Locks external asset dependencies for project `_projectId`.
     */
    function lockProjectExternalAssetDependencies(uint256 _projectId) external {
        _onlyUnlockedProjectExternalAssetDependencies(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.lockProjectExternalAssetDependencies.selector
        );
        projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependenciesLocked = true;
        emit ProjectExternalAssetDependenciesLocked(_projectId);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates external asset dependency for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be updated.
     * @param _index Asset index.
     * @param _cidOrData Asset cid (Content identifier) or data string to be translated into bytecode.
     * @param _dependencyType Asset dependency type.
     *  0 - IPFS
     *  1 - ARWEAVE
     *  2 - ONCHAIN
     */
    function updateProjectExternalAssetDependency(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _index,
        string memory _cidOrData,
        ExternalAssetDependencyType _dependencyType
    ) external {
        _onlyUnlockedProjectExternalAssetDependencies(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.updateProjectExternalAssetDependency.selector
        );
        uint24 assetCount = projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependencyCount;
        require(_index < assetCount, "Asset index out of range");
        ExternalAssetDependency storage _oldDependency = projects[_projectId]
            .externalAssetDependencies[_index];
        ExternalAssetDependencyType _oldDependencyType = _oldDependency
            .dependencyType;
        projects[_projectId]
            .externalAssetDependencies[_index]
            .dependencyType = _dependencyType;
        // if the incoming dependency type is onchain, we need to write the data to bytecode
        if (_dependencyType == ExternalAssetDependencyType.ONCHAIN) {
            if (_oldDependencyType != ExternalAssetDependencyType.ONCHAIN) {
                // we only need to set the cid to an empty string if we are replacing an offchain asset
                // an onchain asset will already have an empty cid
                projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependencies[_index].cid = "";
            }
            projects[_projectId]
                .externalAssetDependencies[_index]
                .bytecodeAddress = _cidOrData.writeToBytecode();
            // we don't want to emit data, so we emit the cid as an empty string
            _cidOrData = "";
        } else {
            projects[_projectId]
                .externalAssetDependencies[_index]
                .cid = _cidOrData;
        }
        emit ExternalAssetDependencyUpdated(
            _projectId,
            _index,
            _cidOrData,
            _dependencyType,
            assetCount
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Removes external asset dependency for project `_projectId` at index `_index`.
     * Removal is done by swapping the element to be removed with the last element in the array, then deleting this last element.
     * Assets with indices higher than `_index` can have their indices adjusted as a result of this operation.
     * @param _projectId Project to be updated.
     * @param _index Asset index
     */
    function removeProjectExternalAssetDependency(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _index
    ) external {
        _onlyUnlockedProjectExternalAssetDependencies(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.removeProjectExternalAssetDependency.selector
        );
        uint24 assetCount = projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependencyCount;
        require(_index < assetCount, "Asset index out of range");
        uint24 lastElementIndex = assetCount - 1;
        // copy last element to index of element to be removed
        projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependencies[_index] = projects[
            _projectId
        ].externalAssetDependencies[lastElementIndex];
        delete projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependencies[lastElementIndex];
        projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependencyCount = lastElementIndex;
        emit ExternalAssetDependencyRemoved(_projectId, _index);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Adds external asset dependency for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be updated.
     * @param _cidOrData Asset cid (Content identifier) or data string to be translated into bytecode.
     * @param _dependencyType Asset dependency type.
     *  0 - IPFS
     *  1 - ARWEAVE
     *  2 - ONCHAIN
     */
    function addProjectExternalAssetDependency(
        uint256 _projectId,
        string memory _cidOrData,
        ExternalAssetDependencyType _dependencyType
    ) external {
        _onlyUnlockedProjectExternalAssetDependencies(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.addProjectExternalAssetDependency.selector
        );
        uint24 assetCount = projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependencyCount;
        address _bytecodeAddress = address(0);
        // if the incoming dependency type is onchain, we need to write the data to bytecode
        if (_dependencyType == ExternalAssetDependencyType.ONCHAIN) {
            _bytecodeAddress = _cidOrData.writeToBytecode();
            // we don't want to emit data, so we emit the cid as an empty string
            _cidOrData = "";
        }
        ExternalAssetDependency memory asset = ExternalAssetDependency({
            cid: _cidOrData,
            dependencyType: _dependencyType,
            bytecodeAddress: _bytecodeAddress
        });
        projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependencies[assetCount] = asset;
        projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependencyCount = assetCount + 1;
        emit ExternalAssetDependencyUpdated(
            _projectId,
            assetCount,
            _cidOrData,
            _dependencyType,
            assetCount + 1
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Mints a token from project `_projectId` and sets the
     * token's owner to `_to`. Hash may or may not be assigned to the token
     * during the mint transaction, depending on the randomizer contract.
     * @param _to Address to be the minted token's owner.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to mint a token on.
     * @param _by Purchaser of minted token.
     * @return _tokenId The ID of the minted token.
     * @dev sender must be the allowed minterContract
     * @dev name of function is optimized for gas usage
     */
    function mint_Ecf(
        address _to,
        uint256 _projectId,
        address _by
    ) external returns (uint256 _tokenId) {
        // CHECKS
        require(msg.sender == minterContract, "Must mint from minter contract");
        Project storage project = projects[_projectId];
        // load invocations into memory
        uint24 invocationsBefore = project.invocations;
        uint24 invocationsAfter;
        unchecked {
            // invocationsBefore guaranteed <= maxInvocations <= 1_000_000,
            // 1_000_000 << max uint24, so no possible overflow
            invocationsAfter = invocationsBefore + 1;
        }
        uint24 maxInvocations = project.maxInvocations;
        require(
            invocationsBefore < maxInvocations,
            "Must not exceed max invocations"
        );
        require(
            project.active ||
                _by == projectIdToFinancials[_projectId].artistAddress,
            "Project must exist and be active"
        );
        require(
            !project.paused ||
                _by == projectIdToFinancials[_projectId].artistAddress,
            "Purchases are paused."
        );
        // EFFECTS
        // increment project's invocations
        project.invocations = invocationsAfter;
        uint256 thisTokenId;
        unchecked {
            // invocationsBefore is uint24 << max uint256. In production use,
            // _projectId * ONE_MILLION must be << max uint256, otherwise
            // tokenIdToProjectId function become invalid.
            // Therefore, no risk of overflow
            thisTokenId = (_projectId * ONE_MILLION) + invocationsBefore;
        }
        // mark project as completed if hit max invocations
        if (invocationsAfter == maxInvocations) {
            _completeProject(_projectId);
        }
        // INTERACTIONS
        _mint(_to, thisTokenId);
        // token hash is updated by the randomizer contract on V3
        randomizerContract.assignTokenHash(thisTokenId);
        // Do not need to also log `projectId` in event, as the `projectId` for
        // a given token can be derived from the `tokenId` with:
        //   projectId = tokenId / 1_000_000
        emit Mint(_to, thisTokenId);
        return thisTokenId;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Sets the hash seed for a given token ID `_tokenId`.
     * May only be called by the current randomizer contract.
     * May only be called for tokens that have not already been assigned a
     * non-zero hash.
     * @param _tokenId Token ID to set the hash for.
     * @param _hashSeed Hash seed to set for the token ID. Only last 12 bytes
     * will be used.
     * @dev gas-optimized function name because called during mint sequence
     * @dev if a separate event is required when the token hash is set, e.g.
     * for indexing purposes, it must be emitted by the randomizer. This is to
     * minimize gas when minting.
     */
    function setTokenHash_8PT(uint256 _tokenId, bytes32 _hashSeed) external {
        _onlyValidTokenId(_tokenId);
        OwnerAndHashSeed storage ownerAndHashSeed = _ownersAndHashSeeds[
            _tokenId
        ];
        require(
            msg.sender == address(randomizerContract),
            "Only randomizer may set"
        );
        require(
            ownerAndHashSeed.hashSeed == bytes12(0),
            "Token hash already set"
        );
        require(_hashSeed != bytes12(0), "No zero hash seed");
        ownerAndHashSeed.hashSeed = bytes12(_hashSeed);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Allows owner (AdminACL) to revoke ownership of the contract.
     * Note that the contract is intended to continue to function after the
     * owner renounces ownership, but no new projects will be able to be added.
     * Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the
     * owner/AdminACL contract. The same is true for any dependent contracts
     * that also integrate with the owner/AdminACL contract (e.g. potentially
     * minter suite contracts, registry contracts, etc.).
     * After renouncing ownership, artists will be in control of updates to
     * their payment addresses and splits (see modifier
     * onlyAdminACLOrRenouncedArtist`).
     * While there is no currently intended reason to call this method based on
     * typical Engine partner business practices, this method exists to allow
     * artists to continue to maintain the limited set of contract
     * functionality that exists post-project-lock in an environment in which
     * there is no longer an admin maintaining this smart contract.
     * @dev This function is intended to be called directly by the AdminACL,
     * not by an address allowed by the AdminACL contract.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public override onlyOwner {
        // broadcast that new projects are no longer allowed (if not already)
        _forbidNewProjects();
        // renounce ownership viw Ownable
        Ownable.renounceOwnership();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates reference to Art Blocks Dependency Registry contract.
     * @param _artblocksDependencyRegistryAddress Address of new Dependency
     * Registry.
     */
    function updateArtblocksDependencyRegistryAddress(
        address _artblocksDependencyRegistryAddress
    ) external {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.updateArtblocksDependencyRegistryAddress.selector);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_artblocksDependencyRegistryAddress);
        artblocksDependencyRegistryAddress = _artblocksDependencyRegistryAddress;
        emit PlatformUpdated(FIELD_ARTBLOCKS_DEPENDENCY_REGISTRY_ADDRESS);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates sales addresses for the platform and render providers to
     * the input parameters.
     * @param _renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress Address of new primary sales
     * payment address.
     * @param _renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress Address of new secondary sales
     * payment address.
     * @param _platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress Address of new primary sales
     * payment address.
     * @param _platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress Address of new secondary sales
     * payment address.
     */
    function updateProviderSalesAddresses(
        address payable _renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress,
        address payable _renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress,
        address payable _platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress,
        address payable _platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress
    ) external {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.updateProviderSalesAddresses.selector);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress);
        _updateProviderSalesAddresses(
            _renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress,
            _renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress,
            _platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress,
            _platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates the render and platform provider primary sales revenue percentage to
     * the provided inputs.
     * @param renderProviderPrimarySalesPercentage_ New primary sales revenue % for the render provider
     * @param platformProviderPrimarySalesPercentage_ New primary sales revenue % for the platform provider
     * percentage.
     */
    function updateProviderPrimarySalesPercentages(
        uint256 renderProviderPrimarySalesPercentage_,
        uint256 platformProviderPrimarySalesPercentage_
    ) external {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.updateProviderPrimarySalesPercentages.selector);
        // Validate that the sum of the proposed %s, does not exceed 100%.
        require(
            (renderProviderPrimarySalesPercentage_ +
                platformProviderPrimarySalesPercentage_) <= ONE_HUNDRED,
            "Max sum of ONE_HUNDRED %"
        );
        // Casting to `uint8` here is safe due check above, which does not allow
        // overflow as of solidity version ^0.8.0.
        _renderProviderPrimarySalesPercentage = uint8(
            renderProviderPrimarySalesPercentage_
        );
        _platformProviderPrimarySalesPercentage = uint8(
            platformProviderPrimarySalesPercentage_
        );
        emit PlatformUpdated(FIELD_PROVIDER_PRIMARY_SALES_PERCENTAGES);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates render and platform provider secondary sales royalty Basis Points to
     * the provided inputs.
     * @param _renderProviderSecondarySalesBPS New secondary sales royalty Basis
     * points.
     * @param _platformProviderSecondarySalesBPS New secondary sales royalty Basis
     * points.
     * @dev Due to secondary royalties being ultimately enforced via social
     * consensus, no hard upper limit is imposed on the BPS value, other than
     * <= 100% royalty, which would not make mathematical sense. Realistically,
     * changing this value is expected to either never occur, or be a rare
     * occurrence.
     */
    function updateProviderSecondarySalesBPS(
        uint256 _renderProviderSecondarySalesBPS,
        uint256 _platformProviderSecondarySalesBPS
    ) external {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.updateProviderSecondarySalesBPS.selector);
        // Validate that the sum of the proposed provider BPS, does not exceed 10_000 BPS.
        require(
            (_renderProviderSecondarySalesBPS +
                _platformProviderSecondarySalesBPS) <=
                MAX_PROVIDER_SECONDARY_SALES_BPS,
            "Over max sum of BPS"
        );
        renderProviderSecondarySalesBPS = _renderProviderSecondarySalesBPS;
        platformProviderSecondarySalesBPS = _platformProviderSecondarySalesBPS;
        emit PlatformUpdated(FIELD_PROVIDER_SECONDARY_SALES_BPS);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates minter to `_address`.
     * @param _address Address of new minter.
     */
    function updateMinterContract(address _address) external {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.updateMinterContract.selector);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_address);
        minterContract = _address;
        emit MinterUpdated(_address);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates randomizer to `_randomizerAddress`.
     * @param _randomizerAddress Address of new randomizer.
     */
    function updateRandomizerAddress(address _randomizerAddress) external {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.updateRandomizerAddress.selector);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_randomizerAddress);
        _updateRandomizerAddress(_randomizerAddress);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Toggles project `_projectId` as active/inactive.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be toggled.
     */
    function toggleProjectIsActive(uint256 _projectId) external {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.toggleProjectIsActive.selector);
        _onlyValidProjectId(_projectId);
        projects[_projectId].active = !projects[_projectId].active;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_ACTIVE);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Artist proposes updated set of artist address, additional payee
     * addresses, and percentage splits for project `_projectId`. Addresses and
     * percentages do not have to all be changed, but they must all be defined
     * as a complete set.
     * Note that if the artist is only proposing a change to the payee percentage
     * splits, without modifying the payee addresses, the proposal will be
     * automatically approved and the new splits will become active immediately.
     * Automatic approval will also be granted if the artist is only removing
     * additional payee addresses, without adding any new ones.
     * Also note that if `autoApproveArtistSplitProposals` is true, proposals
     * will always be auto-approved, regardless of what is being changed.
     * Also note that if the artist is proposing sending funds to the zero
     * address, this function will revert and the proposal will not be created.
     * @param _projectId Project ID.
     * @param _artistAddress Artist address that controls the project, and may
     * receive payments.
     * @param _additionalPayeePrimarySales Address that may receive a
     * percentage split of the artist's primary sales revenue.
     * @param _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage Percent of artist's
     * portion of primary sale revenue that will be split to address
     * `_additionalPayeePrimarySales`.
     * @param _additionalPayeeSecondarySales Address that may receive a percentage
     * split of the secondary sales royalties.
     * @param _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage Percent of artist's portion
     * of secondary sale royalties that will be split to address
     * `_additionalPayeeSecondarySales`.
     * @dev `_artistAddress` must be a valid address (non-zero-address), but it
     * is intentionally allowable for `_additionalPayee{Primary,Secondaary}Sales`
     * and their associated percentages to be zero'd out by the controlling artist.
     */
    function proposeArtistPaymentAddressesAndSplits(
        uint256 _projectId,
        address payable _artistAddress,
        address payable _additionalPayeePrimarySales,
        uint256 _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage,
        address payable _additionalPayeeSecondarySales,
        uint256 _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage
    ) external {
        _onlyValidProjectId(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.proposeArtistPaymentAddressesAndSplits.selector
        );
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_artistAddress);
        ProjectFinance storage projectFinance = projectIdToFinancials[
            _projectId
        ];
        // checks
        require(
            _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage <= ONE_HUNDRED &&
                _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage <= ONE_HUNDRED,
            "Max of 100%"
        );
        require(
            _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage == 0 ||
                _additionalPayeePrimarySales != address(0),
            "Primary payee is zero address"
        );
        require(
            _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage == 0 ||
                _additionalPayeeSecondarySales != address(0),
            "Secondary payee is zero address"
        );
        // effects
        // emit event for off-chain indexing
        // note: always emit a proposal event, even in the pathway of
        // automatic approval, to simplify indexing expectations
        emit ProposedArtistAddressesAndSplits(
            _projectId,
            _artistAddress,
            _additionalPayeePrimarySales,
            _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage,
            _additionalPayeeSecondarySales,
            _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage
        );
        // automatically accept if no proposed addresses modifications, or if
        // the proposal only removes payee addresses, or if contract is set to
        // always auto-approve.
        // store proposal hash on-chain, only if not automatic accept
        bool automaticAccept = autoApproveArtistSplitProposals;
        if (!automaticAccept) {
            // block scope to avoid stack too deep error
            bool artistUnchanged = _artistAddress ==
                projectFinance.artistAddress;
            bool additionalPrimaryUnchangedOrRemoved = (_additionalPayeePrimarySales ==
                    projectFinance.additionalPayeePrimarySales) ||
                    (_additionalPayeePrimarySales == address(0));
            bool additionalSecondaryUnchangedOrRemoved = (_additionalPayeeSecondarySales ==
                    projectFinance.additionalPayeeSecondarySales) ||
                    (_additionalPayeeSecondarySales == address(0));
            automaticAccept =
                artistUnchanged &&
                additionalPrimaryUnchangedOrRemoved &&
                additionalSecondaryUnchangedOrRemoved;
        }
        if (automaticAccept) {
            // clear any previously proposed values
            proposedArtistAddressesAndSplitsHash[_projectId] = bytes32(0);
            // update storage
            // artist address can change during automatic accept if
            // autoApproveArtistSplitProposals is true
            projectFinance.artistAddress = _artistAddress;
            projectFinance
                .additionalPayeePrimarySales = _additionalPayeePrimarySales;
            // safe to cast as uint8 as max is 100%, max uint8 is 255
            projectFinance.additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage = uint8(
                _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage
            );
            projectFinance
                .additionalPayeeSecondarySales = _additionalPayeeSecondarySales;
            // safe to cast as uint8 as max is 100%, max uint8 is 255
            projectFinance.additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage = uint8(
                _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage
            );
            // emit event for off-chain indexing
            emit AcceptedArtistAddressesAndSplits(_projectId);
        } else {
            proposedArtistAddressesAndSplitsHash[_projectId] = keccak256(
                abi.encode(
                    _artistAddress,
                    _additionalPayeePrimarySales,
                    _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage,
                    _additionalPayeeSecondarySales,
                    _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage
                )
            );
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Admin accepts a proposed set of updated artist address,
     * additional payee addresses, and percentage splits for project
     * `_projectId`. Addresses and percentages do not have to all be changed,
     * but they must all be defined as a complete set.
     * @param _projectId Project ID.
     * @param _artistAddress Artist address that controls the project, and may
     * receive payments.
     * @param _additionalPayeePrimarySales Address that may receive a
     * percentage split of the artist's primary sales revenue.
     * @param _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage Percent of artist's
     * portion of primary sale revenue that will be split to address
     * `_additionalPayeePrimarySales`.
     * @param _additionalPayeeSecondarySales Address that may receive a percentage
     * split of the secondary sales royalties.
     * @param _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage Percent of artist's portion
     * of secondary sale royalties that will be split to address
     * `_additionalPayeeSecondarySales`.
     * @dev this must be called by the Admin ACL contract, and must only accept
     * the most recent proposed values for a given project (validated on-chain
     * by comparing the hash of the proposed and accepted values).
     * @dev `_artistAddress` must be a valid address (non-zero-address), but it
     * is intentionally allowable for `_additionalPayee{Primary,Secondaary}Sales`
     * and their associated percentages to be zero'd out by the controlling artist.
     */
    function adminAcceptArtistAddressesAndSplits(
        uint256 _projectId,
        address payable _artistAddress,
        address payable _additionalPayeePrimarySales,
        uint256 _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage,
        address payable _additionalPayeeSecondarySales,
        uint256 _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage
    ) external {
        _onlyValidProjectId(_projectId);
        _onlyAdminACLOrRenouncedArtist(
            _projectId,
            this.adminAcceptArtistAddressesAndSplits.selector
        );
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_artistAddress);
        // checks
        require(
            proposedArtistAddressesAndSplitsHash[_projectId] ==
                keccak256(
                    abi.encode(
                        _artistAddress,
                        _additionalPayeePrimarySales,
                        _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage,
                        _additionalPayeeSecondarySales,
                        _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage
                    )
                ),
            "Must match artist proposal"
        );
        // effects
        ProjectFinance storage projectFinance = projectIdToFinancials[
            _projectId
        ];
        projectFinance.artistAddress = _artistAddress;
        projectFinance
            .additionalPayeePrimarySales = _additionalPayeePrimarySales;
        projectFinance.additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage = uint8(
            _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage
        );
        projectFinance
            .additionalPayeeSecondarySales = _additionalPayeeSecondarySales;
        projectFinance.additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage = uint8(
            _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage
        );
        // clear proposed values
        proposedArtistAddressesAndSplitsHash[_projectId] = bytes32(0);
        // emit event for off-chain indexing
        emit AcceptedArtistAddressesAndSplits(_projectId);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates artist of project `_projectId` to `_artistAddress`.
     * This is to only be used in the event that the artist address is
     * compromised or sanctioned.
     * @param _projectId Project ID.
     * @param _artistAddress New artist address.
     */
    function updateProjectArtistAddress(
        uint256 _projectId,
        address payable _artistAddress
    ) external {
        _onlyValidProjectId(_projectId);
        _onlyAdminACLOrRenouncedArtist(
            _projectId,
            this.updateProjectArtistAddress.selector
        );
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_artistAddress);
        projectIdToFinancials[_projectId].artistAddress = _artistAddress;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_ARTIST_ADDRESS);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Toggles paused state of project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be toggled.
     */
    function toggleProjectIsPaused(uint256 _projectId) external {
        _onlyValidProjectId(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(_projectId, this.toggleProjectIsPaused.selector);
        projects[_projectId].paused = !projects[_projectId].paused;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_PAUSED);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Adds new project `_projectName` by `_artistAddress`.
     * @param _projectName Project name.
     * @param _artistAddress Artist's address.
     * @dev token price now stored on minter
     */
    function addProject(
        string memory _projectName,
        address payable _artistAddress
    ) external {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.addProject.selector);
        _onlyNonEmptyString(_projectName);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_artistAddress);
        require(!newProjectsForbidden, "New projects forbidden");
        uint256 projectId = _nextProjectId;
        projectIdToFinancials[projectId].artistAddress = _artistAddress;
        projects[projectId].name = _projectName;
        projects[projectId].paused = true;
        projects[projectId].maxInvocations = ONE_MILLION_UINT24;
        projects[projectId].projectBaseURI = defaultBaseURI;
        _nextProjectId = uint248(projectId) + 1;
        emit ProjectUpdated(projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_CREATED);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Forever forbids new projects from being added to this contract.
     */
    function forbidNewProjects() external {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.forbidNewProjects.selector);
        require(!newProjectsForbidden, "Already forbidden");
        _forbidNewProjects();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates name of project `_projectId` to be `_projectName`.
     * @param _projectId Project ID.
     * @param _projectName New project name.
     */
    function updateProjectName(
        uint256 _projectId,
        string memory _projectName
    ) external {
        _onlyUnlocked(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(_projectId, this.updateProjectName.selector);
        _onlyNonEmptyString(_projectName);
        projects[_projectId].name = _projectName;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_NAME);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates artist name for project `_projectId` to be
     * `_projectArtistName`.
     * @param _projectId Project ID.
     * @param _projectArtistName New artist name.
     */
    function updateProjectArtistName(
        uint256 _projectId,
        string memory _projectArtistName
    ) external {
        _onlyUnlocked(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.updateProjectArtistName.selector
        );
        _onlyNonEmptyString(_projectArtistName);
        projects[_projectId].artist = _projectArtistName;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_ARTIST_NAME);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates artist secondary market royalties for project
     * `_projectId` to be `_secondMarketRoyalty` percent.
     * This DOES NOT include the secondary market royalty percentages collected
     * by the issuing platform; it is only the total percentage of royalties
     * that will be split to artist and additionalSecondaryPayee.
     * @param _projectId Project ID.
     * @param _secondMarketRoyalty Percent of secondary sales revenue that will
     * be split to artist and additionalSecondaryPayee. This must be less than
     * or equal to ARTIST_MAX_SECONDARY_ROYALTY_PERCENTAGE percent.
     */
    function updateProjectSecondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _secondMarketRoyalty
    ) external {
        _onlyValidProjectId(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.updateProjectSecondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage.selector
        );
        require(
            _secondMarketRoyalty <= ARTIST_MAX_SECONDARY_ROYALTY_PERCENTAGE,
            "Over max percent"
        );
        projectIdToFinancials[_projectId]
            .secondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage = uint8(_secondMarketRoyalty);
        emit ProjectUpdated(
            _projectId,
            FIELD_PROJECT_SECONDARY_MARKET_ROYALTY_PERCENTAGE
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates description of project `_projectId`.
     * Only artist may call when unlocked, only admin may call when locked.
     * @param _projectId Project ID.
     * @param _projectDescription New project description.
     */
    function updateProjectDescription(
        uint256 _projectId,
        string memory _projectDescription
    ) external {
        // checks
        require(
            _projectUnlocked(_projectId)
                ? msg.sender == projectIdToFinancials[_projectId].artistAddress
                : adminACLAllowed(
                    msg.sender,
                    address(this),
                    this.updateProjectDescription.selector
                ),
            "Only artist when unlocked, owner when locked"
        );
        // effects
        projects[_projectId].description = _projectDescription;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_DESCRIPTION);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates website of project `_projectId` to be `_projectWebsite`.
     * @param _projectId Project ID.
     * @param _projectWebsite New project website.
     * @dev It is intentionally allowed for this to be set to the empty string.
     */
    function updateProjectWebsite(
        uint256 _projectId,
        string memory _projectWebsite
    ) external {
        _onlyValidProjectId(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(_projectId, this.updateProjectWebsite.selector);
        projects[_projectId].website = _projectWebsite;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_WEBSITE);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates license for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project ID.
     * @param _projectLicense New project license.
     */
    function updateProjectLicense(
        uint256 _projectId,
        string memory _projectLicense
    ) external {
        _onlyUnlocked(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(_projectId, this.updateProjectLicense.selector);
        _onlyNonEmptyString(_projectLicense);
        projects[_projectId].license = _projectLicense;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_LICENSE);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates maximum invocations for project `_projectId` to
     * `_maxInvocations`. Maximum invocations may only be decreased by the
     * artist, and must be greater than or equal to current invocations.
     * New projects are created with maximum invocations of 1 million by
     * default.
     * @param _projectId Project ID.
     * @param _maxInvocations New maximum invocations.
     */
    function updateProjectMaxInvocations(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint24 _maxInvocations
    ) external {
        _onlyValidProjectId(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.updateProjectMaxInvocations.selector
        );
        // CHECKS
        Project storage project = projects[_projectId];
        uint256 _invocations = project.invocations;
        require(
            (_maxInvocations < project.maxInvocations),
            "Only maxInvocations decrease"
        );
        require(_maxInvocations >= _invocations, "Only gte invocations");
        // EFFECTS
        project.maxInvocations = _maxInvocations;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_MAX_INVOCATIONS);
        // register completed timestamp if action completed the project
        if (_maxInvocations == _invocations) {
            _completeProject(_projectId);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Adds a script to project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be updated.
     * @param _script Script to be added. Required to be a non-empty string,
     * but no further validation is performed.
     */
    function addProjectScript(
        uint256 _projectId,
        string memory _script
    ) external {
        _onlyUnlocked(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(_projectId, this.addProjectScript.selector);
        _onlyNonEmptyString(_script);
        Project storage project = projects[_projectId];
        // store script in contract bytecode
        project.scriptBytecodeAddresses[project.scriptCount] = _script
            .writeToBytecode();
        project.scriptCount = project.scriptCount + 1;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_SCRIPT);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates script for project `_projectId` at script ID `_scriptId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be updated.
     * @param _scriptId Script ID to be updated.
     * @param _script The updated script value. Required to be a non-empty
     *                string, but no further validation is performed.
     */
    function updateProjectScript(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _scriptId,
        string memory _script
    ) external {
        _onlyUnlocked(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(_projectId, this.updateProjectScript.selector);
        _onlyNonEmptyString(_script);
        Project storage project = projects[_projectId];
        require(_scriptId < project.scriptCount, "scriptId out of range");
        // store script in contract bytecode, replacing reference address from
        // the contract that no longer exists with the newly created one
        project.scriptBytecodeAddresses[_scriptId] = _script.writeToBytecode();
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_SCRIPT);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Removes last script from project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be updated.
     */
    function removeProjectLastScript(uint256 _projectId) external {
        _onlyUnlocked(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.removeProjectLastScript.selector
        );
        Project storage project = projects[_projectId];
        require(project.scriptCount > 0, "No scripts to remove");
        // delete reference to contract address that no longer exists
        delete project.scriptBytecodeAddresses[project.scriptCount - 1];
        unchecked {
            project.scriptCount = project.scriptCount - 1;
        }
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_SCRIPT);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates script type for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be updated.
     * @param _scriptTypeAndVersion Script type and version e.g. "[email protected]",
     * as bytes32 encoded string.
     */
    function updateProjectScriptType(
        uint256 _projectId,
        bytes32 _scriptTypeAndVersion
    ) external {
        _onlyUnlocked(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.updateProjectScriptType.selector
        );
        Project storage project = projects[_projectId];
        // require exactly one @ symbol in _scriptTypeAndVersion
        require(
            _scriptTypeAndVersion.containsExactCharacterQty(
                AT_CHARACTER_CODE,
                uint8(1)
            ),
            "must contain exactly one @"
        );
        project.scriptTypeAndVersion = _scriptTypeAndVersion;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_SCRIPT_TYPE);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates project's aspect ratio.
     * @param _projectId Project to be updated.
     * @param _aspectRatio Aspect ratio to be set. Intended to be string in the
     * format of a decimal, e.g. "1" for square, "1.77777778" for 16:9, etc.,
     * allowing for a maximum of 10 digits and one (optional) decimal separator.
     */
    function updateProjectAspectRatio(
        uint256 _projectId,
        string memory _aspectRatio
    ) external {
        _onlyUnlocked(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.updateProjectAspectRatio.selector
        );
        _onlyNonEmptyString(_aspectRatio);
        // Perform more detailed input validation for aspect ratio.
        bytes memory aspectRatioBytes = bytes(_aspectRatio);
        uint256 bytesLength = aspectRatioBytes.length;
        require(bytesLength <= 11, "Aspect ratio format too long");
        bool hasSeenDecimalSeparator = false;
        bool hasSeenNumber = false;
        for (uint256 i; i < bytesLength; i++) {
            bytes1 character = aspectRatioBytes[i];
            // Allow as many #s as desired.
            if (character >= 0x30 && character <= 0x39) {
                // 9-0
                // We need to ensure there is at least 1 `9-0` occurrence.
                hasSeenNumber = true;
                continue;
            }
            if (character == 0x2E) {
                // .
                // Allow no more than 1 `.` occurrence.
                if (!hasSeenDecimalSeparator) {
                    hasSeenDecimalSeparator = true;
                    continue;
                }
            }
            revert("Improperly formatted aspect ratio");
        }
        require(hasSeenNumber, "Aspect ratio has no numbers");
        projects[_projectId].aspectRatio = _aspectRatio;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_ASPECT_RATIO);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates base URI for project `_projectId` to `_newBaseURI`.
     * This is the controlling base URI for all tokens in the project. The
     * contract-level defaultBaseURI is only used when initializing new
     * projects.
     * @param _projectId Project to be updated.
     * @param _newBaseURI New base URI.
     */
    function updateProjectBaseURI(
        uint256 _projectId,
        string memory _newBaseURI
    ) external {
        _onlyValidProjectId(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(_projectId, this.updateProjectBaseURI.selector);
        _onlyNonEmptyString(_newBaseURI);
        projects[_projectId].projectBaseURI = _newBaseURI;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_BASE_URI);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates default base URI to `_defaultBaseURI`. The
     * contract-level defaultBaseURI is only used when initializing new
     * projects. Token URIs are determined by their project's `projectBaseURI`.
     * @param _defaultBaseURI New default base URI.
     */
    function updateDefaultBaseURI(string memory _defaultBaseURI) external {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.updateDefaultBaseURI.selector);
        _onlyNonEmptyString(_defaultBaseURI);
        _updateDefaultBaseURI(_defaultBaseURI);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Next project ID to be created on this contract.
     * @return uint256 Next project ID.
     */
    function nextProjectId() external view returns (uint256) {
        return _nextProjectId;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns token hash for token ID `_tokenId`. Returns null if hash
     * has not been set.
     * @param _tokenId Token ID to be queried.
     * @return bytes32 Token hash.
     * @dev token hash is the keccak256 hash of the stored hash seed
     */
    function tokenIdToHash(uint256 _tokenId) external view returns (bytes32) {
        bytes12 _hashSeed = _ownersAndHashSeeds[_tokenId].hashSeed;
        if (_hashSeed == 0) {
            return 0;
        }
        return keccak256(abi.encode(_hashSeed));
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns token hash **seed** for token ID `_tokenId`. Returns
     * null if hash seed has not been set. The hash seed id the bytes12 value
     * which is hashed to produce the token hash.
     * @param _tokenId Token ID to be queried.
     * @return bytes12 Token hash seed.
     * @dev token hash seed is keccak256 hashed to give the token hash
     */
    function tokenIdToHashSeed(
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) external view returns (bytes12) {
        return _ownersAndHashSeeds[_tokenId].hashSeed;
    }
    /**
     * @notice View function returning the render provider portion of
     * primary sales, in percent.
     * @return uint256 The render provider portion of primary sales,
     * in percent.
     */
    function renderProviderPrimarySalesPercentage()
        external
        view
        returns (uint256)
    {
        return _renderProviderPrimarySalesPercentage;
    }
    /**
     * @notice View function returning the platform provider portion of
     * primary sales, in percent.
     * @return uint256 The platform provider portion of primary sales,
     * in percent.
     */
    function platformProviderPrimarySalesPercentage()
        external
        view
        returns (uint256)
    {
        return _platformProviderPrimarySalesPercentage;
    }
    /**
     * @notice View function returning Artist's address for project
     * `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be queried.
     * @return address Artist's address.
     */
    function projectIdToArtistAddress(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (address payable) {
        return projectIdToFinancials[_projectId].artistAddress;
    }
    /**
     * @notice View function returning Artist's secondary market royalty
     * percentage for project `_projectId`.
     * This does not include render/platform providers portions of secondary
     * market royalties.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be queried.
     * @return uint256 Artist's secondary market royalty percentage.
     */
    function projectIdToSecondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (uint256) {
        return
            projectIdToFinancials[_projectId].secondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage;
    }
    /**
     * @notice View function returning Artist's additional payee address for
     * primary sales, for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be queried.
     * @return address Artist's additional payee address for primary sales.
     */
    function projectIdToAdditionalPayeePrimarySales(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (address payable) {
        return projectIdToFinancials[_projectId].additionalPayeePrimarySales;
    }
    /**
     * @notice View function returning Artist's additional payee primary sales
     * percentage, for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be queried.
     * @return uint256 Artist's additional payee primary sales percentage.
     */
    function projectIdToAdditionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (uint256) {
        return
            projectIdToFinancials[_projectId]
                .additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage;
    }
    /**
     * @notice View function returning Artist's additional payee address for
     * secondary sales, for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be queried.
     * @return address payable Artist's additional payee address for secondary
     * sales.
     */
    function projectIdToAdditionalPayeeSecondarySales(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (address payable) {
        return projectIdToFinancials[_projectId].additionalPayeeSecondarySales;
    }
    /**
     * @notice View function returning Artist's additional payee secondary
     * sales percentage, for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be queried.
     * @return uint256 Artist's additional payee secondary sales percentage.
     */
    function projectIdToAdditionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (uint256) {
        return
            projectIdToFinancials[_projectId]
                .additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns project details for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be queried.
     * @return projectName Name of project
     * @return artist Artist of project
     * @return description Project description
     * @return website Project website
     * @return license Project license
     * @dev this function was named projectDetails prior to V3 core contract.
     */
    function projectDetails(
        uint256 _projectId
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            string memory projectName,
            string memory artist,
            string memory description,
            string memory website,
            string memory license
        )
    {
        Project storage project = projects[_projectId];
        projectName = project.name;
        artist = project.artist;
        description = project.description;
        website = project.website;
        license = project.license;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns project state data for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be queried
     * @return invocations Current number of invocations
     * @return maxInvocations Maximum allowed invocations
     * @return active Boolean representing if project is currently active
     * @return paused Boolean representing if project is paused
     * @return completedTimestamp zero if project not complete, otherwise
     * timestamp of project completion.
     * @return locked Boolean representing if project is locked
     * @dev price and currency info are located on minter contracts
     */
    function projectStateData(
        uint256 _projectId
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint256 invocations,
            uint256 maxInvocations,
            bool active,
            bool paused,
            uint256 completedTimestamp,
            bool locked
        )
    {
        Project storage project = projects[_projectId];
        invocations = project.invocations;
        maxInvocations = project.maxInvocations;
        active = project.active;
        paused = project.paused;
        completedTimestamp = project.completedTimestamp;
        locked = !_projectUnlocked(_projectId);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns artist payment information for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be queried
     * @return artistAddress Project Artist's address
     * @return additionalPayeePrimarySales Additional payee address for primary
     * sales
     * @return additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage Percentage of artist revenue
     * to be sent to the additional payee address for primary sales
     * @return additionalPayeeSecondarySales Additional payee address for secondary
     * sales royalties
     * @return additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage Percentage of artist revenue
     * to be sent to the additional payee address for secondary sales royalties
     * @return secondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage Royalty percentage to be sent to
     * combination of artist and additional payee. This does not include the
     * platform's percentage of secondary sales royalties, which is defined as
     * the sum of `renderProviderSecondarySalesBPS`
     * and `platformProviderSecondarySalesBPS`.
     */
    function projectArtistPaymentInfo(
        uint256 _projectId
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            address artistAddress,
            address additionalPayeePrimarySales,
            uint256 additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage,
            address additionalPayeeSecondarySales,
            uint256 additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage,
            uint256 secondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage
        )
    {
        ProjectFinance storage projectFinance = projectIdToFinancials[
            _projectId
        ];
        artistAddress = projectFinance.artistAddress;
        additionalPayeePrimarySales = projectFinance
            .additionalPayeePrimarySales;
        additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage = projectFinance
            .additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage;
        additionalPayeeSecondarySales = projectFinance
            .additionalPayeeSecondarySales;
        additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage = projectFinance
            .additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage;
        secondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage = projectFinance
            .secondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns script information for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be queried.
     * @return scriptTypeAndVersion Project's script type and version
     * (e.g. "p5js(atSymbol)1.0.0")
     * @return aspectRatio Aspect ratio of project (e.g. "1" for square,
     * "1.77777778" for 16:9, etc.)
     * @return scriptCount Count of scripts for project
     */
    function projectScriptDetails(
        uint256 _projectId
    )
        external
        view
        override(IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Base, IDependencyRegistryCompatibleV0)
        returns (
            string memory scriptTypeAndVersion,
            string memory aspectRatio,
            uint256 scriptCount
        )
    {
        Project storage project = projects[_projectId];
        scriptTypeAndVersion = project.scriptTypeAndVersion.toString();
        aspectRatio = project.aspectRatio;
        scriptCount = project.scriptCount;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns address with bytecode containing project script for
     * project `_projectId` at script index `_index`.
     */
    function projectScriptBytecodeAddressByIndex(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _index
    ) external view returns (address) {
        return projects[_projectId].scriptBytecodeAddresses[_index];
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns script for project `_projectId` at script index `_index`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be queried.
     * @param _index Index of script to be queried.
     */
    function projectScriptByIndex(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _index
    ) external view returns (string memory) {
        Project storage project = projects[_projectId];
        // If trying to access an out-of-index script, return the empty string.
        if (_index >= project.scriptCount) {
            return "";
        }
        return project.scriptBytecodeAddresses[_index].readFromBytecode();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns base URI for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be queried.
     * @return projectBaseURI Base URI for project
     */
    function projectURIInfo(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (string memory projectBaseURI) {
        projectBaseURI = projects[_projectId].projectBaseURI;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Backwards-compatible (pre-V3) function returning if `_minter` is
     * minterContract.
     * @param _minter Address to be queried.
     * @return bool Boolean representing if `_minter` is minterContract.
     */
    function isMintWhitelisted(address _minter) external view returns (bool) {
        return (minterContract == _minter);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Gets qty of randomizers in history of all randomizers used by
     * this core contract. If a randomizer is switched away from then back to,
     * it will show up in the history twice.
     * @return randomizerHistoryCount Count of randomizers in history
     */
    function numHistoricalRandomizers() external view returns (uint256) {
        return _historicalRandomizerAddresses.length;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Gets address of randomizer at index `_index` in history of all
     * randomizers used by this core contract. Index is zero-based.
     * @param _index Historical index of randomizer to be queried.
     * @return randomizerAddress Address of randomizer at index `_index`.
     * @dev If a randomizer is switched away from and then switched back to, it
     * will show up in the history twice.
     */
    function getHistoricalRandomizerAt(
        uint256 _index
    ) external view returns (address) {
        require(
            _index < _historicalRandomizerAddresses.length,
            "Index out of bounds"
        );
        return _historicalRandomizerAddresses[_index];
    }
    /**
     * @notice Gets royalty Basis Points (BPS) for token ID `_tokenId`.
     * This conforms to the IManifold interface designated in the Royalty
     * Registry's RoyaltyEngineV1.sol contract.
     * ref: https://github.com/manifoldxyz/royalty-registry-solidity
     * @param _tokenId Token ID to be queried.
     * @return recipients Array of royalty payment recipients
     * @return bps Array of Basis Points (BPS) allocated to each recipient,
     * aligned by index.
     * @dev reverts if invalid _tokenId
     * @dev only returns recipients that have a non-zero BPS allocation
     */
    function getRoyalties(
        uint256 _tokenId
    )
        external
        view
        returns (address payable[] memory recipients, uint256[] memory bps)
    {
        _onlyValidTokenId(_tokenId);
        // initialize arrays with maximum potential length
        recipients = new address payable[](4);
        bps = new uint256[](4);
        uint256 projectId = tokenIdToProjectId(_tokenId);
        ProjectFinance storage projectFinance = projectIdToFinancials[
            projectId
        ];
        // load values into memory
        uint256 royaltyPercentageForArtistAndAdditional = projectFinance
            .secondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage;
        uint256 additionalPayeePercentage = projectFinance
            .additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage;
        // calculate BPS = percentage * 100
        uint256 artistBPS = (ONE_HUNDRED - additionalPayeePercentage) *
            royaltyPercentageForArtistAndAdditional;
        uint256 additionalBPS = additionalPayeePercentage *
            royaltyPercentageForArtistAndAdditional;
        uint256 renderProviderBPS = renderProviderSecondarySalesBPS;
        uint256 platformProviderBPS = platformProviderSecondarySalesBPS;
        // populate arrays
        uint256 payeeCount;
        if (artistBPS > 0) {
            recipients[payeeCount] = projectFinance.artistAddress;
            bps[payeeCount++] = artistBPS;
        }
        if (additionalBPS > 0) {
            recipients[payeeCount] = projectFinance
                .additionalPayeeSecondarySales;
            bps[payeeCount++] = additionalBPS;
        }
        if (renderProviderBPS > 0) {
            recipients[payeeCount] = renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress;
            bps[payeeCount++] = renderProviderBPS;
        }
        if (platformProviderBPS > 0) {
            recipients[payeeCount] = platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress;
            bps[payeeCount++] = platformProviderBPS;
        }
        // trim arrays if necessary
        if (4 > payeeCount) {
            assembly {
                let decrease := sub(4, payeeCount)
                mstore(recipients, sub(mload(recipients), decrease))
                mstore(bps, sub(mload(bps), decrease))
            }
        }
        return (recipients, bps);
    }
    /**
     * @notice View function that returns appropriate revenue splits between
     * different render provider, platform provider, Artist, and Artist's
     * additional primary sales payee given a sale price of `_price` on
     * project `_projectId`.
     * This always returns four revenue amounts and four addresses, but if a
     * revenue is zero for either Artist or additional payee, the corresponding
     * address returned will also be null (for gas optimization).
     * Does not account for refund if user overpays for a token (minter should
     * handle a refund of the difference, if appropriate).
     * Some minters may have alternative methods of splitting payments, in
     * which case they should implement their own payment splitting logic.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be queried.
     * @param _price Sale price of token.
     * @return renderProviderRevenue_ amount of revenue to be sent to the
     * render provider
     * @return renderProviderAddress_ address to send render provider revenue to
     * @return platformProviderRevenue_ amount of revenue to be sent to the
     * platform provider
     * @return platformProviderAddress_ address to send platform provider revenue to
     * @return artistRevenue_ amount of revenue to be sent to Artist
     * @return artistAddress_ address to send Artist revenue to. Will be null
     * if no revenue is due to artist (gas optimization).
     * @return additionalPayeePrimaryRevenue_ amount of revenue to be sent to
     * additional payee for primary sales
     * @return additionalPayeePrimaryAddress_ address to send Artist's
     * additional payee for primary sales revenue to. Will be null if no
     * revenue is due to additional payee for primary sales (gas optimization).
     * @dev this always returns four addresses and four revenues, but if the
     * revenue is zero, the corresponding address will be address(0). It is up
     * to the contract performing the revenue split to handle this
     * appropriately.
     */
    function getPrimaryRevenueSplits(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _price
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint256 renderProviderRevenue_,
            address payable renderProviderAddress_,
            uint256 platformProviderRevenue_,
            address payable platformProviderAddress_,
            uint256 artistRevenue_,
            address payable artistAddress_,
            uint256 additionalPayeePrimaryRevenue_,
            address payable additionalPayeePrimaryAddress_
        )
    {
        ProjectFinance storage projectFinance = projectIdToFinancials[
            _projectId
        ];
        // calculate revenues – this is a three-way split between the
        // render provider, the platform provider, and the artist, and
        // is safe to perform this given that in the case of loss of
        // precision Solidity will round down.
        uint256 projectFunds = _price;
        renderProviderRevenue_ =
            (_price * uint256(_renderProviderPrimarySalesPercentage)) /
            ONE_HUNDRED;
        // renderProviderRevenue_ percentage is always <=100, so guaranteed to never underflow
        projectFunds -= renderProviderRevenue_;
        platformProviderRevenue_ =
            (_price * uint256(_platformProviderPrimarySalesPercentage)) /
            ONE_HUNDRED;
        // platformProviderRevenue_ percentage is always <=100, so guaranteed to never underflow
        projectFunds -= platformProviderRevenue_;
        additionalPayeePrimaryRevenue_ =
            (projectFunds *
                projectFinance.additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage) /
            ONE_HUNDRED;
        // projectIdToAdditionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage is always
        // <=100, so guaranteed to never underflow
        artistRevenue_ = projectFunds - additionalPayeePrimaryRevenue_;
        // set addresses from storage
        renderProviderAddress_ = renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress;
        platformProviderAddress_ = platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress;
        if (artistRevenue_ > 0) {
            artistAddress_ = projectFinance.artistAddress;
        }
        if (additionalPayeePrimaryRevenue_ > 0) {
            additionalPayeePrimaryAddress_ = projectFinance
                .additionalPayeePrimarySales;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns external asset dependency for project `_projectId` at index `_index`.
     * If the dependencyType is ONCHAIN, the `data` field will contain the extrated bytecode data and `cid`
     * will be an empty string. Conversly, for any other dependencyType, the `data` field will be an empty string
     * and the `bytecodeAddress` will point to the zero address.
     */
    function projectExternalAssetDependencyByIndex(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _index
    ) external view returns (ExternalAssetDependencyWithData memory) {
        ExternalAssetDependency storage _dependency = projects[_projectId]
            .externalAssetDependencies[_index];
        address _bytecodeAddress = _dependency.bytecodeAddress;
        return
            ExternalAssetDependencyWithData({
                dependencyType: _dependency.dependencyType,
                cid: _dependency.cid,
                bytecodeAddress: _bytecodeAddress,
                data: (_dependency.dependencyType ==
                    ExternalAssetDependencyType.ONCHAIN)
                    ? _bytecodeAddress.readFromBytecode()
                    : ""
            });
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns external asset dependency count for project `_projectId` at index `_index`.
     */
    function projectExternalAssetDependencyCount(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependencyCount);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Backwards-compatible (pre-V3) getter returning contract admin
     * @return address Address of contract admin (same as owner)
     */
    function admin() external view returns (address) {
        return owner();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Gets the project ID for a given `_tokenId`.
     * @param _tokenId Token ID to be queried.
     * @return _projectId Project ID for given `_tokenId`.
     */
    function tokenIdToProjectId(
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) public pure returns (uint256 _projectId) {
        return _tokenId / ONE_MILLION;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Convenience function that returns whether `_sender` is allowed
     * to call function with selector `_selector` on contract `_contract`, as
     * determined by this contract's current Admin ACL contract. Expected use
     * cases include minter contracts checking if caller is allowed to call
     * admin-gated functions on minter contracts.
     * @param _sender Address of the sender calling function with selector
     * `_selector` on contract `_contract`.
     * @param _contract Address of the contract being called by `_sender`.
     * @param _selector Function selector of the function being called by
     * `_sender`.
     * @return bool Whether `_sender` is allowed to call function with selector
     * `_selector` on contract `_contract`.
     * @dev assumes the Admin ACL contract is the owner of this contract, which
     * is expected to always be true.
     * @dev adminACLContract is expected to either be null address (if owner
     * has renounced ownership), or conform to IAdminACLV0 interface. Check for
     * null address first to avoid revert when admin has renounced ownership.
     */
    function adminACLAllowed(
        address _sender,
        address _contract,
        bytes4 _selector
    ) public returns (bool) {
        return
            owner() != address(0) &&
            adminACLContract.allowed(_sender, _contract, _selector);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns contract owner. Set to deployer's address by default on
     * contract deployment.
     * @return address Address of contract owner.
     * @dev ref: https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/api/access#Ownable
     * @dev owner role was called `admin` prior to V3 core contract
     */
    function owner()
        public
        view
        override(Ownable, IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Base)
        returns (address)
    {
        return Ownable.owner();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Gets token URI for token ID `_tokenId`.
     * @param _tokenId Token ID to be queried.
     * @return string URI of token ID `_tokenId`.
     * @dev token URIs are the concatenation of the project base URI and the
     * token ID.
     */
    function tokenURI(
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) public view override returns (string memory) {
        _onlyValidTokenId(_tokenId);
        string memory _projectBaseURI = projects[tokenIdToProjectId(_tokenId)]
            .projectBaseURI;
        return string.concat(_projectBaseURI, toString(_tokenId));
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(
        bytes4 interfaceId
    ) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return
            interfaceId == type(IManifold).interfaceId ||
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Forbids new projects from being created
     * @dev only performs operation and emits event if contract is not already
     * forbidding new projects.
     */
    function _forbidNewProjects() internal {
        if (!newProjectsForbidden) {
            newProjectsForbidden = true;
            emit PlatformUpdated(FIELD_NEW_PROJECTS_FORBIDDEN);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     * @param newOwner New owner.
     * @dev owner role was called `admin` prior to V3 core contract.
     * @dev Overrides and wraps OpenZeppelin's _transferOwnership function to
     * also update adminACLContract for improved introspection.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal override {
        Ownable._transferOwnership(newOwner);
        adminACLContract = IAdminACLV0(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates sales addresses for the platform and render providers to
     * the input parameters.
     * @param _renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress Address of new primary sales
     * payment address.
     * @param _renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress Address of new secondary sales
     * payment address.
     * @param _platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress Address of new primary sales
     * payment address.
     * @param _platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress Address of new secondary sales
     * payment address.
     * @dev Note that this method does not check that the input address is
     * not `address(0)`, as it is expected that callers of this method should
     * perform input validation where applicable.
     */
    function _updateProviderSalesAddresses(
        address _renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress,
        address _renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress,
        address _platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress,
        address _platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress
    ) internal {
        platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress = payable(
            _platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress
        );
        platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress = payable(
            _platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress
        );
        renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress = payable(
            _renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress
        );
        renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress = payable(
            _renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress
        );
        emit PlatformUpdated(FIELD_PROVIDER_SALES_ADDRESSES);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates randomizer address to `_randomizerAddress`.
     * @param _randomizerAddress New randomizer address.
     * @dev Note that this method does not check that the input address is
     * not `address(0)`, as it is expected that callers of this method should
     * perform input validation where applicable.
     */
    function _updateRandomizerAddress(address _randomizerAddress) internal {
        randomizerContract = IRandomizerV2(_randomizerAddress);
        // populate historical randomizer array
        _historicalRandomizerAddresses.push(_randomizerAddress);
        emit PlatformUpdated(FIELD_RANDOMIZER_ADDRESS);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates default base URI to `_defaultBaseURI`.
     * When new projects are added, their `projectBaseURI` is automatically
     * initialized to `_defaultBaseURI`.
     * @param _defaultBaseURI New default base URI.
     * @dev Note that this method does not check that the input string is not
     * the empty string, as it is expected that callers of this method should
     * perform input validation where applicable.
     */
    function _updateDefaultBaseURI(string memory _defaultBaseURI) internal {
        defaultBaseURI = _defaultBaseURI;
        emit PlatformUpdated(FIELD_DEFAULT_BASE_URI);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Internal function to complete a project.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be completed.
     */
    function _completeProject(uint256 _projectId) internal {
        projects[_projectId].completedTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_COMPLETED);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Internal function that returns whether a project is unlocked.
     * Projects automatically lock four weeks after they are completed.
     * Projects are considered completed when they have been invoked the
     * maximum number of times.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be queried.
     * @return bool true if project is unlocked, false otherwise.
     * @dev This also enforces that the `_projectId` passed in is valid.
     */
    function _projectUnlocked(uint256 _projectId) internal view returns (bool) {
        _onlyValidProjectId(_projectId);
        uint256 projectCompletedTimestamp = projects[_projectId]
            .completedTimestamp;
        bool projectOpen = projectCompletedTimestamp == 0;
        return
            projectOpen ||
            (block.timestamp - projectCompletedTimestamp <
                FOUR_WEEKS_IN_SECONDS);
    }
    // strings library from OpenZeppelin, modified for no constants
    bytes16 private _HEX_SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    uint8 private _ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20;
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        // Inspired by OraclizeAPI's implementation - MIT licence
        // https://github.com/oraclize/ethereum-api/blob/b42146b063c7d6ee1358846c198246239e9360e8/oraclizeAPI_0.4.25.sol
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 digits;
        while (temp != 0) {
            digits++;
            temp /= 10;
        }
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(digits);
        while (value != 0) {
            digits -= 1;
            buffer[digits] = bytes1(uint8(48 + uint256(value % 10)));
            value /= 10;
        }
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(
        uint256 value,
        uint256 length
    ) internal view returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _HEX_SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(address addr) internal view returns (string memory) {
        return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), _ADDRESS_LENGTH);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright (c) 2023 the ethier authors (github.com/divergencetech/ethier)
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;
import {AccessControlEnumerable} from "../utils/AccessControlEnumerable.sol";
import {ERC721A, ERC721ACommon} from "./ERC721ACommon.sol";
/**
 * @notice ERC721 extension that implements a commonly used _baseURI() function
 * to return an URL prefix that can be set by the contract steerer.
 */
contract BaseTokenURI is AccessControlEnumerable {
    /**
     * @notice Base token URI used as a prefix by tokenURI().
     */
    string private _baseTokenURI;
    constructor(string memory baseTokenURI_) {
        _setBaseTokenURI(baseTokenURI_);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Sets the base token URI prefix.
     * @dev Only callable by the contract steerer.
     */
    function setBaseTokenURI(string memory baseTokenURI_)
        public
        onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE)
    {
        _setBaseTokenURI(baseTokenURI_);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Sets the base token URI prefix.
     */
    function _setBaseTokenURI(string memory baseTokenURI_) internal virtual {
        _baseTokenURI = baseTokenURI_;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns the `baseTokenURI`.
     */
    function baseTokenURI() public view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return _baseTokenURI;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns the base token URI * without any additional characters (e.g. a slash).
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return _baseTokenURI;
    }
}
/**
 * @notice ERC721ACommon extension that adds BaseTokenURI.
 */
abstract contract ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI is ERC721ACommon, BaseTokenURI {
    /**
     * @notice Overrides supportsInterface as required by inheritance.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC721ACommon, AccessControlEnumerable)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return
            ERC721ACommon.supportsInterface(interfaceId) ||
            AccessControlEnumerable.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Inheritance resolution.
     */
    function _baseURI()
        internal
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC721A, BaseTokenURI)
        returns (string memory)
    {
        return BaseTokenURI._baseURI();
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright (c) 2023 the ethier authors (github.com/divergencetech/ethier)
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;
import {Address} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Address.sol";
import {DefaultOperatorFilterer} from "operator-filter-registry/src/DefaultOperatorFilterer.sol";
import {ERC721A, ERC721ACommon} from "./ERC721ACommon.sol";
/**
 * @notice ERC721ACommon extension that adds Opensea's operator filtering.
 */
abstract contract OperatorFilterOS is ERC721ACommon, DefaultOperatorFilterer {
    using Address for address;
    /**
     * @notice Calling the operator filter registry with given calldata.
     * @dev The registry contract did not foresee role-based contract access
     * control -- only the contract itself, or its (EIP-173) owner is allowed to
     * change subscription settings. To work around this, we enforce
     * authorisation here and forward arbitrary calldata to the registry.
     * Use with care!
     */
    function callOperatorFilterRegistry(bytes calldata cdata)
        external
        onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE)
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).functionCall(cdata);
    }
    // =========================================================================
    //                           Operator filtering
    // =========================================================================
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved)
        public
        virtual
        override
        onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(operator)
    {
        super.setApprovalForAll(operator, approved);
    }
    function approve(address operator, uint256 tokenId)
        public
        payable
        virtual
        override
        onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(operator)
    {
        super.approve(operator, tokenId);
    }
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override onlyAllowedOperator(from) {
        super.transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override onlyAllowedOperator(from) {
        super.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) public payable virtual override onlyAllowedOperator(from) {
        super.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, data);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 Proof Holdings Inc.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
uint256 constant AB_ENGINE_PROJECT_MULTIPLIER = 1_000_000;
function artblocksTokenID(uint256 projectId, uint256 edition) pure returns (uint256) {
    return (projectId * AB_ENGINE_PROJECT_MULTIPLIER) + edition;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 Proof Holdings Inc.
pragma solidity >=0.8.0;
/**
 * @notice IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Base minting interface
 */
interface IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Mintable {
    function mint_Ecf(address to, uint256 projectId, address sender) external returns (uint256 _tokenId);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;
import {ERC721ACommon} from "ethier/erc721/ERC721ACommon.sol";
import {AccessControlEnumerable, BaseSellable} from "./BaseSellable.sol";
/**
 * @notice Base contract for sellable ERC721ACommon tokens.
 */
abstract contract SellableERC721ACommon is BaseSellable, ERC721ACommon {
    /**
     * @inheritdoc BaseSellable
     */
    function _handleSale(address to, uint64 num, bytes calldata) internal virtual override {
        _mint(to, num);
    }
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC721ACommon, AccessControlEnumerable)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return ERC721ACommon.supportsInterface(interfaceId) || AccessControlEnumerable.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 Proof Holdings Inc.
pragma solidity >=0.8.17;
/**
 * @notice Diamond Exhibition - Projects configuration.
 * @author David Huber (@cxkoda)
 * @custom:reviewer Arran Schlosberg (@divergencearran)
 */
contract ProjectsConfig {
    /**
     * @notice The number of longform projects.
     */
    uint8 internal constant _NUM_LONGFORM_PROJECTS = 11;
    /**
     * @notice The number of pre-curated projects.
     */
    uint8 internal constant _NUM_CURATED_PROJECTS = 10;
    /**
     * @notice The total number of projects.
     */
    uint8 public constant NUM_PROJECTS = _NUM_LONGFORM_PROJECTS + _NUM_CURATED_PROJECTS;
    /**
     * @notice Returns the number of projects than can be minted per project.
     */
    function _maxNumPerProject() internal pure virtual returns (uint256[NUM_PROJECTS] memory sizes) {
        return [
            // Longform
            uint256(600), // Impossible Distance
            600, // cathedral study
            600, // Deja Vu
            800, // WaveShapes
            1000, // Ephemeral Tides
            600, // StackSlash
            450, // Viridaria
            1000, // Windwoven
            256, // Memory Loss
            1000, // The Collector's Room
            1000, // Extrañezas
            // Pre-curated
            100, // Everydays: Group Effort
            100, // Kid Heart
            100, // BEHEADED (SELF PORTRAIT)
            1127, // End Transmissions
            77, // DES CHOSES™
            100, // A Wintry Night in Chinatown
            100, // Penthouse
            200, // Hands of Umbra
            100, // Solitaire
            100 // Remnants of a Distant Dream
        ];
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns the number of projects than can be minted per project.
     */
    function maxNumPerProject() external pure returns (uint256[NUM_PROJECTS] memory) {
        return _maxNumPerProject();
    }
    // =========================================================================
    //                          Project Types
    // =========================================================================
    /**
     * @notice The different types of projects.
     */
    enum ProjectType {
        Longform,
        Curated
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns the project type for a given project ID.
     */
    function projectType(uint8 projectId) public pure returns (ProjectType) {
        return projectId < _NUM_LONGFORM_PROJECTS ? ProjectType.Longform : ProjectType.Curated;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns true iff the project is a longform project.
     */
    function _isLongformProject(uint8 projectId) internal pure virtual returns (bool) {
        return projectType(projectId) == ProjectType.Longform;
    }
    // =========================================================================
    //                          Artblocks
    // =========================================================================
    /**
     * @notice Returns the ArtBlocks engine project IDs for the longform projects.
     */
    function _artblocksProjectIds() internal pure virtual returns (uint8[_NUM_LONGFORM_PROJECTS] memory) {
        return [5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15];
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns the ArtBlocks engine project IDs for the longform projects.
     */
    function artblocksProjectIds() external pure returns (uint8[_NUM_LONGFORM_PROJECTS] memory) {
        return _artblocksProjectIds();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns the ArtBlocks engine project ID for a given project ID.
     * @dev Reverts if the project is not long-form.
     */
    function _artblocksProjectId(uint8 projectId) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        assert(_isLongformProject(projectId));
        return _artblocksProjectIds()[projectId];
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 Proof Holdings Inc.
pragma solidity >=0.8.17;
/**
 * @notice Token information module for Diamond Exhibition.
 * @author David Huber (@cxkoda)
 * @custom:reviewer Arran Schlosberg (@divergencearran)
 */
contract TokenInfoManager {
    /**
     * @notice Encodes token information.
     * @param projectId the ID of the project associated with the token.
     * @param edition the edition of the token within the given project.
     */
    struct TokenInfo {
        uint8 projectId;
        uint16 edition;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Max numbers of tokens that this contract can store.
     * @dev This constant is intentionally very large so we never have to worry about it.
     */
    uint256 internal constant _NUM_MAX_TOKEN_INFO = (1 << 32);
    /**
     * @notice Stores token information.
     */
    TokenInfo[_NUM_MAX_TOKEN_INFO] private _infos;
    /**
     * @notice Returns the token information for the given token IDs.
     * @dev Intended for off-chain use only.
     */
    function tokenInfos(uint256[] calldata tokenIds) external view returns (TokenInfo[] memory) {
        TokenInfo[] memory infos = new TokenInfo[](tokenIds.length);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < tokenIds.length; ++i) {
            infos[i] = _tokenInfo(tokenIds[i]);
        }
        return infos;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns the token information for the given token ID.
     */
    function _tokenInfo(uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (TokenInfo memory) {
        return _infos[tokenId];
    }
    /**
     * @notice Sets the token information for the given token ID.
     */
    function _setTokenInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint8 projectId, uint16 edition) internal {
        _infos[tokenId] = TokenInfo({projectId: projectId, edition: edition});
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity ^0.8.15;
import {ERC721A, ERC721ACommon, BaseTokenURI, ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI} from "ethier/erc721/BaseTokenURI.sol";
import {OperatorFilterOS} from "ethier/erc721/OperatorFilterOS.sol";
import {
    TransferRestrictedRedeemableERC721ACommon,
    TransferRestriction
} from "proof/redemption/voucher/TransferRestrictedRedeemableERC721ACommon.sol";
import {SellableERC721ACommon} from "proof/sellers/sellable/SellableERC721ACommon.sol";
/**
 * @notice A redeemable and sellable ERC721 token with operator filtering and transfer restrictions.
 * @dev The contract name should be sung to the tune of "Modern Major-General"
 */
abstract contract SellableRedeemableRestrictableERC721 is
    ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI,
    OperatorFilterOS,
    SellableERC721ACommon,
    TransferRestrictedRedeemableERC721ACommon
{
    // =================================================================================================================
    //                          Inheritance Resolution
    // =================================================================================================================
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC721ACommon, ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI, SellableERC721ACommon, TransferRestrictedRedeemableERC721ACommon)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return TransferRestrictedRedeemableERC721ACommon.supportsInterface(interfaceId)
            || SellableERC721ACommon.supportsInterface(interfaceId)
            || ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(address from, address to, uint256 startTokenId, uint256 quantity)
        internal
        virtual
        override(ERC721ACommon, TransferRestrictedRedeemableERC721ACommon)
    {
        TransferRestrictedRedeemableERC721ACommon._beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual override(ERC721A, ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI) returns (string memory) {
        return ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI._baseURI();
    }
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override(ERC721A, OperatorFilterOS) {
        OperatorFilterOS.setApprovalForAll(operator, approved);
    }
    function approve(address operator, uint256 tokenId) public payable virtual override(ERC721A, OperatorFilterOS) {
        OperatorFilterOS.approve(operator, tokenId);
    }
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId)
        public
        payable
        virtual
        override(ERC721A, OperatorFilterOS)
    {
        OperatorFilterOS.transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId)
        public
        payable
        virtual
        override(ERC721A, OperatorFilterOS)
    {
        OperatorFilterOS.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory data)
        public
        payable
        virtual
        override(ERC721A, OperatorFilterOS)
    {
        OperatorFilterOS.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, data);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright (c) 2021 the ethier authors (github.com/divergencetech/ethier)
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;
import {ISellable, CallbackerWithAccessControl} from "./CallbackerWithAccessControl.sol";
import {FixedSupply} from "../base/SupplyLimited.sol";
/**
 * @notice Seller module that adds a role-gated free-of-charge purchase (e.g. to facilitate to owner mints).
 */
contract RoleGatedFreeOfCharge is CallbackerWithAccessControl, FixedSupply {
    error WrongNumSoldAfterPurchase(uint256 actual, uint256 expected);
    constructor(address admin, address steerer, ISellable sellable_, uint64 numMaxSellable_)
        CallbackerWithAccessControl(admin, steerer, sellable_)
        FixedSupply(numMaxSellable_)
    {
        // solhint-disable-line no-empty-blocks
    }
    /**
     * @notice Encodes a free-of-charge purchase.
     * @param to The address to receive the purchased items.
     * @param num The number of items to purchase.
     */
    struct Receiver {
        address to;
        uint64 num;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Purchases numbers of tokens for given addresses free of charge.
     */
    function _purchase(Receiver[] calldata receivers) internal {
        for (uint256 idx = 0; idx < receivers.length; ++idx) {
            _purchase(receivers[idx].to, receivers[idx].num, 0, "");
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Purchases numbers of tokens for given addresses free of charge.
     */
    function purchase(Receiver[] calldata receivers) external onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE) {
        _purchase(receivers);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Purchases numbers of tokens for given addresses free of charge and checks if the number of sold tokens
     * matches the expected value.
     */
    function purchaseWithGuardRails(Receiver[] calldata receivers, uint256 expectedNumSoldAfter)
        external
        onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE)
    {
        _purchase(receivers);
        if (numSold() != expectedNumSoldAfter) {
            revert WrongNumSoldAfterPurchase(numSold(), expectedNumSoldAfter);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;
import {ISellable} from "../interfaces/ISellable.sol";
import {PurchaseExecuter} from "../interfaces/PurchaseExecuter.sol";
/**
 * @notice Executes a purchase by calling the purchase interface of a `ISellable`  contract.
 */
abstract contract SellableCallbacker is PurchaseExecuter {
    /**
     * @notice Emitted when the callback to the `ISellable` contract fails.
     */
    error CallbackFailed(bytes reason);
    /**
     * @notice The `ISellable` contract that will be called to execute the purchase.
     */
    ISellable public immutable sellable;
    constructor(ISellable sellable_) {
        sellable = ISellable(sellable_);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Executes a purchase by calling the sale interface of a `ISellable` contract.
     */
    function _executePurchase(address to, uint64 num, uint256 cost, bytes memory data) internal virtual override {
        try sellable.handleSale{value: cost}(to, num, data) {}
        catch (bytes memory reason) {
            // TODO(dave): the reason is empty if the above call runs OutOfFund. Explore ways to bubble this up more cleanly.
            revert CallbackFailed(reason);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;
import {ReentrancyGuard} from "openzeppelin-contracts/security/ReentrancyGuard.sol";
import {PurchaseExecuter} from "../interfaces/PurchaseExecuter.sol";
/**
 * @notice Abstract base contract for all `Seller`s.
 * @dev The intention of this contract is to provide an extensible base for various kinds of Seller modules that can be
 * flexibly composed to build more complex sellers - allowing effective code reuse.
 * Derived contracts are intended to implement their logic by overriding and extending the `_checkAndModifyPurchase` and
 * `_beforePurchase` hooks (calling the parent implementation(s) to compose logic). The former is intended to perform
 * manipulations and checks of the input data; the latter to update the internal state of the module.
 * Final sellers will compose these modules and expose an addition external purchase function for buyers.
 */
abstract contract Seller is PurchaseExecuter, ReentrancyGuard {
    uint256 internal constant _UNDEFINED_COST = type(uint256).max;
    /**
     * @notice Internal function handling a given purchase, performing checks and input manipulations depending on the
     * logic in the hooks.
     * @param to The receiver of the purchase
     * @param num Number of requested purchases
     * @param externalTotalCost Total cost of the purchase
     * @dev This function is intended to be wrapped in an external method for final sellers. Since we cannot foresee
     * what logic will be implemented in the hooks, we added a reentrancy guard for safety.
     */
    function _purchase(address to, uint64 num, uint256 externalTotalCost, bytes memory data)
        internal
        virtual
        nonReentrant
    {
        uint256 totalCost;
        (to, num, totalCost) = _checkAndModifyPurchase(to, num, externalTotalCost, data);
        _beforePurchase(to, num, totalCost, data);
        _executePurchase(to, num, totalCost, data);
    }
    // =================================================================================================================
    //                           Hooks
    // =================================================================================================================
    /**
     * @notice Hook that is called before handling a purchase (even before `_beforePurchase`)
     * @dev The intent of this hook is to manipulate the input data and perform  checks before actually handling the
     * purchase.
     * @param to The receiver of the purchase
     * @param num Number of requested purchases
     * @param totalCost Total cost of the purchase
     * @dev This function MUST return sensible values, since these will be used to perfom the purchase.
     */
    function _checkAndModifyPurchase(address to, uint64 num, uint256 totalCost, bytes memory)
        internal
        view
        virtual
        returns (address, uint64, uint256)
    {
        return (to, num, totalCost);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Hook that is called before handling a purchase.
     * @dev The intent of this hook is to update the internal state of the seller (module) if necessary.
     * It is critical that the updates happen here and not in `_checkAndModifyPurchase` because only after calling that
     * function the purchase parameters can be considered fixed.
     */
    function _beforePurchase(address to, uint64 num, uint256 totalCost, bytes memory data) internal virtual {
        // solhint-disable-line no-empty-blocks
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/math/Math.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Standard math utilities missing in the Solidity language.
 */
library Math {
    enum Rounding {
        Down, // Toward negative infinity
        Up, // Toward infinity
        Zero // Toward zero
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the largest of two numbers.
     */
    function max(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a > b ? a : b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the smallest of two numbers.
     */
    function min(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a < b ? a : b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the average of two numbers. The result is rounded towards
     * zero.
     */
    function average(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b) / 2 can overflow.
        return (a & b) + (a ^ b) / 2;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the ceiling of the division of two numbers.
     *
     * This differs from standard division with `/` in that it rounds up instead
     * of rounding down.
     */
    function ceilDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b - 1) / b can overflow on addition, so we distribute.
        return a == 0 ? 0 : (a - 1) / b + 1;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculates floor(x * y / denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0
     * @dev Original credit to Remco Bloemen under MIT license (https://xn--2-umb.com/21/muldiv)
     * with further edits by Uniswap Labs also under MIT license.
     */
    function mulDiv(
        uint256 x,
        uint256 y,
        uint256 denominator
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
        unchecked {
            // 512-bit multiply [prod1 prod0] = x * y. Compute the product mod 2^256 and mod 2^256 - 1, then use
            // use the Chinese Remainder Theorem to reconstruct the 512 bit result. The result is stored in two 256
            // variables such that product = prod1 * 2^256 + prod0.
            uint256 prod0; // Least significant 256 bits of the product
            uint256 prod1; // Most significant 256 bits of the product
            assembly {
                let mm := mulmod(x, y, not(0))
                prod0 := mul(x, y)
                prod1 := sub(sub(mm, prod0), lt(mm, prod0))
            }
            // Handle non-overflow cases, 256 by 256 division.
            if (prod1 == 0) {
                return prod0 / denominator;
            }
            // Make sure the result is less than 2^256. Also prevents denominator == 0.
            require(denominator > prod1);
            ///////////////////////////////////////////////
            // 512 by 256 division.
            ///////////////////////////////////////////////
            // Make division exact by subtracting the remainder from [prod1 prod0].
            uint256 remainder;
            assembly {
                // Compute remainder using mulmod.
                remainder := mulmod(x, y, denominator)
                // Subtract 256 bit number from 512 bit number.
                prod1 := sub(prod1, gt(remainder, prod0))
                prod0 := sub(prod0, remainder)
            }
            // Factor powers of two out of denominator and compute largest power of two divisor of denominator. Always >= 1.
            // See https://cs.stackexchange.com/q/138556/92363.
            // Does not overflow because the denominator cannot be zero at this stage in the function.
            uint256 twos = denominator & (~denominator + 1);
            assembly {
                // Divide denominator by twos.
                denominator := div(denominator, twos)
                // Divide [prod1 prod0] by twos.
                prod0 := div(prod0, twos)
                // Flip twos such that it is 2^256 / twos. If twos is zero, then it becomes one.
                twos := add(div(sub(0, twos), twos), 1)
            }
            // Shift in bits from prod1 into prod0.
            prod0 |= prod1 * twos;
            // Invert denominator mod 2^256. Now that denominator is an odd number, it has an inverse modulo 2^256 such
            // that denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^256. Compute the inverse by starting with a seed that is correct for
            // four bits. That is, denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^4.
            uint256 inverse = (3 * denominator) ^ 2;
            // Use the Newton-Raphson iteration to improve the precision. Thanks to Hensel's lifting lemma, this also works
            // in modular arithmetic, doubling the correct bits in each step.
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^8
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^16
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^32
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^64
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^128
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^256
            // Because the division is now exact we can divide by multiplying with the modular inverse of denominator.
            // This will give us the correct result modulo 2^256. Since the preconditions guarantee that the outcome is
            // less than 2^256, this is the final result. We don't need to compute the high bits of the result and prod1
            // is no longer required.
            result = prod0 * inverse;
            return result;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculates x * y / denominator with full precision, following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function mulDiv(
        uint256 x,
        uint256 y,
        uint256 denominator,
        Rounding rounding
    ) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = mulDiv(x, y, denominator);
        if (rounding == Rounding.Up && mulmod(x, y, denominator) > 0) {
            result += 1;
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the square root of a number. If the number is not a perfect square, the value is rounded down.
     *
     * Inspired by Henry S. Warren, Jr.'s "Hacker's Delight" (Chapter 11).
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        if (a == 0) {
            return 0;
        }
        // For our first guess, we get the biggest power of 2 which is smaller than the square root of the target.
        //
        // We know that the "msb" (most significant bit) of our target number `a` is a power of 2 such that we have
        // `msb(a) <= a < 2*msb(a)`. This value can be written `msb(a)=2**k` with `k=log2(a)`.
        //
        // This can be rewritten `2**log2(a) <= a < 2**(log2(a) + 1)`
        // → `sqrt(2**k) <= sqrt(a) < sqrt(2**(k+1))`
        // → `2**(k/2) <= sqrt(a) < 2**((k+1)/2) <= 2**(k/2 + 1)`
        //
        // Consequently, `2**(log2(a) / 2)` is a good first approximation of `sqrt(a)` with at least 1 correct bit.
        uint256 result = 1 << (log2(a) >> 1);
        // At this point `result` is an estimation with one bit of precision. We know the true value is a uint128,
        // since it is the square root of a uint256. Newton's method converges quadratically (precision doubles at
        // every iteration). We thus need at most 7 iteration to turn our partial result with one bit of precision
        // into the expected uint128 result.
        unchecked {
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            return min(result, a / result);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculates sqrt(a), following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = sqrt(a);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && result * result < a ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 128;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                value >>= 8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 4 > 0) {
                value >>= 4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 2 > 0) {
                value >>= 2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 1 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log2(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >= 10**64) {
                value /= 10**64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >= 10**32) {
                value /= 10**32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >= 10**16) {
                value /= 10**16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >= 10**8) {
                value /= 10**8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >= 10**4) {
                value /= 10**4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >= 10**2) {
                value /= 10**2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >= 10**1) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log10(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 10**result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 256, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     *
     * Adding one to the result gives the number of pairs of hex symbols needed to represent `value` as a hex string.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log256(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << (result * 8) < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
// Creatd By: Art Blocks Inc.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Base.sol";
interface IRandomizerV2 {
    // The core contract that may interact with this randomizer contract.
    function genArt721Core()
        external
        view
        returns (IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Base);
    // When a core contract calls this, it can be assured that the randomizer
    // will set a bytes32 hash for tokenId `_tokenId` on the core contract.
    function assignTokenHash(uint256 _tokenId) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
// Created By: Art Blocks Inc.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface IAdminACLV0 {
    /**
     * @notice Token ID `_tokenId` minted to `_to`.
     * @param previousSuperAdmin The previous superAdmin address.
     * @param newSuperAdmin The new superAdmin address.
     * @param genArt721CoreAddressesToUpdate Array of genArt721Core
     * addresses to update to the new superAdmin, for indexing purposes only.
     */
    event SuperAdminTransferred(
        address indexed previousSuperAdmin,
        address indexed newSuperAdmin,
        address[] genArt721CoreAddressesToUpdate
    );
    /// Type of the Admin ACL contract, e.g. "AdminACLV0"
    function AdminACLType() external view returns (string memory);
    /// super admin address
    function superAdmin() external view returns (address);
    /**
     * @notice Calls transferOwnership on other contract from this contract.
     * This is useful for updating to a new AdminACL contract.
     * @dev this function should be gated to only superAdmin-like addresses.
     */
    function transferOwnershipOn(
        address _contract,
        address _newAdminACL
    ) external;
    /**
     * @notice Calls renounceOwnership on other contract from this contract.
     * @dev this function should be gated to only superAdmin-like addresses.
     */
    function renounceOwnershipOn(address _contract) external;
    /**
     * @notice Checks if sender `_sender` is allowed to call function with selector
     * `_selector` on contract `_contract`.
     */
    function allowed(
        address _sender,
        address _contract,
        bytes4 _selector
    ) external returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
// Created By: Art Blocks Inc.
pragma solidity ^0.8.17;
interface IEngineRegistryV0 {
    /// ADDRESS
    /**
     * @notice contract has been registered as a contract that is powered by the Art Blocks Engine.
     */
    event ContractRegistered(
        address indexed _contractAddress,
        bytes32 _coreVersion,
        bytes32 _coreType
    );
    /// ADDRESS
    /**
     * @notice contract has been unregistered as a contract that is powered by the Art Blocks Engine.
     */
    event ContractUnregistered(address indexed _contractAddress);
    /**
     * @notice Emits a `ContractRegistered` event with the provided information.
     * @dev this function should be gated to only deployer addresses.
     */
    function registerContract(
        address _contractAddress,
        bytes32 _coreVersion,
        bytes32 _coreType
    ) external;
    /**
     * @notice Emits a `ContractUnregistered` event with the provided information, validating that the provided
     *         address was indeed previously registered.
     * @dev this function should be gated to only deployer addresses.
     */
    function unregisterContract(address _contractAddress) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
// Created By: Art Blocks Inc.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IAdminACLV0.sol";
import "./IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Engine.sol";
/**
 * @title This interface is intended to house interface items that are common
 * across all GenArt721CoreContractV3 Engine Flex and derivative implementations.
 * @author Art Blocks Inc.
 */
interface IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Engine_Flex is
    IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Engine
{
    /**
     * @notice When an external asset dependency is updated or added, this event is emitted.
     * @param _projectId The project ID of the project that was updated.
     * @param _index The index of the external asset dependency that was updated.
     * @param _cid The content ID of the external asset dependency. This is an empty string
     * if the dependency type is ONCHAIN.
     * @param _dependencyType The type of the external asset dependency.
     * @param _externalAssetDependencyCount The number of external asset dependencies.
     */
    event ExternalAssetDependencyUpdated(
        uint256 indexed _projectId,
        uint256 indexed _index,
        string _cid,
        ExternalAssetDependencyType _dependencyType,
        uint24 _externalAssetDependencyCount
    );
    /**
     * @notice The project id `_projectId` has had an external asset dependency removed at index `_index`.
     */
    event ExternalAssetDependencyRemoved(
        uint256 indexed _projectId,
        uint256 indexed _index
    );
    /**
     * @notice The preferred gateway for dependency type `_dependencyType` has been updated to `_gatewayAddress`.
     */
    event GatewayUpdated(
        ExternalAssetDependencyType indexed _dependencyType,
        string _gatewayAddress
    );
    /**
     * @notice The project id `_projectId` has had all external asset dependencies locked.
     * @dev This is a one-way operation. Once locked, the external asset dependencies cannot be updated.
     */
    event ProjectExternalAssetDependenciesLocked(uint256 indexed _projectId);
    /**
     * @notice An external asset dependency type. Can be one of IPFS, ARWEAVE, or ONCHAIN.
     */
    enum ExternalAssetDependencyType {
        IPFS,
        ARWEAVE,
        ONCHAIN
    }
    /**
     * @notice An external asset dependency. This is a struct that contains the CID of the dependency,
     * the type of the dependency, and the address of the bytecode for this dependency.
     */
    struct ExternalAssetDependency {
        string cid;
        ExternalAssetDependencyType dependencyType;
        address bytecodeAddress;
    }
    /**
     * @notice An external asset dependency with data. This is a convenience struct that contains the CID of the dependency,
     * the type of the dependency, the address of the bytecode for this dependency, and the data retrieved from this bytecode address.
     */
    struct ExternalAssetDependencyWithData {
        string cid;
        ExternalAssetDependencyType dependencyType;
        address bytecodeAddress;
        string data;
    }
    // preferredIPFSGateway is a url string
    function preferredIPFSGateway() external view returns (string memory);
    // preferredArweaveGateway is a url string
    function preferredArweaveGateway() external view returns (string memory);
    // updates the preferred IPFS gateway
    function updateIPFSGateway(string calldata _gateway) external;
    // updates the preferred Arweave gateway
    function updateArweaveGateway(string calldata _gateway) external;
    // locks the external asset dependencies for a project
    function lockProjectExternalAssetDependencies(uint256 _projectId) external;
    // updates the external asset dependency for a project at a given index
    function updateProjectExternalAssetDependency(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _index,
        string memory _cidOrData,
        ExternalAssetDependencyType _dependencyType
    ) external;
    // adds an external asset dependency for a project
    function addProjectExternalAssetDependency(
        uint256 _projectId,
        string memory _cidOrData,
        ExternalAssetDependencyType _dependencyType
    ) external;
    // removes an external asset dependency for a project at a given index
    function removeProjectExternalAssetDependency(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _index
    ) external;
    // getter function for project external asset dependencies
    function projectExternalAssetDependencyByIndex(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _index
    ) external view returns (ExternalAssetDependencyWithData memory);
    // getter function project external asset dependency count
    function projectExternalAssetDependencyCount(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
// Created By: Art Blocks Inc.
pragma solidity ^0.8.17;
interface IDependencyRegistryCompatibleV0 {
    /// Dependency registry managed by Art Blocks
    function artblocksDependencyRegistryAddress()
        external
        view
        returns (address);
    /**
     * @notice Returns script information for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be queried.
     * @return scriptTypeAndVersion Project's script type and version
     * (e.g. "p5js(atSymbol)1.0.0")
     * @return aspectRatio Aspect ratio of project (e.g. "1" for square,
     * "1.77777778" for 16:9, etc.)
     * @return scriptCount Count of scripts for project
     */
    function projectScriptDetails(
        uint256 _projectId
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            string memory scriptTypeAndVersion,
            string memory aspectRatio,
            uint256 scriptCount
        );
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @dev Royalty Registry interface, used to support the Royalty Registry.
/// @dev Source: https://github.com/manifoldxyz/royalty-registry-solidity/blob/main/contracts/specs/IManifold.sol
/// @author: manifold.xyz
/**
 * @dev Royalty interface for creator core classes
 */
interface IManifold {
    /**
     * @dev Get royalites of a token.  Returns list of receivers and basisPoints
     *
     *  bytes4(keccak256('getRoyalties(uint256)')) == 0xbb3bafd6
     *
     *  => 0xbb3bafd6 = 0xbb3bafd6
     */
    function getRoyalties(
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external view returns (address payable[] memory, uint256[] memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    constructor() {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _checkOwner();
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
     */
    function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/ERC721/ERC721.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "@openzeppelin-4.7/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol";
import "@openzeppelin-4.7/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol";
import "@openzeppelin-4.7/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol";
import "@openzeppelin-4.7/contracts/utils/Address.sol";
import "@openzeppelin-4.7/contracts/utils/Context.sol";
import "@openzeppelin-4.7/contracts/utils/Strings.sol";
import "@openzeppelin-4.7/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Forked version of the OpenZeppelin v4.7.1 ERC721 contract. Utilizes a
 * struct to pack owner and hash seed into a single storage slot.
 * ---------------------
 * @dev Implementation of https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721[ERC721] Non-Fungible Token Standard, including
 * the Metadata extension, but not including the Enumerable extension, which is available separately as
 * {ERC721Enumerable}.
 */
contract ERC721_PackedHashSeed is Context, ERC165, IERC721, IERC721Metadata {
    using Address for address;
    using Strings for uint256;
    // Token name
    string private _name;
    // Token symbol
    string private _symbol;
    /// struct to pack a token owner and hash seed into same storage slot
    struct OwnerAndHashSeed {
        // 20 bytes for address of token's owner
        address owner;
        // remaining 12 bytes allocated to token hash seed
        bytes12 hashSeed;
    }
    /// mapping of token ID to OwnerAndHashSeed
    /// @dev visibility internal so inheriting contracts can access
    mapping(uint256 => OwnerAndHashSeed) internal _ownersAndHashSeeds;
    // Mapping owner address to token count
    mapping(address => uint256) private _balances;
    // Mapping from token ID to approved address
    mapping(uint256 => address) private _tokenApprovals;
    // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
    mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract by setting a `name` and a `symbol` to the token collection.
     */
    constructor(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) {
        _name = name_;
        _symbol = symbol_;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(
        bytes4 interfaceId
    ) public view virtual override(ERC165, IERC165) returns (bool) {
        return
            interfaceId == type(IERC721).interfaceId ||
            interfaceId == type(IERC721Metadata).interfaceId ||
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-balanceOf}.
     */
    function balanceOf(
        address owner
    ) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        require(
            owner != address(0),
            "ERC721: address zero is not a valid owner"
        );
        return _balances[owner];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-ownerOf}.
     */
    function ownerOf(
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        address owner = _ownersAndHashSeeds[tokenId].owner;
        require(owner != address(0), "ERC721: invalid token ID");
        return owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-name}.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _name;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-symbol}.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _symbol;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-tokenURI}.
     */
    function tokenURI(
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        _requireMinted(tokenId);
        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return
            bytes(baseURI).length > 0
                ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, tokenId.toString()))
                : "";
    }
    /**
     * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
     * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
     * by default, can be overridden in child contracts.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return "";
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-approve}.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public virtual override {
        address owner = ERC721_PackedHashSeed.ownerOf(tokenId);
        require(to != owner, "ERC721: approval to current owner");
        require(
            _msgSender() == owner || isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSender()),
            "ERC721: approve caller is not token owner nor approved for all"
        );
        _approve(to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-getApproved}.
     */
    function getApproved(
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        _requireMinted(tokenId);
        return _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(
        address operator,
        bool approved
    ) public virtual override {
        _setApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-isApprovedForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(
        address owner,
        address operator
    ) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public virtual override {
        //solhint-disable-next-line max-line-length
        require(
            _isApprovedOrOwner(_msgSender(), tokenId),
            "ERC721: caller is not token owner nor approved"
        );
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, "");
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) public virtual override {
        require(
            _isApprovedOrOwner(_msgSender(), tokenId),
            "ERC721: caller is not token owner nor approved"
        );
        _safeTransfer(from, to, tokenId, data);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * `data` is additional data, it has no specified format and it is sent in call to `to`.
     *
     * This internal function is equivalent to {safeTransferFrom}, and can be used to e.g.
     * implement alternative mechanisms to perform token transfer, such as signature-based.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        require(
            _checkOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, data),
            "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer"
        );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted (`_mint`),
     * and stop existing when they are burned (`_burn`).
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        return _ownersAndHashSeeds[tokenId].owner != address(0);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `spender` is allowed to manage `tokenId`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function _isApprovedOrOwner(
        address spender,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        address owner = ERC721_PackedHashSeed.ownerOf(tokenId);
        return (spender == owner ||
            isApprovedForAll(owner, spender) ||
            getApproved(tokenId) == spender);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `tokenId` and transfers it to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must not exist.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _safeMint(to, tokenId, "");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-ERC721-_safeMint-address-uint256-}[`_safeMint`], with an additional `data` parameter which is
     * forwarded in {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} to contract recipients.
     */
    function _safeMint(
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        _mint(to, tokenId);
        require(
            _checkOnERC721Received(address(0), to, tokenId, data),
            "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer"
        );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Mints `tokenId` and transfers it to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {_safeMint} whenever possible
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must not exist.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        require(to != address(0), "ERC721: mint to the zero address");
        require(!_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: token already minted");
        _beforeTokenTransfer(address(0), to, tokenId);
        _balances[to] += 1;
        _ownersAndHashSeeds[tokenId].owner = to;
        emit Transfer(address(0), to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfer(address(0), to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        address owner = ERC721_PackedHashSeed.ownerOf(tokenId);
        _beforeTokenTransfer(owner, address(0), tokenId);
        // Clear approvals
        _approve(address(0), tokenId);
        _balances[owner] -= 1;
        delete _ownersAndHashSeeds[tokenId].owner;
        emit Transfer(owner, address(0), tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfer(owner, address(0), tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *  As opposed to {transferFrom}, this imposes no restrictions on msg.sender.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _transfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) internal virtual {
        require(
            ERC721_PackedHashSeed.ownerOf(tokenId) == from,
            "ERC721: transfer from incorrect owner"
        );
        require(to != address(0), "ERC721: transfer to the zero address");
        _beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, tokenId);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner
        _approve(address(0), tokenId);
        _balances[from] -= 1;
        _balances[to] += 1;
        _ownersAndHashSeeds[tokenId].owner = to;
        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfer(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Approve `to` to operate on `tokenId`
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _tokenApprovals[tokenId] = to;
        emit Approval(ERC721_PackedHashSeed.ownerOf(tokenId), to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Approve `operator` to operate on all of `owner` tokens
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function _setApprovalForAll(
        address owner,
        address operator,
        bool approved
    ) internal virtual {
        require(owner != operator, "ERC721: approve to caller");
        _operatorApprovals[owner][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(owner, operator, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Reverts if the `tokenId` has not been minted yet.
     */
    function _requireMinted(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual {
        require(_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: invalid token ID");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target address.
     * The call is not executed if the target address is not a contract.
     *
     * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
     * @param to target address that will receive the tokens
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be transferred
     * @param data bytes optional data to send along with the call
     * @return bool whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value
     */
    function _checkOnERC721Received(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) private returns (bool) {
        if (to.isContract()) {
            try
                IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received(
                    _msgSender(),
                    from,
                    tokenId,
                    data
                )
            returns (bytes4 retval) {
                return retval == IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector;
            } catch (bytes memory reason) {
                if (reason.length == 0) {
                    revert(
                        "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer"
                    );
                } else {
                    /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                    assembly {
                        revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                    }
                }
            }
        } else {
            return true;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before any token transfer. This includes minting
     * and burning.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, ``from``'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, ``from``'s `tokenId` will be burned.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     *
     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after any transfer of tokens. This includes
     * minting and burning.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - when `from` and `to` are both non-zero.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     *
     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) internal virtual {}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
// Created By: Art Blocks Inc.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @title Art Blocks Script Storage Library
 * @notice Utilize contract bytecode as persistant storage for large chunks of script string data.
 *
 * @author Art Blocks Inc.
 * @author Modified from 0xSequence (https://github.com/0xsequence/sstore2/blob/master/contracts/SSTORE2.sol)
 * @author Modified from Solmate (https://github.com/transmissions11/solmate/blob/main/src/utils/SSTORE2.sol)
 *
 * @dev Compared to the above two rerferenced libraries, this contracts-as-storage implementation makes a few
 *      notably different design decisions:
 *      - uses the `string` data type for input/output on reads, rather than speaking in bytes directly
 *      - exposes "delete" functionality, allowing no-longer-used storage to be purged from chain state
 *      - stores the "writer" address (library user) in the deployed contract bytes, which is useful for both:
 *         a) providing necessary information for safe deletion; and
 *         b) allowing this to be introspected on-chain
 *      Also, given that much of this library is written in assembly, this library makes use of a slightly
 *      different convention (when compared to the rest of the Art Blocks smart contract repo) around
 *      pre-defining return values in some cases in order to simplify need to directly memory manage these
 *      return values.
 */
library BytecodeStorage {
    //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
    // Starting Index | Size | Ending Index | Description                                                            //
    //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
    // 0              | N/A  | 0            |                                                                        //
    // 0              | 72   | 72           | the bytes of the gated-cleanup-logic allowing for `selfdestruct`ion    //
    // 72             | 32   | 104          | the 32 bytes for storing the deploying contract's (0-padded) address   //
    //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
    // Define the offset for where the "logic bytes" end, and the "data bytes" begin. Note that this is a manually
    // calculated value, and must be updated if the above table is changed. It is expected that tests will fail
    // loudly if these values are not updated in-step with eachother.
    uint256 internal constant DATA_OFFSET = 104;
    uint256 internal constant ADDRESS_OFFSET = 72;
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                           WRITE LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
     * @notice Write a string to contract bytecode
     * @param _data string to be written to contract. No input validation is performed on this parameter.
     * @return address_ address of deployed contract with bytecode containing concat(gated-cleanup-logic, address, data)
     */
    function writeToBytecode(
        string memory _data
    ) internal returns (address address_) {
        // prefix bytecode with
        bytes memory creationCode = abi.encodePacked(
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // Opcode  | Opcode + Arguments  | Description  | Stack View                                                     //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (0) creation code returns all code in the contract except for the first 11 (0B in hex) bytes, as these 11
            //     bytes are the creation code itself which we do not want to store in the deployed storage contract result
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // 0x60    |  0x60_0B            | PUSH1 11     | codeOffset                                                     //
            // 0x59    |  0x59               | MSIZE        | 0 codeOffset                                                   //
            // 0x81    |  0x81               | DUP2         | codeOffset 0 codeOffset                                        //
            // 0x38    |  0x38               | CODESIZE     | codeSize codeOffset 0 codeOffset                               //
            // 0x03    |  0x03               | SUB          | (codeSize - codeOffset) 0 codeOffset                           //
            // 0x80    |  0x80               | DUP          | (codeSize - codeOffset) (codeSize - codeOffset) 0 codeOffset   //
            // 0x92    |  0x92               | SWAP3        | codeOffset (codeSize - codeOffset) 0 (codeSize - codeOffset)   //
            // 0x59    |  0x59               | MSIZE        | 0 codeOffset (codeSize - codeOffset) 0 (codeSize - codeOffset) //
            // 0x39    |  0x39               | CODECOPY     | 0 (codeSize - codeOffset)                                      //
            // 0xf3    |  0xf3               | RETURN       |                                                                //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (11 bytes)
            hex"60_0B_59_81_38_03_80_92_59_39_F3",
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // Opcode  | Opcode + Arguments  | Description  | Stack View                                                     //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (1a) conditional logic for determing purge-gate (only the bytecode contract deployer can `selfdestruct`)
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // 0x60    |  0x60_20            | PUSH1 32           | 32                                                       //
            // 0x60    |  0x60_48            | PUSH1 72 (*)       | contractOffset 32                                        //
            // 0x60    |  0x60_00            | PUSH1 0            | 0 contractOffset 32                                      //
            // 0x39    |  0x39               | CODECOPY           |                                                          //
            // 0x60    |  0x60_00            | PUSH1 0            | 0                                                        //
            // 0x51    |  0x51               | MLOAD              | byteDeployerAddress                                      //
            // 0x33    |  0x33               | CALLER             | msg.sender byteDeployerAddress                           //
            // 0x14    |  0x14               | EQ                 | (msg.sender == byteDeployerAddress)                      //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (12 bytes: 0-11 in deployed contract)
            hex"60_20_60_48_60_00_39_60_00_51_33_14",
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (1b) load up the destination jump address for `(2a) calldata length check` logic, jump or raise `invalid` op-code
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // 0x60    |  0x60_10            | PUSH1 16 (^)       | jumpDestination (msg.sender == byteDeployerAddress)      //
            // 0x57    |  0x57               | JUMPI              |                                                          //
            // 0xFE    |  0xFE               | INVALID            |                                                          //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (4 bytes: 12-15 in deployed contract)
            hex"60_10_57_FE",
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (2a) conditional logic for determing purge-gate (only if calldata length is 1 byte)
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // 0x5B    |  0x5B               | JUMPDEST (16)      |                                                          //
            // 0x60    |  0x60_01            | PUSH1 1            | 1                                                        //
            // 0x36    |  0x36               | CALLDATASIZE       | calldataSize 1                                           //
            // 0x14    |  0x14               | EQ                 | (calldataSize == 1)                                      //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (5 bytes: 16-20 in deployed contract)
            hex"5B_60_01_36_14",
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (2b) load up the destination jump address for `(3a) calldata value check` logic, jump or raise `invalid` op-code
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // 0x60    |  0x60_19            | PUSH1 25 (^)       | jumpDestination (calldataSize == 1)                      //
            // 0x57    |  0x57               | JUMPI              |                                                          //
            // 0xFE    |  0xFE               | INVALID            |                                                          //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (4 bytes: 21-24 in deployed contract)
            hex"60_19_57_FE",
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (3a) conditional logic for determing purge-gate (only if calldata is `0xFF`)
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // 0x5B    |  0x5B               | JUMPDEST (25)      |                                                          //
            // 0x60    |  0x60_00            | PUSH1 0            | 0                                                        //
            // 0x35    |  0x35               | CALLDATALOAD       | calldata                                                 //
            // 0x7F    |  0x7F_FF_00_..._00  | PUSH32 0xFF00...00 | 0xFF0...00 calldata                                      //
            // 0x14    |  0x14               | EQ                 | (0xFF00...00 == calldata)                                //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (4 bytes: 25-28 in deployed contract)
            hex"5B_60_00_35",
            // (33 bytes: 29-61 in deployed contract)
            hex"7F_FF_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00",
            // (1 byte: 62 in deployed contract)
            hex"14",
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (3b) load up the destination jump address for actual purging (4), jump or raise `invalid` op-code
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // 0x60    |  0x60_43            | PUSH1 67 (^)       | jumpDestination (0xFF00...00 == calldata)                //
            // 0x57    |  0x57               | JUMPI              |                                                          //
            // 0xFE    |  0xFE               | INVALID            |                                                          //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (4 bytes: 63-66 in deployed contract)
            hex"60_43_57_FE",
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (4) perform actual purging
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // 0x5B    |  0x5B               | JUMPDEST (67)      |                                                          //
            // 0x60    |  0x60_00            | PUSH1 0            | 0                                                        //
            // 0x51    |  0x51               | MLOAD              | byteDeployerAddress                                      //
            // 0xFF    |  0xFF               | SELFDESTRUCT       |                                                          //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (5 bytes: 67-71 in deployed contract)
            hex"5B_60_00_51_FF",
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (*) Note: this value must be adjusted if selfdestruct purge logic is adjusted, to refer to the correct start  //
            //           offset for where the `msg.sender` address was stored in deployed bytecode.                          //
            //                                                                                                               //
            // (^) Note: this value must be adjusted if portions of the selfdestruct purge logic are adjusted.               //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            //
            // store the deploying-contract's address (to be used to gate and call `selfdestruct`),
            // with expected 0-padding to fit a 20-byte address into a 30-byte slot.
            //
            // note: it is important that this address is the executing contract's address
            //      (the address that represents the client-application smart contract of this library)
            //      which means that it is the responsibility of the client-application smart contract
            //      to determine how deletes are gated (or if they are exposed at all) as it is only
            //      this contract that will be able to call `purgeBytecode` as the `CALLER` that is
            //      checked above (op-code 0x33).
            hex"00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00", // left-pad 20-byte address with 12 0x00 bytes
            address(this),
            // uploaded data (stored as bytecode) comes last
            _data
        );
        assembly {
            // deploy a new contract with the generated creation code.
            // start 32 bytes into creationCode to avoid copying the byte length.
            address_ := create(0, add(creationCode, 0x20), mload(creationCode))
        }
        // address must be non-zero if contract was deployed successfully
        require(address_ != address(0), "ContractAsStorage: Write Error");
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                               READ LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
     * @notice Read a string from contract bytecode
     * @param _address address of deployed contract with bytecode containing concat(gated-cleanup-logic, address, data)
     * @return data string read from contract bytecode
     */
    function readFromBytecode(
        address _address
    ) internal view returns (string memory data) {
        // get the size of the bytecode
        uint256 bytecodeSize = _bytecodeSizeAt(_address);
        // handle case where address contains code < DATA_OFFSET
        // note: the first check here also captures the case where
        //       (bytecodeSize == 0) implicitly, but we add the second check of
        //       (bytecodeSize == 0) as a fall-through that will never execute
        //       unless `DATA_OFFSET` is set to 0 at some point.
        if ((bytecodeSize < DATA_OFFSET) || (bytecodeSize == 0)) {
            revert("ContractAsStorage: Read Error");
        }
        // handle case where address contains code >= DATA_OFFSET
        // decrement by DATA_OFFSET to account for purge logic
        uint256 size;
        unchecked {
            size = bytecodeSize - DATA_OFFSET;
        }
        assembly {
            // allocate free memory
            data := mload(0x40)
            // update free memory pointer
            // use and(x, not(0x1f) as cheaper equivalent to sub(x, mod(x, 0x20)).
            // adding 0x1f to size + logic above ensures the free memory pointer
            // remains word-aligned, following the Solidity convention.
            mstore(0x40, add(data, and(add(add(size, 0x20), 0x1f), not(0x1f))))
            // store length of data in first 32 bytes
            mstore(data, size)
            // copy code to memory, excluding the gated-cleanup-logic and address
            extcodecopy(_address, add(data, 0x20), DATA_OFFSET, size)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Get address for deployer for given contract bytecode
     * @param _address address of deployed contract with bytecode containing concat(gated-cleanup-logic, address, data)
     * @return writerAddress address read from contract bytecode
     */
    function getWriterAddressForBytecode(
        address _address
    ) internal view returns (address) {
        // get the size of the data
        uint256 bytecodeSize = _bytecodeSizeAt(_address);
        // handle case where address contains code < DATA_OFFSET
        // note: the first check here also captures the case where
        //       (bytecodeSize == 0) implicitly, but we add the second check of
        //       (bytecodeSize == 0) as a fall-through that will never execute
        //       unless `DATA_OFFSET` is set to 0 at some point.
        if ((bytecodeSize < DATA_OFFSET) || (bytecodeSize == 0)) {
            revert("ContractAsStorage: Read Error");
        }
        assembly {
            // allocate free memory
            let writerAddress := mload(0x40)
            // shift free memory pointer by one slot
            mstore(0x40, add(mload(0x40), 0x20))
            // copy the 32-byte address of the data contract writer to memory
            // note: this relies on the assumption noted at the top-level of
            //       this file that the storage layout for the deployed
            //       contracts-as-storage contract looks like:
            //       | gated-cleanup-logic | deployer-address (padded) | data |
            extcodecopy(
                _address,
                writerAddress,
                ADDRESS_OFFSET,
                0x20 // full 32-bytes, as address is expected to be zero-padded
            )
            return(
                writerAddress,
                0x20 // return size is entire slot, as it is zero-padded
            )
        }
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                              DELETE LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
     * @notice Purge contract bytecode for cleanup purposes
     * note: Although this does reduce usage of Ethereum state, it does not reduce the gas costs of removal
     * transactions. We believe this is the best behavior at the time of writing, and do not expect this to
     * result in any breaking changes in the future. All current proposals to change the self-destruct opcode
     * are backwards compatible, but may result in not removing the bytecode from the blockchain state. This
     * implementation is compatible with that architecture, as it does not rely on the bytecode being removed
     * from the blockchain state (as opposed to using a CREATE2 style opcode when creating bytecode contracts,
     * which could be used in a way that may rely on the bytecode being removed from the blockchain state,
     * e.g. replacing a contract at a given deployed address).
     * @param _address address of deployed contract with bytecode containing concat(gated-cleanup-logic, address, data)
     * @dev This contract is only callable by the address of the contract that originally deployed the bytecode
     *      being purged. If this method is called by any other address, it will revert with the `INVALID` op-code.
     *      Additionally, for security purposes, the contract must be called with calldata `0xFF` to ensure that
     *      the `selfdestruct` op-code is intentionally being invoked, otherwise the `INVALID` op-code will be raised.
     */
    function purgeBytecode(address _address) internal {
        // deployed bytecode (above) handles all logic for purging state, so no
        // call data is expected to be passed along to perform data purge
        (bool success /* `data` not needed */, ) = _address.call(hex"FF");
        if (!success) {
            revert("ContractAsStorage: Delete Error");
        }
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                          INTERNAL HELPER LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
        @notice Returns the size of the bytecode at address `_address`
        @param _address address that may or may not contain bytecode
        @return size size of the bytecode code at `_address`
    */
    function _bytecodeSizeAt(
        address _address
    ) private view returns (uint256 size) {
        assembly {
            size := extcodesize(_address)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
// Created By: Art Blocks Inc.
// Inspired by: https://ethereum.stackexchange.com/a/123950/103422
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Operations on bytes32 data type, dealing with conversion to string.
 */
library Bytes32Strings {
    /**
     * @dev Intended to convert a `bytes32`-encoded string literal to `string`.
     * Trims zero padding to arrive at original string literal.
     */
    function toString(
        bytes32 source
    ) internal pure returns (string memory result) {
        uint8 length = 0;
        while (source[length] != 0 && length < 32) {
            length++;
        }
        assembly {
            // free memory pointer
            result := mload(0x40)
            // update free memory pointer to new "memory end"
            // (offset is 64-bytes: 32 for length, 32 for data)
            mstore(0x40, add(result, 0x40))
            // store length in first 32-byte memory slot
            mstore(result, length)
            // write actual data in second 32-byte memory slot
            mstore(add(result, 0x20), source)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Intended to check if a `bytes32`-encoded string contains a given
     * character with UTF-8 character code `utf8CharCode exactly `targetQty`
     * times. Does not support searching for multi-byte characters, only
     * characters with UTF-8 character codes < 0x80.
     */
    function containsExactCharacterQty(
        bytes32 source,
        uint8 utf8CharCode,
        uint8 targetQty
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        uint8 _occurrences = 0;
        uint8 i;
        for (i = 0; i < 32; ) {
            uint8 _charCode = uint8(source[i]);
            // if not a null byte, or a multi-byte UTF-8 character, check match
            if (_charCode != 0 && _charCode < 0x80) {
                if (_charCode == utf8CharCode) {
                    unchecked {
                        // no risk of overflow since max 32 iterations < max uin8=255
                        ++_occurrences;
                    }
                }
            }
            unchecked {
                // no risk of overflow since max 32 iterations < max uin8=255
                ++i;
            }
        }
        return _occurrences == targetQty;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright (c) 2023 the ethier authors (github.com/divergencetech/ethier)
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;
import {AccessControlEnumerable as ACE} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/AccessControlEnumerable.sol";
contract AccessControlEnumerable is ACE {
    /// @notice The default role intended to perform access-restricted actions.
    /// @dev We are using this instead of DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE because the latter
    /// is intended to grant/revoke roles and will be secured differently.
    bytes32 public constant DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE =
        keccak256("DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE");
    /// @dev Overrides supportsInterface so that inheriting contracts can
    /// reference this contract instead of OZ's version for further overrides.
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ACE)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return ACE.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright (c) 2022 the ethier authors (github.com/divergencetech/ethier)
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;
import {ERC721A} from "erc721a/contracts/ERC721A.sol";
import {ERC2981} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/common/ERC2981.sol";
import {AccessControlEnumerable} from "../utils/AccessControlEnumerable.sol";
import {AccessControlPausable} from "../utils/AccessControlPausable.sol";
import {ERC4906} from "./ERC4906.sol";
/**
@notice An ERC721A contract with common functionality:
 - Pausable with toggling functions exposed to Owner only
 - ERC2981 royalties
 */
contract ERC721ACommon is ERC721A, AccessControlPausable, ERC2981, ERC4906 {
    constructor(
        address admin,
        address steerer,
        string memory name,
        string memory symbol,
        address payable royaltyReciever,
        uint96 royaltyBasisPoints
    ) ERC721A(name, symbol) {
        _setDefaultRoyalty(royaltyReciever, royaltyBasisPoints);
        _grantRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, admin);
        _grantRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE, steerer);
    }
    /// @notice Requires that the token exists.
    modifier tokenExists(uint256 tokenId) {
        require(ERC721A._exists(tokenId), "ERC721ACommon: Token doesn't exist");
        _;
    }
    /// @notice Requires that msg.sender owns or is approved for the token.
    modifier onlyApprovedOrOwner(uint256 tokenId) {
        require(
            _ownershipOf(tokenId).addr == _msgSender() ||
                getApproved(tokenId) == _msgSender(),
            "ERC721ACommon: Not approved nor owner"
        );
        _;
    }
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual override {
        require(!paused(), "ERC721ACommon: paused");
        super._beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /// @notice Overrides supportsInterface as required by inheritance.
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC721A, AccessControlEnumerable, ERC2981, ERC4906)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return
            ERC721A.supportsInterface(interfaceId) ||
            ERC2981.supportsInterface(interfaceId) ||
            AccessControlEnumerable.supportsInterface(interfaceId) ||
            ERC4906.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /// @notice Sets the royalty receiver and percentage (in units of basis
    /// points = 0.01%).
    function setDefaultRoyalty(address receiver, uint96 basisPoints)
        public
        virtual
        onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE)
    {
        _setDefaultRoyalty(receiver, basisPoints);
    }
    function emitMetadataUpdateForAll()
        external
        onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE)
    {
        // EIP4906 is unfortunately quite vague on whether the `toTokenId` in
        // the following event is included or not. We hence use `totalSupply()`
        // to ensure that the last actual `tokenId` is included in any case.
        _refreshMetadata(0, totalSupply());
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
     * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
     *
     * _Available since v4.8._
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            if (returndata.length == 0) {
                // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            }
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert(errorMessage);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import {OperatorFilterer} from "./OperatorFilterer.sol";
import {CANONICAL_CORI_SUBSCRIPTION} from "./lib/Constants.sol";
/**
 * @title  DefaultOperatorFilterer
 * @notice Inherits from OperatorFilterer and automatically subscribes to the default OpenSea subscription.
 * @dev    Please note that if your token contract does not provide an owner with EIP-173, it must provide
 *         administration methods on the contract itself to interact with the registry otherwise the subscription
 *         will be locked to the options set during construction.
 */
abstract contract DefaultOperatorFilterer is OperatorFilterer {
    /// @dev The constructor that is called when the contract is being deployed.
    constructor() OperatorFilterer(CANONICAL_CORI_SUBSCRIPTION, true) {}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;
import {AccessControlEnumerable} from "ethier/utils/AccessControlEnumerable.sol";
import {ISellable} from "../interfaces/ISellable.sol";
/**
 * @notice A base contract for selling content via authorised sellers.
 */
abstract contract BaseSellable is ISellable, AccessControlEnumerable {
    /**
     * @notice Authorised sellers.
     */
    bytes32 public constant AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE = keccak256("AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE");
    /**
     * @notice A role that cannot be granted or revoked.
     * @dev Used to lock in members of the `AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE` role.
     */
    bytes32 private constant _NOOP_ROLE = keccak256("NOOP_ROLE");
    constructor() {
        _setRoleAdmin(AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE, DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE);
        _setRoleAdmin(_NOOP_ROLE, _NOOP_ROLE);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Handles the sale of sellable content via an authorised seller.
     * @dev Delegates the implementation to `_handleSale`.
     */
    function handleSale(address to, uint64 num, bytes calldata data)
        external
        payable
        onlyRole(AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE)
    {
        _handleSale(to, num, data);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Handles the sale of sellable content.
     */
    function _handleSale(address to, uint64 num, bytes calldata data) internal virtual;
    /**
     * @notice Locks the `AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE` role.
     */
    function lockSellers() external onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE) {
        _lockSellers();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Locks the `AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE` role.
     */
    function _lockSellers() internal {
        _setRoleAdmin(AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE, _NOOP_ROLE);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Revokes approval for all sellers.
     */
    function _revokeAllSellers() internal {
        uint256 num = getRoleMemberCount(AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < num; i++) {
            // Akin to a popFront
            address seller = getRoleMember(AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE, 0);
            _revokeRole(AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE, seller);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity ^0.8.16;
import {ERC721A, ERC721ACommon} from "ethier/erc721/ERC721ACommon.sol";
import {RedeemableERC721ACommon} from "./RedeemableERC721ACommon.sol";
import {
    TransferRestriction,
    ERC721ATransferRestrictedBase,
    ERC721ATransferRestricted
} from "../restricted/ERC721ATransferRestricted.sol";
/**
 * @notice An ERC721 token intended to act as freely tradeable voucher.
 * @dev This is mainly a convenience wrapper.
 */
abstract contract TransferRestrictedRedeemableERC721ACommon is RedeemableERC721ACommon, ERC721ATransferRestricted {
    /**
     * @notice Overrides supportsInterface as required by inheritance.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(RedeemableERC721ACommon, ERC721ACommon)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return RedeemableERC721ACommon.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @inheritdoc ERC721ATransferRestrictedBase
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(address from, address to, uint256 startTokenId, uint256 quantity)
        internal
        virtual
        override(ERC721ATransferRestrictedBase, ERC721ACommon)
    {
        ERC721ATransferRestrictedBase._beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity ^0.8.16;
import {AccessControlEnumerable} from "ethier/utils/AccessControlEnumerable.sol";
import {ISellable, SellableCallbacker} from "../base/SellableCallbacker.sol";
/**
 * @notice Base contract for seller presets that call back to a sellable contract.
 */
contract AccessControlled is AccessControlEnumerable {
    constructor(address admin, address steerer) {
        _grantRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, admin);
        _grantRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE, steerer);
    }
}
/**
 * @notice Base contract for seller presets that call back to a sellable contract.
 */
contract CallbackerWithAccessControl is SellableCallbacker, AccessControlled {
    constructor(address admin, address steerer, ISellable sellable_)
        SellableCallbacker(sellable_)
        AccessControlled(admin, steerer)
    {}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;
import {Seller} from "./Seller.sol";
/**
 * @notice Seller module that adds an upper limit on the number of sellable items.
 */
abstract contract SupplyLimited is Seller {
    error SupplyLimitExceeded(uint64 numRequested, uint64 numLeft);
    /**
     * @notice The number of tokens that have already been sold by the seller.
     */
    uint64 private _numSold;
    /**
     * @notice Returns the total number of items sold by this contract.
     */
    function numSold() public view returns (uint64) {
        return _numSold;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns the total number of items sold by this contract.
     */
    function maxNumSellable() public view virtual returns (uint64);
    // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    //
    //  Internals
    //
    // -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    /**
     * @notice Checks if the number of requested purchases is below the limit
     * given by the inventory.
     * @dev Reverts otherwise.
     */
    function _checkAndModifyPurchase(address to, uint64 num, uint256 cost, bytes memory data)
        internal
        view
        virtual
        override(Seller)
        returns (address, uint64, uint256)
    {
        (to, num, cost) = Seller._checkAndModifyPurchase(to, num, cost, data);
        uint64 numLeft = maxNumSellable() - numSold();
        if (num > numLeft) {
            revert SupplyLimitExceeded(num, numLeft);
        }
        return (to, num, cost);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updating the total number of sold tokens.
     */
    function _beforePurchase(address to, uint64 num, uint256 cost, bytes memory data)
        internal
        virtual
        override(Seller)
    {
        Seller._beforePurchase(to, num, cost, data);
        _numSold += num;
    }
}
/**
 * @notice Seller module with a supply limit that is fixed at deployment.
 */
abstract contract FixedSupply is SupplyLimited {
    /**
     * @notice The maximum number of sellable items.
     */
    uint64 private immutable _maxNumSellable;
    constructor(uint64 maxNumSellable_) {
        _maxNumSellable = maxNumSellable_;
    }
    /**
     * @inheritdoc SupplyLimited
     */
    function maxNumSellable() public view virtual override returns (uint64) {
        return _maxNumSellable;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;
/**
 * @notice Basic interface for a contract providing sellable content.
 */
interface ISellable {
    /**
     * @notice Handles the sale of sellable content.
     * @dev This is usually only callable by Sellers.
     */
    function handleSale(address to, uint64 num, bytes calldata data) external payable;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;
/**
 * @notice Interface to execute purchases in `Seller`s.
 * @dev This executes the final purchase. This can be anything from minting ERC721 tokens to transfering funds, etc.
 */
abstract contract PurchaseExecuter {
    function _executePurchase(address to, uint64 num, uint256 cost, bytes memory data) internal virtual;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (security/ReentrancyGuard.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
 *
 * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
 * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
 * (reentrant) calls to them.
 *
 * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
 * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
 * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
 * points to them.
 *
 * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
 * to protect against it, check out our blog post
 * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
 */
abstract contract ReentrancyGuard {
    // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
    // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
    // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
    // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
    // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.
    // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
    // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
    // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
    // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
    // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
    uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
    uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;
    uint256 private _status;
    constructor() {
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
     * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
     * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
     * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a
     * `private` function that does the actual work.
     */
    modifier nonReentrant() {
        _nonReentrantBefore();
        _;
        _nonReentrantAfter();
    }
    function _nonReentrantBefore() private {
        // On the first call to nonReentrant, _status will be _NOT_ENTERED
        require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");
        // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
        _status = _ENTERED;
    }
    function _nonReentrantAfter() private {
        // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
        // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
// Created By: Art Blocks Inc.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IAdminACLV0.sol";
/// use the Royalty Registry's IManifold interface for token royalties
import "./IManifold.sol";
/**
 * @title This interface is intended to house interface items that are common
 * across all GenArt721CoreContractV3 flagship and derivative implementations.
 * This interface extends the IManifold royalty interface in order to
 * add support the Royalty Registry by default.
 * @author Art Blocks Inc.
 */
interface IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Base is IManifold {
    /**
     * @notice Token ID `_tokenId` minted to `_to`.
     */
    event Mint(address indexed _to, uint256 indexed _tokenId);
    /**
     * @notice currentMinter updated to `_currentMinter`.
     * @dev Implemented starting with V3 core
     */
    event MinterUpdated(address indexed _currentMinter);
    /**
     * @notice Platform updated on bytes32-encoded field `_field`.
     */
    event PlatformUpdated(bytes32 indexed _field);
    /**
     * @notice Project ID `_projectId` updated on bytes32-encoded field
     * `_update`.
     */
    event ProjectUpdated(uint256 indexed _projectId, bytes32 indexed _update);
    event ProposedArtistAddressesAndSplits(
        uint256 indexed _projectId,
        address _artistAddress,
        address _additionalPayeePrimarySales,
        uint256 _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage,
        address _additionalPayeeSecondarySales,
        uint256 _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage
    );
    event AcceptedArtistAddressesAndSplits(uint256 indexed _projectId);
    // version and type of the core contract
    // coreVersion is a string of the form "0.x.y"
    function coreVersion() external view returns (string memory);
    // coreType is a string of the form "GenArt721CoreV3"
    function coreType() external view returns (string memory);
    // owner (pre-V3 was named admin) of contract
    // this is expected to be an Admin ACL contract for V3
    function owner() external view returns (address);
    // Admin ACL contract for V3, will be at the address owner()
    function adminACLContract() external returns (IAdminACLV0);
    // backwards-compatible (pre-V3) admin - equal to owner()
    function admin() external view returns (address);
    /**
     * Function determining if _sender is allowed to call function with
     * selector _selector on contract `_contract`. Intended to be used with
     * peripheral contracts such as minters, as well as internally by the
     * core contract itself.
     */
    function adminACLAllowed(
        address _sender,
        address _contract,
        bytes4 _selector
    ) external returns (bool);
    // getter function of public variable
    function nextProjectId() external view returns (uint256);
    // getter function of public mapping
    function tokenIdToProjectId(
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external view returns (uint256 projectId);
    // @dev this is not available in V0
    function isMintWhitelisted(address minter) external view returns (bool);
    function projectIdToArtistAddress(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (address payable);
    function projectIdToAdditionalPayeePrimarySales(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (address payable);
    function projectIdToAdditionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (uint256);
    function projectIdToSecondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (uint256);
    function projectURIInfo(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (string memory projectBaseURI);
    // @dev new function in V3
    function projectStateData(
        uint256 _projectId
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint256 invocations,
            uint256 maxInvocations,
            bool active,
            bool paused,
            uint256 completedTimestamp,
            bool locked
        );
    function projectDetails(
        uint256 _projectId
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            string memory projectName,
            string memory artist,
            string memory description,
            string memory website,
            string memory license
        );
    function projectScriptDetails(
        uint256 _projectId
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            string memory scriptTypeAndVersion,
            string memory aspectRatio,
            uint256 scriptCount
        );
    function projectScriptByIndex(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _index
    ) external view returns (string memory);
    function tokenIdToHash(uint256 _tokenId) external view returns (bytes32);
    // function to set a token's hash (must be guarded)
    function setTokenHash_8PT(uint256 _tokenId, bytes32 _hash) external;
    // @dev gas-optimized signature in V3 for `mint`
    function mint_Ecf(
        address _to,
        uint256 _projectId,
        address _by
    ) external returns (uint256 tokenId);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
// Created By: Art Blocks Inc.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IAdminACLV0.sol";
import "./IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Base.sol";
interface IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Engine is IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Base {
    // @dev new function in V3
    function getPrimaryRevenueSplits(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _price
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint256 renderProviderRevenue_,
            address payable renderProviderAddress_,
            uint256 platformProviderRevenue_,
            address payable platformProviderAddress_,
            uint256 artistRevenue_,
            address payable artistAddress_,
            uint256 additionalPayeePrimaryRevenue_,
            address payable additionalPayeePrimaryAddress_
        );
    // @dev The render provider primary sales payment address
    function renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress()
        external
        view
        returns (address payable);
    // @dev The platform provider primary sales payment address
    function platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress()
        external
        view
        returns (address payable);
    // @dev Percentage of primary sales allocated to the render provider
    function renderProviderPrimarySalesPercentage()
        external
        view
        returns (uint256);
    // @dev Percentage of primary sales allocated to the platform provider
    function platformProviderPrimarySalesPercentage()
        external
        view
        returns (uint256);
    // @dev The render provider secondary sales royalties payment address
    function renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress()
        external
        view
        returns (address payable);
    // @dev The platform provider secondary sales royalties payment address
    function platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress()
        external
        view
        returns (address payable);
    // @dev Basis points of secondary sales allocated to the render provider
    function renderProviderSecondarySalesBPS() external view returns (uint256);
    // @dev Basis points of secondary sales allocated to the platform provider
    function platformProviderSecondarySalesBPS()
        external
        view
        returns (uint256);
    // function to read the hash-seed for a given tokenId
    function tokenIdToHashSeed(
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) external view returns (bytes12);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom} whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @title ERC721 token receiver interface
 * @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support safeTransfers
 * from ERC721 asset contracts.
 */
interface IERC721Receiver {
    /**
     * @dev Whenever an {IERC721} `tokenId` token is transferred to this contract via {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}
     * by `operator` from `from`, this function is called.
     *
     * It must return its Solidity selector to confirm the token transfer.
     * If any other value is returned or the interface is not implemented by the recipient, the transfer will be reverted.
     *
     * The selector can be obtained in Solidity with `IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector`.
     */
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../IERC721.sol";
/**
 * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional metadata extension
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
 */
interface IERC721Metadata is IERC721 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                assembly {
                    let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                    revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                }
            } else {
                revert(errorMessage);
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/Strings.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library Strings {
    bytes16 private constant _HEX_SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    uint8 private constant _ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20;
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        // Inspired by OraclizeAPI's implementation - MIT licence
        // https://github.com/oraclize/ethereum-api/blob/b42146b063c7d6ee1358846c198246239e9360e8/oraclizeAPI_0.4.25.sol
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 digits;
        while (temp != 0) {
            digits++;
            temp /= 10;
        }
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(digits);
        while (value != 0) {
            digits -= 1;
            buffer[digits] = bytes1(uint8(48 + uint256(value % 10)));
            value /= 10;
        }
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0x00";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 length = 0;
        while (temp != 0) {
            length++;
            temp >>= 8;
        }
        return toHexString(value, length);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _HEX_SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(address addr) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), _ADDRESS_LENGTH);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (access/AccessControlEnumerable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IAccessControlEnumerable.sol";
import "./AccessControl.sol";
import "../utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol";
/**
 * @dev Extension of {AccessControl} that allows enumerating the members of each role.
 */
abstract contract AccessControlEnumerable is IAccessControlEnumerable, AccessControl {
    using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
    mapping(bytes32 => EnumerableSet.AddressSet) private _roleMembers;
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IAccessControlEnumerable).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns one of the accounts that have `role`. `index` must be a
     * value between 0 and {getRoleMemberCount}, non-inclusive.
     *
     * Role bearers are not sorted in any particular way, and their ordering may
     * change at any point.
     *
     * WARNING: When using {getRoleMember} and {getRoleMemberCount}, make sure
     * you perform all queries on the same block. See the following
     * https://forum.openzeppelin.com/t/iterating-over-elements-on-enumerableset-in-openzeppelin-contracts/2296[forum post]
     * for more information.
     */
    function getRoleMember(bytes32 role, uint256 index) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        return _roleMembers[role].at(index);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of accounts that have `role`. Can be used
     * together with {getRoleMember} to enumerate all bearers of a role.
     */
    function getRoleMemberCount(bytes32 role) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return _roleMembers[role].length();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Overload {_grantRole} to track enumerable memberships
     */
    function _grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual override {
        super._grantRole(role, account);
        _roleMembers[role].add(account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Overload {_revokeRole} to track enumerable memberships
     */
    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual override {
        super._revokeRole(role, account);
        _roleMembers[role].remove(account);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import './IERC721A.sol';
/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721 token receiver.
 */
interface ERC721A__IERC721Receiver {
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}
/**
 * @title ERC721A
 *
 * @dev Implementation of the [ERC721](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721)
 * Non-Fungible Token Standard, including the Metadata extension.
 * Optimized for lower gas during batch mints.
 *
 * Token IDs are minted in sequential order (e.g. 0, 1, 2, 3, ...)
 * starting from `_startTokenId()`.
 *
 * Assumptions:
 *
 * - An owner cannot have more than 2**64 - 1 (max value of uint64) of supply.
 * - The maximum token ID cannot exceed 2**256 - 1 (max value of uint256).
 */
contract ERC721A is IERC721A {
    // Bypass for a `--via-ir` bug (https://github.com/chiru-labs/ERC721A/pull/364).
    struct TokenApprovalRef {
        address value;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                           CONSTANTS
    // =============================================================
    // Mask of an entry in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY = (1 << 64) - 1;
    // The bit position of `numberMinted` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED = 64;
    // The bit position of `numberBurned` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED = 128;
    // The bit position of `aux` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_AUX = 192;
    // Mask of all 256 bits in packed address data except the 64 bits for `aux`.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 192) - 1;
    // The bit position of `startTimestamp` in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP = 160;
    // The bit mask of the `burned` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_BURNED = 1 << 224;
    // The bit position of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 225;
    // The bit mask of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 1 << 225;
    // The bit position of `extraData` in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA = 232;
    // Mask of all 256 bits in a packed ownership except the 24 bits for `extraData`.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_EXTRA_DATA_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 232) - 1;
    // The mask of the lower 160 bits for addresses.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_ADDRESS = (1 << 160) - 1;
    // The maximum `quantity` that can be minted with {_mintERC2309}.
    // This limit is to prevent overflows on the address data entries.
    // For a limit of 5000, a total of 3.689e15 calls to {_mintERC2309}
    // is required to cause an overflow, which is unrealistic.
    uint256 private constant _MAX_MINT_ERC2309_QUANTITY_LIMIT = 5000;
    // The `Transfer` event signature is given by:
    // `keccak256(bytes("Transfer(address,address,uint256)"))`.
    bytes32 private constant _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE =
        0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef;
    // =============================================================
    //                            STORAGE
    // =============================================================
    // The next token ID to be minted.
    uint256 private _currentIndex;
    // The number of tokens burned.
    uint256 private _burnCounter;
    // Token name
    string private _name;
    // Token symbol
    string private _symbol;
    // Mapping from token ID to ownership details
    // An empty struct value does not necessarily mean the token is unowned.
    // See {_packedOwnershipOf} implementation for details.
    //
    // Bits Layout:
    // - [0..159]   `addr`
    // - [160..223] `startTimestamp`
    // - [224]      `burned`
    // - [225]      `nextInitialized`
    // - [232..255] `extraData`
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) private _packedOwnerships;
    // Mapping owner address to address data.
    //
    // Bits Layout:
    // - [0..63]    `balance`
    // - [64..127]  `numberMinted`
    // - [128..191] `numberBurned`
    // - [192..255] `aux`
    mapping(address => uint256) private _packedAddressData;
    // Mapping from token ID to approved address.
    mapping(uint256 => TokenApprovalRef) private _tokenApprovals;
    // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
    mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;
    // =============================================================
    //                          CONSTRUCTOR
    // =============================================================
    constructor(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) {
        _name = name_;
        _symbol = symbol_;
        _currentIndex = _startTokenId();
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                   TOKEN COUNTING OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the starting token ID.
     * To change the starting token ID, please override this function.
     */
    function _startTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the next token ID to be minted.
     */
    function _nextTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return _currentIndex;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence.
     * Burned tokens will reduce the count.
     * To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as _burnCounter cannot be incremented
        // more than `_currentIndex - _startTokenId()` times.
        unchecked {
            return _currentIndex - _burnCounter - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens minted in the contract.
     */
    function _totalMinted() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as `_currentIndex` does not decrement,
        // and it is initialized to `_startTokenId()`.
        unchecked {
            return _currentIndex - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens burned.
     */
    function _totalBurned() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return _burnCounter;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                    ADDRESS DATA OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        if (owner == address(0)) revert BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
        return _packedAddressData[owner] & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens minted by `owner`.
     */
    function _numberMinted(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return (_packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens burned by or on behalf of `owner`.
     */
    function _numberBurned(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return (_packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }
    /**
     * Returns the auxiliary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     */
    function _getAux(address owner) internal view returns (uint64) {
        return uint64(_packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_AUX);
    }
    /**
     * Sets the auxiliary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     * If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
     */
    function _setAux(address owner, uint64 aux) internal virtual {
        uint256 packed = _packedAddressData[owner];
        uint256 auxCasted;
        // Cast `aux` with assembly to avoid redundant masking.
        assembly {
            auxCasted := aux
        }
        packed = (packed & _BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT) | (auxCasted << _BITPOS_AUX);
        _packedAddressData[owner] = packed;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC165
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        // The interface IDs are constants representing the first 4 bytes
        // of the XOR of all function selectors in the interface.
        // See: [ERC165](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165)
        // (e.g. `bytes4(i.functionA.selector ^ i.functionB.selector ^ ...)`)
        return
            interfaceId == 0x01ffc9a7 || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC165.
            interfaceId == 0x80ac58cd || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721.
            interfaceId == 0x5b5e139f; // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721Metadata.
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                        IERC721Metadata
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _name;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _symbol;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return bytes(baseURI).length != 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, _toString(tokenId))) : '';
    }
    /**
     * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
     * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
     * by default, it can be overridden in child contracts.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return '';
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                     OWNERSHIPS OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId)));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Gas spent here starts off proportional to the maximum mint batch size.
     * It gradually moves to O(1) as tokens get transferred around over time.
     */
    function _ownershipOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        return _unpackedOwnership(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct at `index`.
     */
    function _ownershipAt(uint256 index) internal view virtual returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        return _unpackedOwnership(_packedOwnerships[index]);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the ownership slot minted at `index` for efficiency purposes.
     */
    function _initializeOwnershipAt(uint256 index) internal virtual {
        if (_packedOwnerships[index] == 0) {
            _packedOwnerships[index] = _packedOwnershipOf(index);
        }
    }
    /**
     * Returns the packed ownership data of `tokenId`.
     */
    function _packedOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) private view returns (uint256) {
        uint256 curr = tokenId;
        unchecked {
            if (_startTokenId() <= curr)
                if (curr < _currentIndex) {
                    uint256 packed = _packedOwnerships[curr];
                    // If not burned.
                    if (packed & _BITMASK_BURNED == 0) {
                        // Invariant:
                        // There will always be an initialized ownership slot
                        // (i.e. `ownership.addr != address(0) && ownership.burned == false`)
                        // before an unintialized ownership slot
                        // (i.e. `ownership.addr == address(0) && ownership.burned == false`)
                        // Hence, `curr` will not underflow.
                        //
                        // We can directly compare the packed value.
                        // If the address is zero, packed will be zero.
                        while (packed == 0) {
                            packed = _packedOwnerships[--curr];
                        }
                        return packed;
                    }
                }
        }
        revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct from `packed`.
     */
    function _unpackedOwnership(uint256 packed) private pure returns (TokenOwnership memory ownership) {
        ownership.addr = address(uint160(packed));
        ownership.startTimestamp = uint64(packed >> _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP);
        ownership.burned = packed & _BITMASK_BURNED != 0;
        ownership.extraData = uint24(packed >> _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Packs ownership data into a single uint256.
     */
    function _packOwnershipData(address owner, uint256 flags) private view returns (uint256 result) {
        assembly {
            // Mask `owner` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            owner := and(owner, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // `owner | (block.timestamp << _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP) | flags`.
            result := or(owner, or(shl(_BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP, timestamp()), flags))
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the `nextInitialized` flag set if `quantity` equals 1.
     */
    function _nextInitializedFlag(uint256 quantity) private pure returns (uint256 result) {
        // For branchless setting of the `nextInitialized` flag.
        assembly {
            // `(quantity == 1) << _BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED`.
            result := shl(_BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED, eq(quantity, 1))
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                      APPROVAL OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the
     * zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public payable virtual override {
        address owner = ownerOf(tokenId);
        if (_msgSenderERC721A() != owner)
            if (!isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSenderERC721A())) {
                revert ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
            }
        _tokenApprovals[tokenId].value = to;
        emit Approval(owner, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
        return _tokenApprovals[tokenId].value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom}
     * for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
        _operatorApprovals[_msgSenderERC721A()][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(_msgSenderERC721A(), operator, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted. See {_mint}.
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        return
            _startTokenId() <= tokenId &&
            tokenId < _currentIndex && // If within bounds,
            _packedOwnerships[tokenId] & _BITMASK_BURNED == 0; // and not burned.
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `msgSender` is equal to `approvedAddress` or `owner`.
     */
    function _isSenderApprovedOrOwner(
        address approvedAddress,
        address owner,
        address msgSender
    ) private pure returns (bool result) {
        assembly {
            // Mask `owner` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            owner := and(owner, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // Mask `msgSender` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            msgSender := and(msgSender, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // `msgSender == owner || msgSender == approvedAddress`.
            result := or(eq(msgSender, owner), eq(msgSender, approvedAddress))
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the storage slot and value for the approved address of `tokenId`.
     */
    function _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(uint256 tokenId)
        private
        view
        returns (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress)
    {
        TokenApprovalRef storage tokenApproval = _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
        // The following is equivalent to `approvedAddress = _tokenApprovals[tokenId].value`.
        assembly {
            approvedAddressSlot := tokenApproval.slot
            approvedAddress := sload(approvedAddressSlot)
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                      TRANSFER OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override {
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId);
        if (address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked)) != from) revert TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
        (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) = _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(tokenId);
        // The nested ifs save around 20+ gas over a compound boolean condition.
        if (!_isSenderApprovedOrOwner(approvedAddress, from, _msgSenderERC721A()))
            if (!isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A())) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        if (to == address(0)) revert TransferToZeroAddress();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner.
        assembly {
            if approvedAddress {
                // This is equivalent to `delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]`.
                sstore(approvedAddressSlot, 0)
            }
        }
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as `tokenId` would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // We can directly increment and decrement the balances.
            --_packedAddressData[from]; // Updates: `balance -= 1`.
            ++_packedAddressData[to]; // Updates: `balance += 1`.
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the next owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of transfering.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `true`.
            _packedOwnerships[tokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED | _nextExtraData(from, to, prevOwnershipPacked)
            );
            // If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) .
            if (prevOwnershipPacked & _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) {
                uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                // If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero).
                if (_packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) {
                    // If the next slot is within bounds.
                    if (nextTokenId != _currentIndex) {
                        // Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`.
                        _packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '');
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) public payable virtual override {
        transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
        if (to.code.length != 0)
            if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, _data)) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before a set of serially-ordered token IDs
     * are about to be transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called before burning one token.
     *
     * `startTokenId` - the first token ID to be transferred.
     * `quantity` - the amount to be transferred.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after a set of serially-ordered token IDs
     * have been transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called after one token has been burned.
     *
     * `startTokenId` - the first token ID to be transferred.
     * `quantity` - the amount to be transferred.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` has been
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` has been minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` has been burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Private function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target contract.
     *
     * `from` - Previous owner of the given token ID.
     * `to` - Target address that will receive the token.
     * `tokenId` - Token ID to be transferred.
     * `_data` - Optional data to send along with the call.
     *
     * Returns whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value.
     */
    function _checkContractOnERC721Received(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) private returns (bool) {
        try ERC721A__IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received(_msgSenderERC721A(), from, tokenId, _data) returns (
            bytes4 retval
        ) {
            return retval == ERC721A__IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received.selector;
        } catch (bytes memory reason) {
            if (reason.length == 0) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            } else {
                assembly {
                    revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                }
            }
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                        MINT OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event for each mint.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        uint256 startTokenId = _currentIndex;
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
        // `balance` and `numberMinted` have a maximum limit of 2**64.
        // `tokenId` has a maximum limit of 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance += quantity`.
            // - `numberMinted += quantity`.
            //
            // We can directly add to the `balance` and `numberMinted`.
            _packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1);
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`.
            _packedOwnerships[startTokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _nextInitializedFlag(quantity) | _nextExtraData(address(0), to, 0)
            );
            uint256 toMasked;
            uint256 end = startTokenId + quantity;
            // Use assembly to loop and emit the `Transfer` event for gas savings.
            // The duplicated `log4` removes an extra check and reduces stack juggling.
            // The assembly, together with the surrounding Solidity code, have been
            // delicately arranged to nudge the compiler into producing optimized opcodes.
            assembly {
                // Mask `to` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
                toMasked := and(to, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
                // Emit the `Transfer` event.
                log4(
                    0, // Start of data (0, since no data).
                    0, // End of data (0, since no data).
                    _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE, // Signature.
                    0, // `address(0)`.
                    toMasked, // `to`.
                    startTokenId // `tokenId`.
                )
                // The `iszero(eq(,))` check ensures that large values of `quantity`
                // that overflows uint256 will make the loop run out of gas.
                // The compiler will optimize the `iszero` away for performance.
                for {
                    let tokenId := add(startTokenId, 1)
                } iszero(eq(tokenId, end)) {
                    tokenId := add(tokenId, 1)
                } {
                    // Emit the `Transfer` event. Similar to above.
                    log4(0, 0, _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE, 0, toMasked, tokenId)
                }
            }
            if (toMasked == 0) revert MintToZeroAddress();
            _currentIndex = end;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * This function is intended for efficient minting only during contract creation.
     *
     * It emits only one {ConsecutiveTransfer} as defined in
     * [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309),
     * instead of a sequence of {Transfer} event(s).
     *
     * Calling this function outside of contract creation WILL make your contract
     * non-compliant with the ERC721 standard.
     * For full ERC721 compliance, substituting ERC721 {Transfer} event(s) with the ERC2309
     * {ConsecutiveTransfer} event is only permissible during contract creation.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {ConsecutiveTransfer} event.
     */
    function _mintERC2309(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        uint256 startTokenId = _currentIndex;
        if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        if (quantity > _MAX_MINT_ERC2309_QUANTITY_LIMIT) revert MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are unrealistic due to the above check for `quantity` to be below the limit.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance += quantity`.
            // - `numberMinted += quantity`.
            //
            // We can directly add to the `balance` and `numberMinted`.
            _packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1);
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`.
            _packedOwnerships[startTokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _nextInitializedFlag(quantity) | _nextExtraData(address(0), to, 0)
            );
            emit ConsecutiveTransfer(startTokenId, startTokenId + quantity - 1, address(0), to);
            _currentIndex = startTokenId + quantity;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called for each safe transfer.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * See {_mint}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event for each mint.
     */
    function _safeMint(
        address to,
        uint256 quantity,
        bytes memory _data
    ) internal virtual {
        _mint(to, quantity);
        unchecked {
            if (to.code.length != 0) {
                uint256 end = _currentIndex;
                uint256 index = end - quantity;
                do {
                    if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(address(0), to, index++, _data)) {
                        revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
                    }
                } while (index < end);
                // Reentrancy protection.
                if (_currentIndex != end) revert();
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_safeMint(to, quantity, '')`.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        _safeMint(to, quantity, '');
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                        BURN OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_burn(tokenId, false)`.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _burn(tokenId, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId, bool approvalCheck) internal virtual {
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId);
        address from = address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked));
        (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) = _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(tokenId);
        if (approvalCheck) {
            // The nested ifs save around 20+ gas over a compound boolean condition.
            if (!_isSenderApprovedOrOwner(approvedAddress, from, _msgSenderERC721A()))
                if (!isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A())) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        }
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner.
        assembly {
            if approvedAddress {
                // This is equivalent to `delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]`.
                sstore(approvedAddressSlot, 0)
            }
        }
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as `tokenId` would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance -= 1`.
            // - `numberBurned += 1`.
            //
            // We can directly decrement the balance, and increment the number burned.
            // This is equivalent to `packed -= 1; packed += 1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED;`.
            _packedAddressData[from] += (1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) - 1;
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the last owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of burning.
            // - `burned` to `true`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `true`.
            _packedOwnerships[tokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                from,
                (_BITMASK_BURNED | _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED) | _nextExtraData(from, address(0), prevOwnershipPacked)
            );
            // If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) .
            if (prevOwnershipPacked & _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) {
                uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                // If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero).
                if (_packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) {
                    // If the next slot is within bounds.
                    if (nextTokenId != _currentIndex) {
                        // Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`.
                        _packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, address(0), tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Overflow not possible, as _burnCounter cannot be exceed _currentIndex times.
        unchecked {
            _burnCounter++;
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                     EXTRA DATA OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Directly sets the extra data for the ownership data `index`.
     */
    function _setExtraDataAt(uint256 index, uint24 extraData) internal virtual {
        uint256 packed = _packedOwnerships[index];
        if (packed == 0) revert OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData();
        uint256 extraDataCasted;
        // Cast `extraData` with assembly to avoid redundant masking.
        assembly {
            extraDataCasted := extraData
        }
        packed = (packed & _BITMASK_EXTRA_DATA_COMPLEMENT) | (extraDataCasted << _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
        _packedOwnerships[index] = packed;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Called during each token transfer to set the 24bit `extraData` field.
     * Intended to be overridden by the cosumer contract.
     *
     * `previousExtraData` - the value of `extraData` before transfer.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _extraData(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint24 previousExtraData
    ) internal view virtual returns (uint24) {}
    /**
     * @dev Returns the next extra data for the packed ownership data.
     * The returned result is shifted into position.
     */
    function _nextExtraData(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked
    ) private view returns (uint256) {
        uint24 extraData = uint24(prevOwnershipPacked >> _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
        return uint256(_extraData(from, to, extraData)) << _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                       OTHER OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the message sender (defaults to `msg.sender`).
     *
     * If you are writing GSN compatible contracts, you need to override this function.
     */
    function _msgSenderERC721A() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a uint256 to its ASCII string decimal representation.
     */
    function _toString(uint256 value) internal pure virtual returns (string memory str) {
        assembly {
            // The maximum value of a uint256 contains 78 digits (1 byte per digit), but
            // we allocate 0xa0 bytes to keep the free memory pointer 32-byte word aligned.
            // We will need 1 word for the trailing zeros padding, 1 word for the length,
            // and 3 words for a maximum of 78 digits. Total: 5 * 0x20 = 0xa0.
            let m := add(mload(0x40), 0xa0)
            // Update the free memory pointer to allocate.
            mstore(0x40, m)
            // Assign the `str` to the end.
            str := sub(m, 0x20)
            // Zeroize the slot after the string.
            mstore(str, 0)
            // Cache the end of the memory to calculate the length later.
            let end := str
            // We write the string from rightmost digit to leftmost digit.
            // The following is essentially a do-while loop that also handles the zero case.
            // prettier-ignore
            for { let temp := value } 1 {} {
                str := sub(str, 1)
                // Write the character to the pointer.
                // The ASCII index of the '0' character is 48.
                mstore8(str, add(48, mod(temp, 10)))
                // Keep dividing `temp` until zero.
                temp := div(temp, 10)
                // prettier-ignore
                if iszero(temp) { break }
            }
            let length := sub(end, str)
            // Move the pointer 32 bytes leftwards to make room for the length.
            str := sub(str, 0x20)
            // Store the length.
            mstore(str, length)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/common/ERC2981.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../interfaces/IERC2981.sol";
import "../../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the NFT Royalty Standard, a standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information.
 *
 * Royalty information can be specified globally for all token ids via {_setDefaultRoyalty}, and/or individually for
 * specific token ids via {_setTokenRoyalty}. The latter takes precedence over the first.
 *
 * Royalty is specified as a fraction of sale price. {_feeDenominator} is overridable but defaults to 10000, meaning the
 * fee is specified in basis points by default.
 *
 * IMPORTANT: ERC-2981 only specifies a way to signal royalty information and does not enforce its payment. See
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2981#optional-royalty-payments[Rationale] in the EIP. Marketplaces are expected to
 * voluntarily pay royalties together with sales, but note that this standard is not yet widely supported.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
abstract contract ERC2981 is IERC2981, ERC165 {
    struct RoyaltyInfo {
        address receiver;
        uint96 royaltyFraction;
    }
    RoyaltyInfo private _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
    mapping(uint256 => RoyaltyInfo) private _tokenRoyaltyInfo;
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(IERC165, ERC165) returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC2981).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @inheritdoc IERC2981
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _salePrice) public view virtual override returns (address, uint256) {
        RoyaltyInfo memory royalty = _tokenRoyaltyInfo[_tokenId];
        if (royalty.receiver == address(0)) {
            royalty = _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
        }
        uint256 royaltyAmount = (_salePrice * royalty.royaltyFraction) / _feeDenominator();
        return (royalty.receiver, royaltyAmount);
    }
    /**
     * @dev The denominator with which to interpret the fee set in {_setTokenRoyalty} and {_setDefaultRoyalty} as a
     * fraction of the sale price. Defaults to 10000 so fees are expressed in basis points, but may be customized by an
     * override.
     */
    function _feeDenominator() internal pure virtual returns (uint96) {
        return 10000;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets the royalty information that all ids in this contract will default to.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `receiver` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator.
     */
    function _setDefaultRoyalty(address receiver, uint96 feeNumerator) internal virtual {
        require(feeNumerator <= _feeDenominator(), "ERC2981: royalty fee will exceed salePrice");
        require(receiver != address(0), "ERC2981: invalid receiver");
        _defaultRoyaltyInfo = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes default royalty information.
     */
    function _deleteDefaultRoyalty() internal virtual {
        delete _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets the royalty information for a specific token id, overriding the global default.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `receiver` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator.
     */
    function _setTokenRoyalty(
        uint256 tokenId,
        address receiver,
        uint96 feeNumerator
    ) internal virtual {
        require(feeNumerator <= _feeDenominator(), "ERC2981: royalty fee will exceed salePrice");
        require(receiver != address(0), "ERC2981: Invalid parameters");
        _tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId] = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Resets royalty information for the token id back to the global default.
     */
    function _resetTokenRoyalty(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        delete _tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId];
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright (c) 2021 the ethier authors (github.com/divergencetech/ethier)
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;
import {Pausable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/security/Pausable.sol";
import {AccessControlEnumerable} from "./AccessControlEnumerable.sol";
/// @notice A Pausable contract that can only be toggled by a member of the
/// STEERING role.
contract AccessControlPausable is AccessControlEnumerable, Pausable {
    /// @notice Pauses the contract.
    function pause() public onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE) {
        Pausable._pause();
    }
    /// @notice Unpauses the contract.
    function unpause() public onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE) {
        Pausable._unpause();
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: CC0-1.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {IERC165, ERC165} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
interface IERC4906Events {
    /// @dev This event emits when the metadata of a token is changed.
    /// So that the third-party platforms such as NFT market could
    /// timely update the images and related attributes of the NFT.
    event MetadataUpdate(uint256 _tokenId);
    /// @dev This event emits when the metadata of a range of tokens is changed.
    /// So that the third-party platforms such as NFT market could
    /// timely update the images and related attributes of the NFTs.
    event BatchMetadataUpdate(uint256 _fromTokenId, uint256 _toTokenId);
}
/// @title EIP-721 Metadata Update Extension
// solhint-disable-next-line no-empty-blocks
interface IERC4906 is IERC165, IERC4906Events {
}
contract ERC4906 is IERC4906, ERC165 {
    function _refreshMetadata(uint256 tokenId) internal {
        emit MetadataUpdate(tokenId);
    }
    function _refreshMetadata(uint256 fromTokenId, uint256 toTokenId) internal {
        emit BatchMetadataUpdate(fromTokenId, toTokenId);
    }
    /// @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC165, IERC165)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return
            interfaceId == bytes4(0x49064906) ||
            ERC165.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import {IOperatorFilterRegistry} from "./IOperatorFilterRegistry.sol";
import {CANONICAL_OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY_ADDRESS} from "./lib/Constants.sol";
/**
 * @title  OperatorFilterer
 * @notice Abstract contract whose constructor automatically registers and optionally subscribes to or copies another
 *         registrant's entries in the OperatorFilterRegistry.
 * @dev    This smart contract is meant to be inherited by token contracts so they can use the following:
 *         - `onlyAllowedOperator` modifier for `transferFrom` and `safeTransferFrom` methods.
 *         - `onlyAllowedOperatorApproval` modifier for `approve` and `setApprovalForAll` methods.
 *         Please note that if your token contract does not provide an owner with EIP-173, it must provide
 *         administration methods on the contract itself to interact with the registry otherwise the subscription
 *         will be locked to the options set during construction.
 */
abstract contract OperatorFilterer {
    /// @dev Emitted when an operator is not allowed.
    error OperatorNotAllowed(address operator);
    IOperatorFilterRegistry public constant OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY =
        IOperatorFilterRegistry(CANONICAL_OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY_ADDRESS);
    /// @dev The constructor that is called when the contract is being deployed.
    constructor(address subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy, bool subscribe) {
        // If an inheriting token contract is deployed to a network without the registry deployed, the modifier
        // will not revert, but the contract will need to be registered with the registry once it is deployed in
        // order for the modifier to filter addresses.
        if (address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).code.length > 0) {
            if (subscribe) {
                OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.registerAndSubscribe(address(this), subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy);
            } else {
                if (subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy != address(0)) {
                    OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.registerAndCopyEntries(address(this), subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy);
                } else {
                    OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.register(address(this));
                }
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev A helper function to check if an operator is allowed.
     */
    modifier onlyAllowedOperator(address from) virtual {
        // Allow spending tokens from addresses with balance
        // Note that this still allows listings and marketplaces with escrow to transfer tokens if transferred
        // from an EOA.
        if (from != msg.sender) {
            _checkFilterOperator(msg.sender);
        }
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev A helper function to check if an operator approval is allowed.
     */
    modifier onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(address operator) virtual {
        _checkFilterOperator(operator);
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev A helper function to check if an operator is allowed.
     */
    function _checkFilterOperator(address operator) internal view virtual {
        // Check registry code length to facilitate testing in environments without a deployed registry.
        if (address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).code.length > 0) {
            // under normal circumstances, this function will revert rather than return false, but inheriting contracts
            // may specify their own OperatorFilterRegistry implementations, which may behave differently
            if (!OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.isOperatorAllowed(address(this), operator)) {
                revert OperatorNotAllowed(operator);
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
address constant CANONICAL_OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY_ADDRESS = 0x000000000000AAeB6D7670E522A718067333cd4E;
address constant CANONICAL_CORI_SUBSCRIPTION = 0x3cc6CddA760b79bAfa08dF41ECFA224f810dCeB6;
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity ^0.8.16;
import {ERC721ACommon} from "ethier/erc721/ERC721ACommon.sol";
import {BaseRedeemableToken} from "./BaseRedeemableToken.sol";
/**
 * @notice An ERC721 token intended to act as freely tradeable voucher.
 * @dev This is mainly a convenience wrapper.
 */
abstract contract RedeemableERC721ACommon is BaseRedeemableToken, ERC721ACommon {
    // =========================================================================
    //                           Internals
    // =========================================================================
    /**
     * @notice Allows spending if the sender is the owner of or approved for
     * transfers of a given token.
     */
    function _isSenderAllowedToSpend(address sender, uint256 tokenId)
        internal
        view
        virtual
        override
        returns (bool result)
    {
        address tokenOwner = ownerOf(tokenId);
        return (sender == tokenOwner) || isApprovedForAll(tokenOwner, sender) || (sender == getApproved(tokenId));
    }
    /**
     * @notice Redeeming a voucher token burns it.
     */
    function _doRedeem(address, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual override {
        _burn(tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Overrides supportsInterface as required by inheritance.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(BaseRedeemableToken, ERC721ACommon)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return BaseRedeemableToken.supportsInterface(interfaceId) || ERC721ACommon.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.16 <0.9.0;
import {ERC721ATransferRestrictedBase, TransferRestriction} from "./ERC721ATransferRestrictedBase.sol";
/**
 * @notice Extension of ERC721 transfer restrictions with manual restriction
 * setter.
 */
abstract contract ERC721ATransferRestricted is ERC721ATransferRestrictedBase {
    // =========================================================================
    //                           Error
    // =========================================================================
    error TransferRestrictionLocked();
    error TransferRestrictionCheckFailed(TransferRestriction want);
    // =========================================================================
    //                           Storage
    // =========================================================================
    /**
     * @notice The current restrictions.
     */
    TransferRestriction private _transferRestriction;
    /**
     * @notice Flag to lock in the current transfer restriction.
     */
    bool private _locked;
    // =========================================================================
    //                           Steering
    // =========================================================================
    /**
     * @notice Sets the transfer restrictions.
     */
    function _setTransferRestriction(TransferRestriction restriction) internal virtual {
        _transferRestriction = restriction;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Sets the transfer restrictions.
     * @dev Only callable by a contract steerer.
     */
    function setTransferRestriction(TransferRestriction restriction) external onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE) {
        if (_locked) {
            revert TransferRestrictionLocked();
        }
        _setTransferRestriction(restriction);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Locks the current transfer restrictions.
     * @dev Only callable by a contract steerer.
     * @param restriction must match the current transfer restriction as
     * additional security measure.
     */
    function lockTransferRestriction(TransferRestriction restriction) external onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE) {
        if (restriction != _transferRestriction) {
            revert TransferRestrictionCheckFailed(_transferRestriction);
        }
        _locked = true;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns the stored transfer restrictions.
     */
    function transferRestriction() public view virtual override returns (TransferRestriction) {
        return _transferRestriction;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/IAccessControlEnumerable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IAccessControl.sol";
/**
 * @dev External interface of AccessControlEnumerable declared to support ERC165 detection.
 */
interface IAccessControlEnumerable is IAccessControl {
    /**
     * @dev Returns one of the accounts that have `role`. `index` must be a
     * value between 0 and {getRoleMemberCount}, non-inclusive.
     *
     * Role bearers are not sorted in any particular way, and their ordering may
     * change at any point.
     *
     * WARNING: When using {getRoleMember} and {getRoleMemberCount}, make sure
     * you perform all queries on the same block. See the following
     * https://forum.openzeppelin.com/t/iterating-over-elements-on-enumerableset-in-openzeppelin-contracts/2296[forum post]
     * for more information.
     */
    function getRoleMember(bytes32 role, uint256 index) external view returns (address);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of accounts that have `role`. Can be used
     * together with {getRoleMember} to enumerate all bearers of a role.
     */
    function getRoleMemberCount(bytes32 role) external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (access/AccessControl.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IAccessControl.sol";
import "../utils/Context.sol";
import "../utils/Strings.sol";
import "../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module that allows children to implement role-based access
 * control mechanisms. This is a lightweight version that doesn't allow enumerating role
 * members except through off-chain means by accessing the contract event logs. Some
 * applications may benefit from on-chain enumerability, for those cases see
 * {AccessControlEnumerable}.
 *
 * Roles are referred to by their `bytes32` identifier. These should be exposed
 * in the external API and be unique. The best way to achieve this is by
 * using `public constant` hash digests:
 *
 * ```
 * bytes32 public constant MY_ROLE = keccak256("MY_ROLE");
 * ```
 *
 * Roles can be used to represent a set of permissions. To restrict access to a
 * function call, use {hasRole}:
 *
 * ```
 * function foo() public {
 *     require(hasRole(MY_ROLE, msg.sender));
 *     ...
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Roles can be granted and revoked dynamically via the {grantRole} and
 * {revokeRole} functions. Each role has an associated admin role, and only
 * accounts that have a role's admin role can call {grantRole} and {revokeRole}.
 *
 * By default, the admin role for all roles is `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`, which means
 * that only accounts with this role will be able to grant or revoke other
 * roles. More complex role relationships can be created by using
 * {_setRoleAdmin}.
 *
 * WARNING: The `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is also its own admin: it has permission to
 * grant and revoke this role. Extra precautions should be taken to secure
 * accounts that have been granted it.
 */
abstract contract AccessControl is Context, IAccessControl, ERC165 {
    struct RoleData {
        mapping(address => bool) members;
        bytes32 adminRole;
    }
    mapping(bytes32 => RoleData) private _roles;
    bytes32 public constant DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE = 0x00;
    /**
     * @dev Modifier that checks that an account has a specific role. Reverts
     * with a standardized message including the required role.
     *
     * The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:
     *
     *  /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{40}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{64})$/
     *
     * _Available since v4.1._
     */
    modifier onlyRole(bytes32 role) {
        _checkRole(role);
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IAccessControl).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _roles[role].members[account];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revert with a standard message if `_msgSender()` is missing `role`.
     * Overriding this function changes the behavior of the {onlyRole} modifier.
     *
     * Format of the revert message is described in {_checkRole}.
     *
     * _Available since v4.6._
     */
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role) internal view virtual {
        _checkRole(role, _msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revert with a standard message if `account` is missing `role`.
     *
     * The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:
     *
     *  /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{40}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{64})$/
     */
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal view virtual {
        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
            revert(
                string(
                    abi.encodePacked(
                        "AccessControl: account ",
                        Strings.toHexString(account),
                        " is missing role ",
                        Strings.toHexString(uint256(role), 32)
                    )
                )
            );
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) public view virtual override returns (bytes32) {
        return _roles[role].adminRole;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
        _grantRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been revoked `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `account`.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
        require(account == _msgSender(), "AccessControl: can only renounce roles for self");
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event. Note that unlike {grantRole}, this function doesn't perform any
     * checks on the calling account.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
     *
     * [WARNING]
     * ====
     * This function should only be called from the constructor when setting
     * up the initial roles for the system.
     *
     * Using this function in any other way is effectively circumventing the admin
     * system imposed by {AccessControl}.
     * ====
     *
     * NOTE: This function is deprecated in favor of {_grantRole}.
     */
    function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        _grantRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets `adminRole` as ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * Emits a {RoleAdminChanged} event.
     */
    function _setRoleAdmin(bytes32 role, bytes32 adminRole) internal virtual {
        bytes32 previousAdminRole = getRoleAdmin(role);
        _roles[role].adminRole = adminRole;
        emit RoleAdminChanged(role, previousAdminRole, adminRole);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
     */
    function _grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
            _roles[role].members[account] = true;
            emit RoleGranted(role, account, _msgSender());
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
     */
    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        if (hasRole(role, account)) {
            _roles[role].members[account] = false;
            emit RoleRevoked(role, account, _msgSender());
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol)
// This file was procedurally generated from scripts/generate/templates/EnumerableSet.js.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Library for managing
 * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_(abstract_data_type)[sets] of primitive
 * types.
 *
 * Sets have the following properties:
 *
 * - Elements are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time
 * (O(1)).
 * - Elements are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.
 *
 * ```
 * contract Example {
 *     // Add the library methods
 *     using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
 *
 *     // Declare a set state variable
 *     EnumerableSet.AddressSet private mySet;
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * As of v3.3.0, sets of type `bytes32` (`Bytes32Set`), `address` (`AddressSet`)
 * and `uint256` (`UintSet`) are supported.
 *
 * [WARNING]
 * ====
 * Trying to delete such a structure from storage will likely result in data corruption, rendering the structure
 * unusable.
 * See https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/pull/11843[ethereum/solidity#11843] for more info.
 *
 * In order to clean an EnumerableSet, you can either remove all elements one by one or create a fresh instance using an
 * array of EnumerableSet.
 * ====
 */
library EnumerableSet {
    // To implement this library for multiple types with as little code
    // repetition as possible, we write it in terms of a generic Set type with
    // bytes32 values.
    // The Set implementation uses private functions, and user-facing
    // implementations (such as AddressSet) are just wrappers around the
    // underlying Set.
    // This means that we can only create new EnumerableSets for types that fit
    // in bytes32.
    struct Set {
        // Storage of set values
        bytes32[] _values;
        // Position of the value in the `values` array, plus 1 because index 0
        // means a value is not in the set.
        mapping(bytes32 => uint256) _indexes;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function _add(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        if (!_contains(set, value)) {
            set._values.push(value);
            // The value is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
            // and use 0 as a sentinel value
            set._indexes[value] = set._values.length;
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function _remove(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        // We read and store the value's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
        uint256 valueIndex = set._indexes[value];
        if (valueIndex != 0) {
            // Equivalent to contains(set, value)
            // To delete an element from the _values array in O(1), we swap the element to delete with the last one in
            // the array, and then remove the last element (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
            // This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.
            uint256 toDeleteIndex = valueIndex - 1;
            uint256 lastIndex = set._values.length - 1;
            if (lastIndex != toDeleteIndex) {
                bytes32 lastValue = set._values[lastIndex];
                // Move the last value to the index where the value to delete is
                set._values[toDeleteIndex] = lastValue;
                // Update the index for the moved value
                set._indexes[lastValue] = valueIndex; // Replace lastValue's index to valueIndex
            }
            // Delete the slot where the moved value was stored
            set._values.pop();
            // Delete the index for the deleted slot
            delete set._indexes[value];
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function _contains(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private view returns (bool) {
        return set._indexes[value] != 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function _length(Set storage set) private view returns (uint256) {
        return set._values.length;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function _at(Set storage set, uint256 index) private view returns (bytes32) {
        return set._values[index];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function _values(Set storage set) private view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        return set._values;
    }
    // Bytes32Set
    struct Bytes32Set {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(Bytes32Set storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (bytes32) {
        return _at(set._inner, index);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        bytes32[] memory result;
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
    // AddressSet
    struct AddressSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(AddressSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(uint256(_at(set._inner, index))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (address[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        address[] memory result;
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
    // UintSet
    struct UintSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(UintSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_at(set._inner, index));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        uint256[] memory result;
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721A.
 */
interface IERC721A {
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * Cannot query the balance for the zero address.
     */
    error BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
    /**
     * Cannot mint to the zero address.
     */
    error MintToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The quantity of tokens minted must be more than zero.
     */
    error MintZeroQuantity();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token must be owned by `from`.
     */
    error TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
    /**
     * Cannot safely transfer to a contract that does not implement the
     * ERC721Receiver interface.
     */
    error TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
    /**
     * Cannot transfer to the zero address.
     */
    error TransferToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The `quantity` minted with ERC2309 exceeds the safety limit.
     */
    error MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit();
    /**
     * The `extraData` cannot be set on an unintialized ownership slot.
     */
    error OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData();
    // =============================================================
    //                            STRUCTS
    // =============================================================
    struct TokenOwnership {
        // The address of the owner.
        address addr;
        // Stores the start time of ownership with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 startTimestamp;
        // Whether the token has been burned.
        bool burned;
        // Arbitrary data similar to `startTimestamp` that can be set via {_extraData}.
        uint24 extraData;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                         TOKEN COUNTERS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence.
     * Burned tokens will reduce the count.
     * To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC165
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC721
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables
     * (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`,
     * checking first that contract recipients are aware of the ERC721 protocol
     * to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move
     * this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom}
     * whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the
     * zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom}
     * for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
    // =============================================================
    //                        IERC721Metadata
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
    // =============================================================
    //                           IERC2309
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when tokens in `fromTokenId` to `toTokenId`
     * (inclusive) is transferred from `from` to `to`, as defined in the
     * [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309) standard.
     *
     * See {_mintERC2309} for more details.
     */
    event ConsecutiveTransfer(uint256 indexed fromTokenId, uint256 toTokenId, address indexed from, address indexed to);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (interfaces/IERC2981.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
 *
 * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
 * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
interface IERC2981 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
     * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be paid in that same unit of exchange.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
        external
        view
        returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (security/Pausable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which allows children to implement an emergency stop
 * mechanism that can be triggered by an authorized account.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the
 * modifiers `whenNotPaused` and `whenPaused`, which can be applied to
 * the functions of your contract. Note that they will not be pausable by
 * simply including this module, only once the modifiers are put in place.
 */
abstract contract Pausable is Context {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the pause is triggered by `account`.
     */
    event Paused(address account);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the pause is lifted by `account`.
     */
    event Unpaused(address account);
    bool private _paused;
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract in unpaused state.
     */
    constructor() {
        _paused = false;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is not paused.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must not be paused.
     */
    modifier whenNotPaused() {
        _requireNotPaused();
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is paused.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must be paused.
     */
    modifier whenPaused() {
        _requirePaused();
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the contract is paused, and false otherwise.
     */
    function paused() public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return _paused;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if the contract is paused.
     */
    function _requireNotPaused() internal view virtual {
        require(!paused(), "Pausable: paused");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if the contract is not paused.
     */
    function _requirePaused() internal view virtual {
        require(paused(), "Pausable: not paused");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Triggers stopped state.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must not be paused.
     */
    function _pause() internal virtual whenNotPaused {
        _paused = true;
        emit Paused(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns to normal state.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must be paused.
     */
    function _unpause() internal virtual whenPaused {
        _paused = false;
        emit Unpaused(_msgSender());
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
interface IOperatorFilterRegistry {
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if operator is not filtered for a given token, either by address or codeHash. Also returns
     *         true if supplied registrant address is not registered.
     */
    function isOperatorAllowed(address registrant, address operator) external view returns (bool);
    /**
     * @notice Registers an address with the registry. May be called by address itself or by EIP-173 owner.
     */
    function register(address registrant) external;
    /**
     * @notice Registers an address with the registry and "subscribes" to another address's filtered operators and codeHashes.
     */
    function registerAndSubscribe(address registrant, address subscription) external;
    /**
     * @notice Registers an address with the registry and copies the filtered operators and codeHashes from another
     *         address without subscribing.
     */
    function registerAndCopyEntries(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
    /**
     * @notice Unregisters an address with the registry and removes its subscription. May be called by address itself or by EIP-173 owner.
     *         Note that this does not remove any filtered addresses or codeHashes.
     *         Also note that any subscriptions to this registrant will still be active and follow the existing filtered addresses and codehashes.
     */
    function unregister(address addr) external;
    /**
     * @notice Update an operator address for a registered address - when filtered is true, the operator is filtered.
     */
    function updateOperator(address registrant, address operator, bool filtered) external;
    /**
     * @notice Update multiple operators for a registered address - when filtered is true, the operators will be filtered. Reverts on duplicates.
     */
    function updateOperators(address registrant, address[] calldata operators, bool filtered) external;
    /**
     * @notice Update a codeHash for a registered address - when filtered is true, the codeHash is filtered.
     */
    function updateCodeHash(address registrant, bytes32 codehash, bool filtered) external;
    /**
     * @notice Update multiple codeHashes for a registered address - when filtered is true, the codeHashes will be filtered. Reverts on duplicates.
     */
    function updateCodeHashes(address registrant, bytes32[] calldata codeHashes, bool filtered) external;
    /**
     * @notice Subscribe an address to another registrant's filtered operators and codeHashes. Will remove previous
     *         subscription if present.
     *         Note that accounts with subscriptions may go on to subscribe to other accounts - in this case,
     *         subscriptions will not be forwarded. Instead the former subscription's existing entries will still be
     *         used.
     */
    function subscribe(address registrant, address registrantToSubscribe) external;
    /**
     * @notice Unsubscribe an address from its current subscribed registrant, and optionally copy its filtered operators and codeHashes.
     */
    function unsubscribe(address registrant, bool copyExistingEntries) external;
    /**
     * @notice Get the subscription address of a given registrant, if any.
     */
    function subscriptionOf(address addr) external returns (address registrant);
    /**
     * @notice Get the set of addresses subscribed to a given registrant.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function subscribers(address registrant) external returns (address[] memory);
    /**
     * @notice Get the subscriber at a given index in the set of addresses subscribed to a given registrant.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function subscriberAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
    /**
     * @notice Copy filtered operators and codeHashes from a different registrantToCopy to addr.
     */
    function copyEntriesOf(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if operator is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function isOperatorFiltered(address registrant, address operator) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if the hash of an address's code is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function isCodeHashOfFiltered(address registrant, address operatorWithCode) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if a codeHash is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function isCodeHashFiltered(address registrant, bytes32 codeHash) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @notice Returns a list of filtered operators for a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function filteredOperators(address addr) external returns (address[] memory);
    /**
     * @notice Returns the set of filtered codeHashes for a given address or its subscription.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function filteredCodeHashes(address addr) external returns (bytes32[] memory);
    /**
     * @notice Returns the filtered operator at the given index of the set of filtered operators for a given address or
     *         its subscription.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function filteredOperatorAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
    /**
     * @notice Returns the filtered codeHash at the given index of the list of filtered codeHashes for a given address or
     *         its subscription.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function filteredCodeHashAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (bytes32);
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if an address has registered
     */
    function isRegistered(address addr) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Convenience method to compute the code hash of an arbitrary contract
     */
    function codeHashOf(address addr) external returns (bytes32);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity ^0.8.16;
import {AccessControlEnumerable} from "ethier/utils/AccessControlEnumerable.sol";
import {IRedeemableToken} from "../interfaces/IRedeemableToken.sol";
/**
 * @notice Base implementation of a voucher token with approvable redeemer contracts.
 */
abstract contract BaseRedeemableToken is IRedeemableToken, AccessControlEnumerable {
    /**
     * @notice Authorised redeemers.
     */
    bytes32 public constant REDEEMER_ROLE = keccak256("REDEEMER_ROLE");
    /**
     * @notice A role that cannot be granted or revoked.
     * @dev Used to lock in members of the `REDEEMER_ROLE` role.
     */
    bytes32 private constant _NOOP_ROLE = keccak256("NOOP_ROLE");
    constructor() {
        _setRoleAdmin(REDEEMER_ROLE, DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE);
        _setRoleAdmin(_NOOP_ROLE, _NOOP_ROLE);
    }
    // =========================================================================
    //                           Redemption
    // =========================================================================
    /**
     * @notice Redeems a voucher token with given tokenId.
     * @dev Can only be called by approved redeemer contracts.
     * @dev Reverts if `sender` is not the owner of or approved to transfer the token.
     */
    function redeem(address sender, uint256 tokenId) external onlyRole(REDEEMER_ROLE) {
        if (!_isSenderAllowedToSpend(sender, tokenId)) {
            revert IRedeemableToken.RedeemerCallerNotAllowedToSpendVoucher(sender, tokenId);
        }
        _doRedeem(sender, tokenId);
    }
    // =========================================================================
    //                           Internal hooks
    // =========================================================================
    /**
     * @notice Hook called by `redeem` to check if the sender is allowed to
     * spend a given token (e.g. if it is the owner or transfer approved).
     */
    function _isSenderAllowedToSpend(address sender, uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool result);
    /**
     * @notice Hook called by `redeem` to preform the redemption of a voucher
     * token (e.g. burn).
     */
    function _doRedeem(address sender, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual;
    // =========================================================================
    //                           Steering
    // =========================================================================
    /**
     * @notice Locks the `REDEEMER_ROLE` role.
     */
    function lockRedeemers() external onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE) {
        _lockRedeemers();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Locks the `REDEEMER_ROLE` role.
     */
    function _lockRedeemers() internal {
        _setRoleAdmin(REDEEMER_ROLE, _NOOP_ROLE);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Revokes approval for all redeemers.
     */
    function _revokeAllRedeemers() internal {
        uint256 num = getRoleMemberCount(REDEEMER_ROLE);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < num; i++) {
            // Akin to a popFront
            address redeemer = getRoleMember(REDEEMER_ROLE, 0);
            _revokeRole(REDEEMER_ROLE, redeemer);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Overrides supportsInterface as required by inheritance.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(AccessControlEnumerable)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return interfaceId == type(IRedeemableToken).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity >=0.8.16 <0.9.0;
import {ERC721ACommon} from "ethier/erc721/ERC721ACommon.sol";
/**
 * @notice Possible transfer restrictions.
 */
enum TransferRestriction {
    None,
    OnlyMint,
    OnlyBurn,
    Frozen
}
/**
 * @notice Implements restrictions for ERC721 transfers.
 * @dev This is intended to facilitate a soft expiry for voucher tokens, having an intermediate stage that still allows
 * voucher to be redeemed but not traded before closing all activity indefinitely.
 * @dev The activation of restrictions is left to the extending contract.
 */
abstract contract ERC721ATransferRestrictedBase is ERC721ACommon {
    // =========================================================================
    //                           Errors
    // =========================================================================
    /**
     * @notice Thrown if an action is disallowed by the current transfer
     * restriction.
     */
    error DisallowedByTransferRestriction(TransferRestriction);
    // =========================================================================
    //                           Transfer Restriction
    // =========================================================================
    /**
     * @notice Returns the current transfer restriction.
     * @dev Hook to be implemented by the consuming contract (e.g. manual
     * setter, time based, etc.)
     */
    function transferRestriction() public view virtual returns (TransferRestriction);
    // =========================================================================
    //                           Internals
    // =========================================================================
    /**
     * @notice Blocks transfers depending on the current restrictions.
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(address from, address to, uint256 startTokenId, uint256 quantity)
        internal
        virtual
        override
    {
        super._beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, startTokenId, quantity);
        TransferRestriction restriction = transferRestriction();
        if (restriction == TransferRestriction.None) {
            return;
        }
        if (restriction == TransferRestriction.OnlyMint && from == address(0)) {
            return;
        }
        if (restriction == TransferRestriction.OnlyBurn && to == address(0)) {
            return;
        }
        revert DisallowedByTransferRestriction(restriction);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/IAccessControl.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev External interface of AccessControl declared to support ERC165 detection.
 */
interface IAccessControl {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `newAdminRole` is set as ``role``'s admin role, replacing `previousAdminRole`
     *
     * `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is the starting admin for all roles, despite
     * {RoleAdminChanged} not being emitted signaling this.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    event RoleAdminChanged(bytes32 indexed role, bytes32 indexed previousAdminRole, bytes32 indexed newAdminRole);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is granted `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call, an admin role
     * bearer except when using {AccessControl-_setupRole}.
     */
    event RoleGranted(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is revoked `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call:
     *   - if using `revokeRole`, it is the admin role bearer
     *   - if using `renounceRole`, it is the role bearer (i.e. `account`)
     */
    event RoleRevoked(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) external view returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {AccessControl-_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view returns (bytes32);
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `account`.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity ^0.8.15;
import {ERC721ACommon, BaseTokenURI} from "ethier/erc721/BaseTokenURI.sol";
import {SellableRedeemableRestrictableERC721} from "./SellableRedeemableRestrictableERC721.sol";
/**
 * @title Diamond Exhibition: Regular Pass
 * @notice A token claimable by all diamond nested Moonbirds that did not receive a Day One Pass, redeemable for
 * diamond exhibition artworks.
 */
contract DiamondExhibitionRegularPass is SellableRedeemableRestrictableERC721 {
    constructor(address admin, address steerer, address payable secondaryReceiver)
        ERC721ACommon(admin, steerer, "Diamond Exhibition: Regular Pass", "REGULAR", secondaryReceiver, 500)
        BaseTokenURI("https://metadata.proof.xyz/diamond-exhibition-pass/regular/")
    {}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright (c) 2023 the ethier authors (github.com/divergencetech/ethier)
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;
import {AccessControlEnumerable} from "../utils/AccessControlEnumerable.sol";
import {ERC721A, ERC721ACommon} from "./ERC721ACommon.sol";
/**
 * @notice ERC721 extension that implements a commonly used _baseURI() function
 * to return an URL prefix that can be set by the contract steerer.
 */
contract BaseTokenURI is AccessControlEnumerable {
    /**
     * @notice Base token URI used as a prefix by tokenURI().
     */
    string private _baseTokenURI;
    constructor(string memory baseTokenURI_) {
        _setBaseTokenURI(baseTokenURI_);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Sets the base token URI prefix.
     * @dev Only callable by the contract steerer.
     */
    function setBaseTokenURI(string memory baseTokenURI_)
        public
        onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE)
    {
        _setBaseTokenURI(baseTokenURI_);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Sets the base token URI prefix.
     */
    function _setBaseTokenURI(string memory baseTokenURI_) internal virtual {
        _baseTokenURI = baseTokenURI_;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns the `baseTokenURI`.
     */
    function baseTokenURI() public view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return _baseTokenURI;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns the base token URI * without any additional characters (e.g. a slash).
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return _baseTokenURI;
    }
}
/**
 * @notice ERC721ACommon extension that adds BaseTokenURI.
 */
abstract contract ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI is ERC721ACommon, BaseTokenURI {
    /**
     * @notice Overrides supportsInterface as required by inheritance.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC721ACommon, AccessControlEnumerable)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return
            ERC721ACommon.supportsInterface(interfaceId) ||
            AccessControlEnumerable.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Inheritance resolution.
     */
    function _baseURI()
        internal
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC721A, BaseTokenURI)
        returns (string memory)
    {
        return BaseTokenURI._baseURI();
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity ^0.8.15;
import {ERC721A, ERC721ACommon, BaseTokenURI, ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI} from "ethier/erc721/BaseTokenURI.sol";
import {OperatorFilterOS} from "ethier/erc721/OperatorFilterOS.sol";
import {
    TransferRestrictedRedeemableERC721ACommon,
    TransferRestriction
} from "proof/redemption/voucher/TransferRestrictedRedeemableERC721ACommon.sol";
import {SellableERC721ACommon} from "proof/sellers/sellable/SellableERC721ACommon.sol";
/**
 * @notice A redeemable and sellable ERC721 token with operator filtering and transfer restrictions.
 * @dev The contract name should be sung to the tune of "Modern Major-General"
 */
abstract contract SellableRedeemableRestrictableERC721 is
    ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI,
    OperatorFilterOS,
    SellableERC721ACommon,
    TransferRestrictedRedeemableERC721ACommon
{
    // =================================================================================================================
    //                          Inheritance Resolution
    // =================================================================================================================
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC721ACommon, ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI, SellableERC721ACommon, TransferRestrictedRedeemableERC721ACommon)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return TransferRestrictedRedeemableERC721ACommon.supportsInterface(interfaceId)
            || SellableERC721ACommon.supportsInterface(interfaceId)
            || ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(address from, address to, uint256 startTokenId, uint256 quantity)
        internal
        virtual
        override(ERC721ACommon, TransferRestrictedRedeemableERC721ACommon)
    {
        TransferRestrictedRedeemableERC721ACommon._beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual override(ERC721A, ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI) returns (string memory) {
        return ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI._baseURI();
    }
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override(ERC721A, OperatorFilterOS) {
        OperatorFilterOS.setApprovalForAll(operator, approved);
    }
    function approve(address operator, uint256 tokenId) public payable virtual override(ERC721A, OperatorFilterOS) {
        OperatorFilterOS.approve(operator, tokenId);
    }
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId)
        public
        payable
        virtual
        override(ERC721A, OperatorFilterOS)
    {
        OperatorFilterOS.transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId)
        public
        payable
        virtual
        override(ERC721A, OperatorFilterOS)
    {
        OperatorFilterOS.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory data)
        public
        payable
        virtual
        override(ERC721A, OperatorFilterOS)
    {
        OperatorFilterOS.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, data);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright (c) 2023 the ethier authors (github.com/divergencetech/ethier)
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;
import {AccessControlEnumerable as ACE} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/AccessControlEnumerable.sol";
contract AccessControlEnumerable is ACE {
    /// @notice The default role intended to perform access-restricted actions.
    /// @dev We are using this instead of DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE because the latter
    /// is intended to grant/revoke roles and will be secured differently.
    bytes32 public constant DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE =
        keccak256("DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE");
    /// @dev Overrides supportsInterface so that inheriting contracts can
    /// reference this contract instead of OZ's version for further overrides.
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ACE)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return ACE.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright (c) 2022 the ethier authors (github.com/divergencetech/ethier)
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;
import {ERC721A} from "erc721a/contracts/ERC721A.sol";
import {ERC2981} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/common/ERC2981.sol";
import {AccessControlEnumerable} from "../utils/AccessControlEnumerable.sol";
import {AccessControlPausable} from "../utils/AccessControlPausable.sol";
import {ERC4906} from "./ERC4906.sol";
/**
@notice An ERC721A contract with common functionality:
 - Pausable with toggling functions exposed to Owner only
 - ERC2981 royalties
 */
contract ERC721ACommon is ERC721A, AccessControlPausable, ERC2981, ERC4906 {
    constructor(
        address admin,
        address steerer,
        string memory name,
        string memory symbol,
        address payable royaltyReciever,
        uint96 royaltyBasisPoints
    ) ERC721A(name, symbol) {
        _setDefaultRoyalty(royaltyReciever, royaltyBasisPoints);
        _grantRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, admin);
        _grantRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE, steerer);
    }
    /// @notice Requires that the token exists.
    modifier tokenExists(uint256 tokenId) {
        require(ERC721A._exists(tokenId), "ERC721ACommon: Token doesn't exist");
        _;
    }
    /// @notice Requires that msg.sender owns or is approved for the token.
    modifier onlyApprovedOrOwner(uint256 tokenId) {
        require(
            _ownershipOf(tokenId).addr == _msgSender() ||
                getApproved(tokenId) == _msgSender(),
            "ERC721ACommon: Not approved nor owner"
        );
        _;
    }
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual override {
        require(!paused(), "ERC721ACommon: paused");
        super._beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /// @notice Overrides supportsInterface as required by inheritance.
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC721A, AccessControlEnumerable, ERC2981, ERC4906)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return
            ERC721A.supportsInterface(interfaceId) ||
            ERC2981.supportsInterface(interfaceId) ||
            AccessControlEnumerable.supportsInterface(interfaceId) ||
            ERC4906.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /// @notice Sets the royalty receiver and percentage (in units of basis
    /// points = 0.01%).
    function setDefaultRoyalty(address receiver, uint96 basisPoints)
        public
        virtual
        onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE)
    {
        _setDefaultRoyalty(receiver, basisPoints);
    }
    function emitMetadataUpdateForAll()
        external
        onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE)
    {
        // EIP4906 is unfortunately quite vague on whether the `toTokenId` in
        // the following event is included or not. We hence use `totalSupply()`
        // to ensure that the last actual `tokenId` is included in any case.
        _refreshMetadata(0, totalSupply());
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright (c) 2023 the ethier authors (github.com/divergencetech/ethier)
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;
import {Address} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Address.sol";
import {DefaultOperatorFilterer} from "operator-filter-registry/src/DefaultOperatorFilterer.sol";
import {ERC721A, ERC721ACommon} from "./ERC721ACommon.sol";
/**
 * @notice ERC721ACommon extension that adds Opensea's operator filtering.
 */
abstract contract OperatorFilterOS is ERC721ACommon, DefaultOperatorFilterer {
    using Address for address;
    /**
     * @notice Calling the operator filter registry with given calldata.
     * @dev The registry contract did not foresee role-based contract access
     * control -- only the contract itself, or its (EIP-173) owner is allowed to
     * change subscription settings. To work around this, we enforce
     * authorisation here and forward arbitrary calldata to the registry.
     * Use with care!
     */
    function callOperatorFilterRegistry(bytes calldata cdata)
        external
        onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE)
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).functionCall(cdata);
    }
    // =========================================================================
    //                           Operator filtering
    // =========================================================================
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved)
        public
        virtual
        override
        onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(operator)
    {
        super.setApprovalForAll(operator, approved);
    }
    function approve(address operator, uint256 tokenId)
        public
        payable
        virtual
        override
        onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(operator)
    {
        super.approve(operator, tokenId);
    }
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override onlyAllowedOperator(from) {
        super.transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override onlyAllowedOperator(from) {
        super.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) public payable virtual override onlyAllowedOperator(from) {
        super.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, data);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity ^0.8.16;
import {ERC721A, ERC721ACommon} from "ethier/erc721/ERC721ACommon.sol";
import {RedeemableERC721ACommon} from "./RedeemableERC721ACommon.sol";
import {
    TransferRestriction,
    ERC721ATransferRestrictedBase,
    ERC721ATransferRestricted
} from "../restricted/ERC721ATransferRestricted.sol";
/**
 * @notice An ERC721 token intended to act as freely tradeable voucher.
 * @dev This is mainly a convenience wrapper.
 */
abstract contract TransferRestrictedRedeemableERC721ACommon is RedeemableERC721ACommon, ERC721ATransferRestricted {
    /**
     * @notice Overrides supportsInterface as required by inheritance.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(RedeemableERC721ACommon, ERC721ACommon)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return RedeemableERC721ACommon.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @inheritdoc ERC721ATransferRestrictedBase
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(address from, address to, uint256 startTokenId, uint256 quantity)
        internal
        virtual
        override(ERC721ATransferRestrictedBase, ERC721ACommon)
    {
        ERC721ATransferRestrictedBase._beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;
import {ERC721ACommon} from "ethier/erc721/ERC721ACommon.sol";
import {AccessControlEnumerable, BaseSellable} from "./BaseSellable.sol";
/**
 * @notice Base contract for sellable ERC721ACommon tokens.
 */
abstract contract SellableERC721ACommon is BaseSellable, ERC721ACommon {
    /**
     * @inheritdoc BaseSellable
     */
    function _handleSale(address to, uint64 num, bytes calldata) internal virtual override {
        _mint(to, num);
    }
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC721ACommon, AccessControlEnumerable)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return ERC721ACommon.supportsInterface(interfaceId) || AccessControlEnumerable.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (access/AccessControlEnumerable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IAccessControlEnumerable.sol";
import "./AccessControl.sol";
import "../utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol";
/**
 * @dev Extension of {AccessControl} that allows enumerating the members of each role.
 */
abstract contract AccessControlEnumerable is IAccessControlEnumerable, AccessControl {
    using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
    mapping(bytes32 => EnumerableSet.AddressSet) private _roleMembers;
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IAccessControlEnumerable).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns one of the accounts that have `role`. `index` must be a
     * value between 0 and {getRoleMemberCount}, non-inclusive.
     *
     * Role bearers are not sorted in any particular way, and their ordering may
     * change at any point.
     *
     * WARNING: When using {getRoleMember} and {getRoleMemberCount}, make sure
     * you perform all queries on the same block. See the following
     * https://forum.openzeppelin.com/t/iterating-over-elements-on-enumerableset-in-openzeppelin-contracts/2296[forum post]
     * for more information.
     */
    function getRoleMember(bytes32 role, uint256 index) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        return _roleMembers[role].at(index);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of accounts that have `role`. Can be used
     * together with {getRoleMember} to enumerate all bearers of a role.
     */
    function getRoleMemberCount(bytes32 role) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return _roleMembers[role].length();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Overload {_grantRole} to track enumerable memberships
     */
    function _grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual override {
        super._grantRole(role, account);
        _roleMembers[role].add(account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Overload {_revokeRole} to track enumerable memberships
     */
    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual override {
        super._revokeRole(role, account);
        _roleMembers[role].remove(account);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import './IERC721A.sol';
/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721 token receiver.
 */
interface ERC721A__IERC721Receiver {
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}
/**
 * @title ERC721A
 *
 * @dev Implementation of the [ERC721](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721)
 * Non-Fungible Token Standard, including the Metadata extension.
 * Optimized for lower gas during batch mints.
 *
 * Token IDs are minted in sequential order (e.g. 0, 1, 2, 3, ...)
 * starting from `_startTokenId()`.
 *
 * Assumptions:
 *
 * - An owner cannot have more than 2**64 - 1 (max value of uint64) of supply.
 * - The maximum token ID cannot exceed 2**256 - 1 (max value of uint256).
 */
contract ERC721A is IERC721A {
    // Bypass for a `--via-ir` bug (https://github.com/chiru-labs/ERC721A/pull/364).
    struct TokenApprovalRef {
        address value;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                           CONSTANTS
    // =============================================================
    // Mask of an entry in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY = (1 << 64) - 1;
    // The bit position of `numberMinted` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED = 64;
    // The bit position of `numberBurned` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED = 128;
    // The bit position of `aux` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_AUX = 192;
    // Mask of all 256 bits in packed address data except the 64 bits for `aux`.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 192) - 1;
    // The bit position of `startTimestamp` in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP = 160;
    // The bit mask of the `burned` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_BURNED = 1 << 224;
    // The bit position of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 225;
    // The bit mask of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 1 << 225;
    // The bit position of `extraData` in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA = 232;
    // Mask of all 256 bits in a packed ownership except the 24 bits for `extraData`.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_EXTRA_DATA_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 232) - 1;
    // The mask of the lower 160 bits for addresses.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_ADDRESS = (1 << 160) - 1;
    // The maximum `quantity` that can be minted with {_mintERC2309}.
    // This limit is to prevent overflows on the address data entries.
    // For a limit of 5000, a total of 3.689e15 calls to {_mintERC2309}
    // is required to cause an overflow, which is unrealistic.
    uint256 private constant _MAX_MINT_ERC2309_QUANTITY_LIMIT = 5000;
    // The `Transfer` event signature is given by:
    // `keccak256(bytes("Transfer(address,address,uint256)"))`.
    bytes32 private constant _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE =
        0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef;
    // =============================================================
    //                            STORAGE
    // =============================================================
    // The next token ID to be minted.
    uint256 private _currentIndex;
    // The number of tokens burned.
    uint256 private _burnCounter;
    // Token name
    string private _name;
    // Token symbol
    string private _symbol;
    // Mapping from token ID to ownership details
    // An empty struct value does not necessarily mean the token is unowned.
    // See {_packedOwnershipOf} implementation for details.
    //
    // Bits Layout:
    // - [0..159]   `addr`
    // - [160..223] `startTimestamp`
    // - [224]      `burned`
    // - [225]      `nextInitialized`
    // - [232..255] `extraData`
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) private _packedOwnerships;
    // Mapping owner address to address data.
    //
    // Bits Layout:
    // - [0..63]    `balance`
    // - [64..127]  `numberMinted`
    // - [128..191] `numberBurned`
    // - [192..255] `aux`
    mapping(address => uint256) private _packedAddressData;
    // Mapping from token ID to approved address.
    mapping(uint256 => TokenApprovalRef) private _tokenApprovals;
    // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
    mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;
    // =============================================================
    //                          CONSTRUCTOR
    // =============================================================
    constructor(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) {
        _name = name_;
        _symbol = symbol_;
        _currentIndex = _startTokenId();
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                   TOKEN COUNTING OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the starting token ID.
     * To change the starting token ID, please override this function.
     */
    function _startTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the next token ID to be minted.
     */
    function _nextTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return _currentIndex;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence.
     * Burned tokens will reduce the count.
     * To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as _burnCounter cannot be incremented
        // more than `_currentIndex - _startTokenId()` times.
        unchecked {
            return _currentIndex - _burnCounter - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens minted in the contract.
     */
    function _totalMinted() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as `_currentIndex` does not decrement,
        // and it is initialized to `_startTokenId()`.
        unchecked {
            return _currentIndex - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens burned.
     */
    function _totalBurned() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return _burnCounter;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                    ADDRESS DATA OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        if (owner == address(0)) revert BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
        return _packedAddressData[owner] & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens minted by `owner`.
     */
    function _numberMinted(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return (_packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens burned by or on behalf of `owner`.
     */
    function _numberBurned(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return (_packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }
    /**
     * Returns the auxiliary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     */
    function _getAux(address owner) internal view returns (uint64) {
        return uint64(_packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_AUX);
    }
    /**
     * Sets the auxiliary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     * If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
     */
    function _setAux(address owner, uint64 aux) internal virtual {
        uint256 packed = _packedAddressData[owner];
        uint256 auxCasted;
        // Cast `aux` with assembly to avoid redundant masking.
        assembly {
            auxCasted := aux
        }
        packed = (packed & _BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT) | (auxCasted << _BITPOS_AUX);
        _packedAddressData[owner] = packed;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC165
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        // The interface IDs are constants representing the first 4 bytes
        // of the XOR of all function selectors in the interface.
        // See: [ERC165](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165)
        // (e.g. `bytes4(i.functionA.selector ^ i.functionB.selector ^ ...)`)
        return
            interfaceId == 0x01ffc9a7 || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC165.
            interfaceId == 0x80ac58cd || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721.
            interfaceId == 0x5b5e139f; // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721Metadata.
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                        IERC721Metadata
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _name;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _symbol;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return bytes(baseURI).length != 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, _toString(tokenId))) : '';
    }
    /**
     * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
     * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
     * by default, it can be overridden in child contracts.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return '';
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                     OWNERSHIPS OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId)));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Gas spent here starts off proportional to the maximum mint batch size.
     * It gradually moves to O(1) as tokens get transferred around over time.
     */
    function _ownershipOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        return _unpackedOwnership(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct at `index`.
     */
    function _ownershipAt(uint256 index) internal view virtual returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        return _unpackedOwnership(_packedOwnerships[index]);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the ownership slot minted at `index` for efficiency purposes.
     */
    function _initializeOwnershipAt(uint256 index) internal virtual {
        if (_packedOwnerships[index] == 0) {
            _packedOwnerships[index] = _packedOwnershipOf(index);
        }
    }
    /**
     * Returns the packed ownership data of `tokenId`.
     */
    function _packedOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) private view returns (uint256) {
        uint256 curr = tokenId;
        unchecked {
            if (_startTokenId() <= curr)
                if (curr < _currentIndex) {
                    uint256 packed = _packedOwnerships[curr];
                    // If not burned.
                    if (packed & _BITMASK_BURNED == 0) {
                        // Invariant:
                        // There will always be an initialized ownership slot
                        // (i.e. `ownership.addr != address(0) && ownership.burned == false`)
                        // before an unintialized ownership slot
                        // (i.e. `ownership.addr == address(0) && ownership.burned == false`)
                        // Hence, `curr` will not underflow.
                        //
                        // We can directly compare the packed value.
                        // If the address is zero, packed will be zero.
                        while (packed == 0) {
                            packed = _packedOwnerships[--curr];
                        }
                        return packed;
                    }
                }
        }
        revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct from `packed`.
     */
    function _unpackedOwnership(uint256 packed) private pure returns (TokenOwnership memory ownership) {
        ownership.addr = address(uint160(packed));
        ownership.startTimestamp = uint64(packed >> _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP);
        ownership.burned = packed & _BITMASK_BURNED != 0;
        ownership.extraData = uint24(packed >> _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Packs ownership data into a single uint256.
     */
    function _packOwnershipData(address owner, uint256 flags) private view returns (uint256 result) {
        assembly {
            // Mask `owner` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            owner := and(owner, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // `owner | (block.timestamp << _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP) | flags`.
            result := or(owner, or(shl(_BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP, timestamp()), flags))
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the `nextInitialized` flag set if `quantity` equals 1.
     */
    function _nextInitializedFlag(uint256 quantity) private pure returns (uint256 result) {
        // For branchless setting of the `nextInitialized` flag.
        assembly {
            // `(quantity == 1) << _BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED`.
            result := shl(_BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED, eq(quantity, 1))
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                      APPROVAL OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the
     * zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public payable virtual override {
        address owner = ownerOf(tokenId);
        if (_msgSenderERC721A() != owner)
            if (!isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSenderERC721A())) {
                revert ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
            }
        _tokenApprovals[tokenId].value = to;
        emit Approval(owner, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
        return _tokenApprovals[tokenId].value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom}
     * for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
        _operatorApprovals[_msgSenderERC721A()][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(_msgSenderERC721A(), operator, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted. See {_mint}.
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        return
            _startTokenId() <= tokenId &&
            tokenId < _currentIndex && // If within bounds,
            _packedOwnerships[tokenId] & _BITMASK_BURNED == 0; // and not burned.
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `msgSender` is equal to `approvedAddress` or `owner`.
     */
    function _isSenderApprovedOrOwner(
        address approvedAddress,
        address owner,
        address msgSender
    ) private pure returns (bool result) {
        assembly {
            // Mask `owner` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            owner := and(owner, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // Mask `msgSender` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            msgSender := and(msgSender, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // `msgSender == owner || msgSender == approvedAddress`.
            result := or(eq(msgSender, owner), eq(msgSender, approvedAddress))
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the storage slot and value for the approved address of `tokenId`.
     */
    function _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(uint256 tokenId)
        private
        view
        returns (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress)
    {
        TokenApprovalRef storage tokenApproval = _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
        // The following is equivalent to `approvedAddress = _tokenApprovals[tokenId].value`.
        assembly {
            approvedAddressSlot := tokenApproval.slot
            approvedAddress := sload(approvedAddressSlot)
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                      TRANSFER OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override {
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId);
        if (address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked)) != from) revert TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
        (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) = _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(tokenId);
        // The nested ifs save around 20+ gas over a compound boolean condition.
        if (!_isSenderApprovedOrOwner(approvedAddress, from, _msgSenderERC721A()))
            if (!isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A())) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        if (to == address(0)) revert TransferToZeroAddress();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner.
        assembly {
            if approvedAddress {
                // This is equivalent to `delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]`.
                sstore(approvedAddressSlot, 0)
            }
        }
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as `tokenId` would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // We can directly increment and decrement the balances.
            --_packedAddressData[from]; // Updates: `balance -= 1`.
            ++_packedAddressData[to]; // Updates: `balance += 1`.
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the next owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of transfering.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `true`.
            _packedOwnerships[tokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED | _nextExtraData(from, to, prevOwnershipPacked)
            );
            // If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) .
            if (prevOwnershipPacked & _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) {
                uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                // If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero).
                if (_packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) {
                    // If the next slot is within bounds.
                    if (nextTokenId != _currentIndex) {
                        // Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`.
                        _packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '');
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) public payable virtual override {
        transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
        if (to.code.length != 0)
            if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, _data)) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before a set of serially-ordered token IDs
     * are about to be transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called before burning one token.
     *
     * `startTokenId` - the first token ID to be transferred.
     * `quantity` - the amount to be transferred.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after a set of serially-ordered token IDs
     * have been transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called after one token has been burned.
     *
     * `startTokenId` - the first token ID to be transferred.
     * `quantity` - the amount to be transferred.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` has been
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` has been minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` has been burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Private function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target contract.
     *
     * `from` - Previous owner of the given token ID.
     * `to` - Target address that will receive the token.
     * `tokenId` - Token ID to be transferred.
     * `_data` - Optional data to send along with the call.
     *
     * Returns whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value.
     */
    function _checkContractOnERC721Received(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) private returns (bool) {
        try ERC721A__IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received(_msgSenderERC721A(), from, tokenId, _data) returns (
            bytes4 retval
        ) {
            return retval == ERC721A__IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received.selector;
        } catch (bytes memory reason) {
            if (reason.length == 0) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            } else {
                assembly {
                    revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                }
            }
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                        MINT OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event for each mint.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        uint256 startTokenId = _currentIndex;
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
        // `balance` and `numberMinted` have a maximum limit of 2**64.
        // `tokenId` has a maximum limit of 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance += quantity`.
            // - `numberMinted += quantity`.
            //
            // We can directly add to the `balance` and `numberMinted`.
            _packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1);
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`.
            _packedOwnerships[startTokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _nextInitializedFlag(quantity) | _nextExtraData(address(0), to, 0)
            );
            uint256 toMasked;
            uint256 end = startTokenId + quantity;
            // Use assembly to loop and emit the `Transfer` event for gas savings.
            // The duplicated `log4` removes an extra check and reduces stack juggling.
            // The assembly, together with the surrounding Solidity code, have been
            // delicately arranged to nudge the compiler into producing optimized opcodes.
            assembly {
                // Mask `to` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
                toMasked := and(to, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
                // Emit the `Transfer` event.
                log4(
                    0, // Start of data (0, since no data).
                    0, // End of data (0, since no data).
                    _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE, // Signature.
                    0, // `address(0)`.
                    toMasked, // `to`.
                    startTokenId // `tokenId`.
                )
                // The `iszero(eq(,))` check ensures that large values of `quantity`
                // that overflows uint256 will make the loop run out of gas.
                // The compiler will optimize the `iszero` away for performance.
                for {
                    let tokenId := add(startTokenId, 1)
                } iszero(eq(tokenId, end)) {
                    tokenId := add(tokenId, 1)
                } {
                    // Emit the `Transfer` event. Similar to above.
                    log4(0, 0, _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE, 0, toMasked, tokenId)
                }
            }
            if (toMasked == 0) revert MintToZeroAddress();
            _currentIndex = end;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * This function is intended for efficient minting only during contract creation.
     *
     * It emits only one {ConsecutiveTransfer} as defined in
     * [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309),
     * instead of a sequence of {Transfer} event(s).
     *
     * Calling this function outside of contract creation WILL make your contract
     * non-compliant with the ERC721 standard.
     * For full ERC721 compliance, substituting ERC721 {Transfer} event(s) with the ERC2309
     * {ConsecutiveTransfer} event is only permissible during contract creation.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {ConsecutiveTransfer} event.
     */
    function _mintERC2309(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        uint256 startTokenId = _currentIndex;
        if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        if (quantity > _MAX_MINT_ERC2309_QUANTITY_LIMIT) revert MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are unrealistic due to the above check for `quantity` to be below the limit.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance += quantity`.
            // - `numberMinted += quantity`.
            //
            // We can directly add to the `balance` and `numberMinted`.
            _packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1);
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`.
            _packedOwnerships[startTokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _nextInitializedFlag(quantity) | _nextExtraData(address(0), to, 0)
            );
            emit ConsecutiveTransfer(startTokenId, startTokenId + quantity - 1, address(0), to);
            _currentIndex = startTokenId + quantity;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called for each safe transfer.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * See {_mint}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event for each mint.
     */
    function _safeMint(
        address to,
        uint256 quantity,
        bytes memory _data
    ) internal virtual {
        _mint(to, quantity);
        unchecked {
            if (to.code.length != 0) {
                uint256 end = _currentIndex;
                uint256 index = end - quantity;
                do {
                    if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(address(0), to, index++, _data)) {
                        revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
                    }
                } while (index < end);
                // Reentrancy protection.
                if (_currentIndex != end) revert();
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_safeMint(to, quantity, '')`.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        _safeMint(to, quantity, '');
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                        BURN OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_burn(tokenId, false)`.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _burn(tokenId, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId, bool approvalCheck) internal virtual {
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId);
        address from = address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked));
        (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) = _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(tokenId);
        if (approvalCheck) {
            // The nested ifs save around 20+ gas over a compound boolean condition.
            if (!_isSenderApprovedOrOwner(approvedAddress, from, _msgSenderERC721A()))
                if (!isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A())) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        }
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner.
        assembly {
            if approvedAddress {
                // This is equivalent to `delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]`.
                sstore(approvedAddressSlot, 0)
            }
        }
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as `tokenId` would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance -= 1`.
            // - `numberBurned += 1`.
            //
            // We can directly decrement the balance, and increment the number burned.
            // This is equivalent to `packed -= 1; packed += 1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED;`.
            _packedAddressData[from] += (1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) - 1;
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the last owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of burning.
            // - `burned` to `true`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `true`.
            _packedOwnerships[tokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                from,
                (_BITMASK_BURNED | _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED) | _nextExtraData(from, address(0), prevOwnershipPacked)
            );
            // If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) .
            if (prevOwnershipPacked & _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) {
                uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                // If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero).
                if (_packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) {
                    // If the next slot is within bounds.
                    if (nextTokenId != _currentIndex) {
                        // Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`.
                        _packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, address(0), tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Overflow not possible, as _burnCounter cannot be exceed _currentIndex times.
        unchecked {
            _burnCounter++;
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                     EXTRA DATA OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Directly sets the extra data for the ownership data `index`.
     */
    function _setExtraDataAt(uint256 index, uint24 extraData) internal virtual {
        uint256 packed = _packedOwnerships[index];
        if (packed == 0) revert OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData();
        uint256 extraDataCasted;
        // Cast `extraData` with assembly to avoid redundant masking.
        assembly {
            extraDataCasted := extraData
        }
        packed = (packed & _BITMASK_EXTRA_DATA_COMPLEMENT) | (extraDataCasted << _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
        _packedOwnerships[index] = packed;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Called during each token transfer to set the 24bit `extraData` field.
     * Intended to be overridden by the cosumer contract.
     *
     * `previousExtraData` - the value of `extraData` before transfer.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _extraData(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint24 previousExtraData
    ) internal view virtual returns (uint24) {}
    /**
     * @dev Returns the next extra data for the packed ownership data.
     * The returned result is shifted into position.
     */
    function _nextExtraData(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked
    ) private view returns (uint256) {
        uint24 extraData = uint24(prevOwnershipPacked >> _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
        return uint256(_extraData(from, to, extraData)) << _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                       OTHER OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the message sender (defaults to `msg.sender`).
     *
     * If you are writing GSN compatible contracts, you need to override this function.
     */
    function _msgSenderERC721A() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a uint256 to its ASCII string decimal representation.
     */
    function _toString(uint256 value) internal pure virtual returns (string memory str) {
        assembly {
            // The maximum value of a uint256 contains 78 digits (1 byte per digit), but
            // we allocate 0xa0 bytes to keep the free memory pointer 32-byte word aligned.
            // We will need 1 word for the trailing zeros padding, 1 word for the length,
            // and 3 words for a maximum of 78 digits. Total: 5 * 0x20 = 0xa0.
            let m := add(mload(0x40), 0xa0)
            // Update the free memory pointer to allocate.
            mstore(0x40, m)
            // Assign the `str` to the end.
            str := sub(m, 0x20)
            // Zeroize the slot after the string.
            mstore(str, 0)
            // Cache the end of the memory to calculate the length later.
            let end := str
            // We write the string from rightmost digit to leftmost digit.
            // The following is essentially a do-while loop that also handles the zero case.
            // prettier-ignore
            for { let temp := value } 1 {} {
                str := sub(str, 1)
                // Write the character to the pointer.
                // The ASCII index of the '0' character is 48.
                mstore8(str, add(48, mod(temp, 10)))
                // Keep dividing `temp` until zero.
                temp := div(temp, 10)
                // prettier-ignore
                if iszero(temp) { break }
            }
            let length := sub(end, str)
            // Move the pointer 32 bytes leftwards to make room for the length.
            str := sub(str, 0x20)
            // Store the length.
            mstore(str, length)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/common/ERC2981.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../interfaces/IERC2981.sol";
import "../../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the NFT Royalty Standard, a standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information.
 *
 * Royalty information can be specified globally for all token ids via {_setDefaultRoyalty}, and/or individually for
 * specific token ids via {_setTokenRoyalty}. The latter takes precedence over the first.
 *
 * Royalty is specified as a fraction of sale price. {_feeDenominator} is overridable but defaults to 10000, meaning the
 * fee is specified in basis points by default.
 *
 * IMPORTANT: ERC-2981 only specifies a way to signal royalty information and does not enforce its payment. See
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2981#optional-royalty-payments[Rationale] in the EIP. Marketplaces are expected to
 * voluntarily pay royalties together with sales, but note that this standard is not yet widely supported.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
abstract contract ERC2981 is IERC2981, ERC165 {
    struct RoyaltyInfo {
        address receiver;
        uint96 royaltyFraction;
    }
    RoyaltyInfo private _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
    mapping(uint256 => RoyaltyInfo) private _tokenRoyaltyInfo;
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(IERC165, ERC165) returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC2981).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @inheritdoc IERC2981
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _salePrice) public view virtual override returns (address, uint256) {
        RoyaltyInfo memory royalty = _tokenRoyaltyInfo[_tokenId];
        if (royalty.receiver == address(0)) {
            royalty = _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
        }
        uint256 royaltyAmount = (_salePrice * royalty.royaltyFraction) / _feeDenominator();
        return (royalty.receiver, royaltyAmount);
    }
    /**
     * @dev The denominator with which to interpret the fee set in {_setTokenRoyalty} and {_setDefaultRoyalty} as a
     * fraction of the sale price. Defaults to 10000 so fees are expressed in basis points, but may be customized by an
     * override.
     */
    function _feeDenominator() internal pure virtual returns (uint96) {
        return 10000;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets the royalty information that all ids in this contract will default to.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `receiver` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator.
     */
    function _setDefaultRoyalty(address receiver, uint96 feeNumerator) internal virtual {
        require(feeNumerator <= _feeDenominator(), "ERC2981: royalty fee will exceed salePrice");
        require(receiver != address(0), "ERC2981: invalid receiver");
        _defaultRoyaltyInfo = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes default royalty information.
     */
    function _deleteDefaultRoyalty() internal virtual {
        delete _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets the royalty information for a specific token id, overriding the global default.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `receiver` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator.
     */
    function _setTokenRoyalty(
        uint256 tokenId,
        address receiver,
        uint96 feeNumerator
    ) internal virtual {
        require(feeNumerator <= _feeDenominator(), "ERC2981: royalty fee will exceed salePrice");
        require(receiver != address(0), "ERC2981: Invalid parameters");
        _tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId] = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Resets royalty information for the token id back to the global default.
     */
    function _resetTokenRoyalty(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        delete _tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId];
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright (c) 2021 the ethier authors (github.com/divergencetech/ethier)
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;
import {Pausable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/security/Pausable.sol";
import {AccessControlEnumerable} from "./AccessControlEnumerable.sol";
/// @notice A Pausable contract that can only be toggled by a member of the
/// STEERING role.
contract AccessControlPausable is AccessControlEnumerable, Pausable {
    /// @notice Pauses the contract.
    function pause() public onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE) {
        Pausable._pause();
    }
    /// @notice Unpauses the contract.
    function unpause() public onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE) {
        Pausable._unpause();
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: CC0-1.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {IERC165, ERC165} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
interface IERC4906Events {
    /// @dev This event emits when the metadata of a token is changed.
    /// So that the third-party platforms such as NFT market could
    /// timely update the images and related attributes of the NFT.
    event MetadataUpdate(uint256 _tokenId);
    /// @dev This event emits when the metadata of a range of tokens is changed.
    /// So that the third-party platforms such as NFT market could
    /// timely update the images and related attributes of the NFTs.
    event BatchMetadataUpdate(uint256 _fromTokenId, uint256 _toTokenId);
}
/// @title EIP-721 Metadata Update Extension
// solhint-disable-next-line no-empty-blocks
interface IERC4906 is IERC165, IERC4906Events {
}
contract ERC4906 is IERC4906, ERC165 {
    function _refreshMetadata(uint256 tokenId) internal {
        emit MetadataUpdate(tokenId);
    }
    function _refreshMetadata(uint256 fromTokenId, uint256 toTokenId) internal {
        emit BatchMetadataUpdate(fromTokenId, toTokenId);
    }
    /// @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC165, IERC165)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return
            interfaceId == bytes4(0x49064906) ||
            ERC165.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
     * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
     *
     * _Available since v4.8._
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            if (returndata.length == 0) {
                // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            }
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert(errorMessage);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import {OperatorFilterer} from "./OperatorFilterer.sol";
import {CANONICAL_CORI_SUBSCRIPTION} from "./lib/Constants.sol";
/**
 * @title  DefaultOperatorFilterer
 * @notice Inherits from OperatorFilterer and automatically subscribes to the default OpenSea subscription.
 * @dev    Please note that if your token contract does not provide an owner with EIP-173, it must provide
 *         administration methods on the contract itself to interact with the registry otherwise the subscription
 *         will be locked to the options set during construction.
 */
abstract contract DefaultOperatorFilterer is OperatorFilterer {
    /// @dev The constructor that is called when the contract is being deployed.
    constructor() OperatorFilterer(CANONICAL_CORI_SUBSCRIPTION, true) {}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity ^0.8.16;
import {ERC721ACommon} from "ethier/erc721/ERC721ACommon.sol";
import {BaseRedeemableToken} from "./BaseRedeemableToken.sol";
/**
 * @notice An ERC721 token intended to act as freely tradeable voucher.
 * @dev This is mainly a convenience wrapper.
 */
abstract contract RedeemableERC721ACommon is BaseRedeemableToken, ERC721ACommon {
    // =========================================================================
    //                           Internals
    // =========================================================================
    /**
     * @notice Allows spending if the sender is the owner of or approved for
     * transfers of a given token.
     */
    function _isSenderAllowedToSpend(address sender, uint256 tokenId)
        internal
        view
        virtual
        override
        returns (bool result)
    {
        address tokenOwner = ownerOf(tokenId);
        return (sender == tokenOwner) || isApprovedForAll(tokenOwner, sender) || (sender == getApproved(tokenId));
    }
    /**
     * @notice Redeeming a voucher token burns it.
     */
    function _doRedeem(address, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual override {
        _burn(tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Overrides supportsInterface as required by inheritance.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(BaseRedeemableToken, ERC721ACommon)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return BaseRedeemableToken.supportsInterface(interfaceId) || ERC721ACommon.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.16 <0.9.0;
import {ERC721ATransferRestrictedBase, TransferRestriction} from "./ERC721ATransferRestrictedBase.sol";
/**
 * @notice Extension of ERC721 transfer restrictions with manual restriction
 * setter.
 */
abstract contract ERC721ATransferRestricted is ERC721ATransferRestrictedBase {
    // =========================================================================
    //                           Error
    // =========================================================================
    error TransferRestrictionLocked();
    error TransferRestrictionCheckFailed(TransferRestriction want);
    // =========================================================================
    //                           Storage
    // =========================================================================
    /**
     * @notice The current restrictions.
     */
    TransferRestriction private _transferRestriction;
    /**
     * @notice Flag to lock in the current transfer restriction.
     */
    bool private _locked;
    // =========================================================================
    //                           Steering
    // =========================================================================
    /**
     * @notice Sets the transfer restrictions.
     */
    function _setTransferRestriction(TransferRestriction restriction) internal virtual {
        _transferRestriction = restriction;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Sets the transfer restrictions.
     * @dev Only callable by a contract steerer.
     */
    function setTransferRestriction(TransferRestriction restriction) external onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE) {
        if (_locked) {
            revert TransferRestrictionLocked();
        }
        _setTransferRestriction(restriction);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Locks the current transfer restrictions.
     * @dev Only callable by a contract steerer.
     * @param restriction must match the current transfer restriction as
     * additional security measure.
     */
    function lockTransferRestriction(TransferRestriction restriction) external onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE) {
        if (restriction != _transferRestriction) {
            revert TransferRestrictionCheckFailed(_transferRestriction);
        }
        _locked = true;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns the stored transfer restrictions.
     */
    function transferRestriction() public view virtual override returns (TransferRestriction) {
        return _transferRestriction;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;
import {AccessControlEnumerable} from "ethier/utils/AccessControlEnumerable.sol";
import {ISellable} from "../interfaces/ISellable.sol";
/**
 * @notice A base contract for selling content via authorised sellers.
 */
abstract contract BaseSellable is ISellable, AccessControlEnumerable {
    /**
     * @notice Authorised sellers.
     */
    bytes32 public constant AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE = keccak256("AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE");
    /**
     * @notice A role that cannot be granted or revoked.
     * @dev Used to lock in members of the `AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE` role.
     */
    bytes32 private constant _NOOP_ROLE = keccak256("NOOP_ROLE");
    constructor() {
        _setRoleAdmin(AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE, DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE);
        _setRoleAdmin(_NOOP_ROLE, _NOOP_ROLE);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Handles the sale of sellable content via an authorised seller.
     * @dev Delegates the implementation to `_handleSale`.
     */
    function handleSale(address to, uint64 num, bytes calldata data)
        external
        payable
        onlyRole(AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE)
    {
        _handleSale(to, num, data);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Handles the sale of sellable content.
     */
    function _handleSale(address to, uint64 num, bytes calldata data) internal virtual;
    /**
     * @notice Locks the `AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE` role.
     */
    function lockSellers() external onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE) {
        _lockSellers();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Locks the `AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE` role.
     */
    function _lockSellers() internal {
        _setRoleAdmin(AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE, _NOOP_ROLE);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Revokes approval for all sellers.
     */
    function _revokeAllSellers() internal {
        uint256 num = getRoleMemberCount(AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < num; i++) {
            // Akin to a popFront
            address seller = getRoleMember(AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE, 0);
            _revokeRole(AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE, seller);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/IAccessControlEnumerable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IAccessControl.sol";
/**
 * @dev External interface of AccessControlEnumerable declared to support ERC165 detection.
 */
interface IAccessControlEnumerable is IAccessControl {
    /**
     * @dev Returns one of the accounts that have `role`. `index` must be a
     * value between 0 and {getRoleMemberCount}, non-inclusive.
     *
     * Role bearers are not sorted in any particular way, and their ordering may
     * change at any point.
     *
     * WARNING: When using {getRoleMember} and {getRoleMemberCount}, make sure
     * you perform all queries on the same block. See the following
     * https://forum.openzeppelin.com/t/iterating-over-elements-on-enumerableset-in-openzeppelin-contracts/2296[forum post]
     * for more information.
     */
    function getRoleMember(bytes32 role, uint256 index) external view returns (address);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of accounts that have `role`. Can be used
     * together with {getRoleMember} to enumerate all bearers of a role.
     */
    function getRoleMemberCount(bytes32 role) external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (access/AccessControl.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IAccessControl.sol";
import "../utils/Context.sol";
import "../utils/Strings.sol";
import "../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module that allows children to implement role-based access
 * control mechanisms. This is a lightweight version that doesn't allow enumerating role
 * members except through off-chain means by accessing the contract event logs. Some
 * applications may benefit from on-chain enumerability, for those cases see
 * {AccessControlEnumerable}.
 *
 * Roles are referred to by their `bytes32` identifier. These should be exposed
 * in the external API and be unique. The best way to achieve this is by
 * using `public constant` hash digests:
 *
 * ```
 * bytes32 public constant MY_ROLE = keccak256("MY_ROLE");
 * ```
 *
 * Roles can be used to represent a set of permissions. To restrict access to a
 * function call, use {hasRole}:
 *
 * ```
 * function foo() public {
 *     require(hasRole(MY_ROLE, msg.sender));
 *     ...
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Roles can be granted and revoked dynamically via the {grantRole} and
 * {revokeRole} functions. Each role has an associated admin role, and only
 * accounts that have a role's admin role can call {grantRole} and {revokeRole}.
 *
 * By default, the admin role for all roles is `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`, which means
 * that only accounts with this role will be able to grant or revoke other
 * roles. More complex role relationships can be created by using
 * {_setRoleAdmin}.
 *
 * WARNING: The `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is also its own admin: it has permission to
 * grant and revoke this role. Extra precautions should be taken to secure
 * accounts that have been granted it.
 */
abstract contract AccessControl is Context, IAccessControl, ERC165 {
    struct RoleData {
        mapping(address => bool) members;
        bytes32 adminRole;
    }
    mapping(bytes32 => RoleData) private _roles;
    bytes32 public constant DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE = 0x00;
    /**
     * @dev Modifier that checks that an account has a specific role. Reverts
     * with a standardized message including the required role.
     *
     * The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:
     *
     *  /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{40}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{64})$/
     *
     * _Available since v4.1._
     */
    modifier onlyRole(bytes32 role) {
        _checkRole(role);
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IAccessControl).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _roles[role].members[account];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revert with a standard message if `_msgSender()` is missing `role`.
     * Overriding this function changes the behavior of the {onlyRole} modifier.
     *
     * Format of the revert message is described in {_checkRole}.
     *
     * _Available since v4.6._
     */
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role) internal view virtual {
        _checkRole(role, _msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revert with a standard message if `account` is missing `role`.
     *
     * The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:
     *
     *  /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{40}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{64})$/
     */
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal view virtual {
        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
            revert(
                string(
                    abi.encodePacked(
                        "AccessControl: account ",
                        Strings.toHexString(account),
                        " is missing role ",
                        Strings.toHexString(uint256(role), 32)
                    )
                )
            );
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) public view virtual override returns (bytes32) {
        return _roles[role].adminRole;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
        _grantRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been revoked `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `account`.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
        require(account == _msgSender(), "AccessControl: can only renounce roles for self");
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event. Note that unlike {grantRole}, this function doesn't perform any
     * checks on the calling account.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
     *
     * [WARNING]
     * ====
     * This function should only be called from the constructor when setting
     * up the initial roles for the system.
     *
     * Using this function in any other way is effectively circumventing the admin
     * system imposed by {AccessControl}.
     * ====
     *
     * NOTE: This function is deprecated in favor of {_grantRole}.
     */
    function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        _grantRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets `adminRole` as ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * Emits a {RoleAdminChanged} event.
     */
    function _setRoleAdmin(bytes32 role, bytes32 adminRole) internal virtual {
        bytes32 previousAdminRole = getRoleAdmin(role);
        _roles[role].adminRole = adminRole;
        emit RoleAdminChanged(role, previousAdminRole, adminRole);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
     */
    function _grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
            _roles[role].members[account] = true;
            emit RoleGranted(role, account, _msgSender());
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
     */
    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        if (hasRole(role, account)) {
            _roles[role].members[account] = false;
            emit RoleRevoked(role, account, _msgSender());
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol)
// This file was procedurally generated from scripts/generate/templates/EnumerableSet.js.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Library for managing
 * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_(abstract_data_type)[sets] of primitive
 * types.
 *
 * Sets have the following properties:
 *
 * - Elements are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time
 * (O(1)).
 * - Elements are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.
 *
 * ```
 * contract Example {
 *     // Add the library methods
 *     using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
 *
 *     // Declare a set state variable
 *     EnumerableSet.AddressSet private mySet;
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * As of v3.3.0, sets of type `bytes32` (`Bytes32Set`), `address` (`AddressSet`)
 * and `uint256` (`UintSet`) are supported.
 *
 * [WARNING]
 * ====
 * Trying to delete such a structure from storage will likely result in data corruption, rendering the structure
 * unusable.
 * See https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/pull/11843[ethereum/solidity#11843] for more info.
 *
 * In order to clean an EnumerableSet, you can either remove all elements one by one or create a fresh instance using an
 * array of EnumerableSet.
 * ====
 */
library EnumerableSet {
    // To implement this library for multiple types with as little code
    // repetition as possible, we write it in terms of a generic Set type with
    // bytes32 values.
    // The Set implementation uses private functions, and user-facing
    // implementations (such as AddressSet) are just wrappers around the
    // underlying Set.
    // This means that we can only create new EnumerableSets for types that fit
    // in bytes32.
    struct Set {
        // Storage of set values
        bytes32[] _values;
        // Position of the value in the `values` array, plus 1 because index 0
        // means a value is not in the set.
        mapping(bytes32 => uint256) _indexes;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function _add(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        if (!_contains(set, value)) {
            set._values.push(value);
            // The value is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
            // and use 0 as a sentinel value
            set._indexes[value] = set._values.length;
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function _remove(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        // We read and store the value's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
        uint256 valueIndex = set._indexes[value];
        if (valueIndex != 0) {
            // Equivalent to contains(set, value)
            // To delete an element from the _values array in O(1), we swap the element to delete with the last one in
            // the array, and then remove the last element (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
            // This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.
            uint256 toDeleteIndex = valueIndex - 1;
            uint256 lastIndex = set._values.length - 1;
            if (lastIndex != toDeleteIndex) {
                bytes32 lastValue = set._values[lastIndex];
                // Move the last value to the index where the value to delete is
                set._values[toDeleteIndex] = lastValue;
                // Update the index for the moved value
                set._indexes[lastValue] = valueIndex; // Replace lastValue's index to valueIndex
            }
            // Delete the slot where the moved value was stored
            set._values.pop();
            // Delete the index for the deleted slot
            delete set._indexes[value];
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function _contains(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private view returns (bool) {
        return set._indexes[value] != 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function _length(Set storage set) private view returns (uint256) {
        return set._values.length;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function _at(Set storage set, uint256 index) private view returns (bytes32) {
        return set._values[index];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function _values(Set storage set) private view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        return set._values;
    }
    // Bytes32Set
    struct Bytes32Set {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(Bytes32Set storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (bytes32) {
        return _at(set._inner, index);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        bytes32[] memory result;
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
    // AddressSet
    struct AddressSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(AddressSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(uint256(_at(set._inner, index))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (address[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        address[] memory result;
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
    // UintSet
    struct UintSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(UintSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_at(set._inner, index));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        uint256[] memory result;
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721A.
 */
interface IERC721A {
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * Cannot query the balance for the zero address.
     */
    error BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
    /**
     * Cannot mint to the zero address.
     */
    error MintToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The quantity of tokens minted must be more than zero.
     */
    error MintZeroQuantity();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token must be owned by `from`.
     */
    error TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
    /**
     * Cannot safely transfer to a contract that does not implement the
     * ERC721Receiver interface.
     */
    error TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
    /**
     * Cannot transfer to the zero address.
     */
    error TransferToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The `quantity` minted with ERC2309 exceeds the safety limit.
     */
    error MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit();
    /**
     * The `extraData` cannot be set on an unintialized ownership slot.
     */
    error OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData();
    // =============================================================
    //                            STRUCTS
    // =============================================================
    struct TokenOwnership {
        // The address of the owner.
        address addr;
        // Stores the start time of ownership with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 startTimestamp;
        // Whether the token has been burned.
        bool burned;
        // Arbitrary data similar to `startTimestamp` that can be set via {_extraData}.
        uint24 extraData;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                         TOKEN COUNTERS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence.
     * Burned tokens will reduce the count.
     * To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC165
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC721
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables
     * (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`,
     * checking first that contract recipients are aware of the ERC721 protocol
     * to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move
     * this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom}
     * whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the
     * zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom}
     * for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
    // =============================================================
    //                        IERC721Metadata
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
    // =============================================================
    //                           IERC2309
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when tokens in `fromTokenId` to `toTokenId`
     * (inclusive) is transferred from `from` to `to`, as defined in the
     * [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309) standard.
     *
     * See {_mintERC2309} for more details.
     */
    event ConsecutiveTransfer(uint256 indexed fromTokenId, uint256 toTokenId, address indexed from, address indexed to);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (interfaces/IERC2981.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
 *
 * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
 * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
interface IERC2981 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
     * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be paid in that same unit of exchange.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
        external
        view
        returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (security/Pausable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which allows children to implement an emergency stop
 * mechanism that can be triggered by an authorized account.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the
 * modifiers `whenNotPaused` and `whenPaused`, which can be applied to
 * the functions of your contract. Note that they will not be pausable by
 * simply including this module, only once the modifiers are put in place.
 */
abstract contract Pausable is Context {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the pause is triggered by `account`.
     */
    event Paused(address account);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the pause is lifted by `account`.
     */
    event Unpaused(address account);
    bool private _paused;
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract in unpaused state.
     */
    constructor() {
        _paused = false;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is not paused.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must not be paused.
     */
    modifier whenNotPaused() {
        _requireNotPaused();
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is paused.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must be paused.
     */
    modifier whenPaused() {
        _requirePaused();
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the contract is paused, and false otherwise.
     */
    function paused() public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return _paused;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if the contract is paused.
     */
    function _requireNotPaused() internal view virtual {
        require(!paused(), "Pausable: paused");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if the contract is not paused.
     */
    function _requirePaused() internal view virtual {
        require(paused(), "Pausable: not paused");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Triggers stopped state.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must not be paused.
     */
    function _pause() internal virtual whenNotPaused {
        _paused = true;
        emit Paused(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns to normal state.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must be paused.
     */
    function _unpause() internal virtual whenPaused {
        _paused = false;
        emit Unpaused(_msgSender());
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import {IOperatorFilterRegistry} from "./IOperatorFilterRegistry.sol";
import {CANONICAL_OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY_ADDRESS} from "./lib/Constants.sol";
/**
 * @title  OperatorFilterer
 * @notice Abstract contract whose constructor automatically registers and optionally subscribes to or copies another
 *         registrant's entries in the OperatorFilterRegistry.
 * @dev    This smart contract is meant to be inherited by token contracts so they can use the following:
 *         - `onlyAllowedOperator` modifier for `transferFrom` and `safeTransferFrom` methods.
 *         - `onlyAllowedOperatorApproval` modifier for `approve` and `setApprovalForAll` methods.
 *         Please note that if your token contract does not provide an owner with EIP-173, it must provide
 *         administration methods on the contract itself to interact with the registry otherwise the subscription
 *         will be locked to the options set during construction.
 */
abstract contract OperatorFilterer {
    /// @dev Emitted when an operator is not allowed.
    error OperatorNotAllowed(address operator);
    IOperatorFilterRegistry public constant OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY =
        IOperatorFilterRegistry(CANONICAL_OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY_ADDRESS);
    /// @dev The constructor that is called when the contract is being deployed.
    constructor(address subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy, bool subscribe) {
        // If an inheriting token contract is deployed to a network without the registry deployed, the modifier
        // will not revert, but the contract will need to be registered with the registry once it is deployed in
        // order for the modifier to filter addresses.
        if (address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).code.length > 0) {
            if (subscribe) {
                OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.registerAndSubscribe(address(this), subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy);
            } else {
                if (subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy != address(0)) {
                    OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.registerAndCopyEntries(address(this), subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy);
                } else {
                    OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.register(address(this));
                }
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev A helper function to check if an operator is allowed.
     */
    modifier onlyAllowedOperator(address from) virtual {
        // Allow spending tokens from addresses with balance
        // Note that this still allows listings and marketplaces with escrow to transfer tokens if transferred
        // from an EOA.
        if (from != msg.sender) {
            _checkFilterOperator(msg.sender);
        }
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev A helper function to check if an operator approval is allowed.
     */
    modifier onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(address operator) virtual {
        _checkFilterOperator(operator);
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev A helper function to check if an operator is allowed.
     */
    function _checkFilterOperator(address operator) internal view virtual {
        // Check registry code length to facilitate testing in environments without a deployed registry.
        if (address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).code.length > 0) {
            // under normal circumstances, this function will revert rather than return false, but inheriting contracts
            // may specify their own OperatorFilterRegistry implementations, which may behave differently
            if (!OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.isOperatorAllowed(address(this), operator)) {
                revert OperatorNotAllowed(operator);
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
address constant CANONICAL_OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY_ADDRESS = 0x000000000000AAeB6D7670E522A718067333cd4E;
address constant CANONICAL_CORI_SUBSCRIPTION = 0x3cc6CddA760b79bAfa08dF41ECFA224f810dCeB6;
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity ^0.8.16;
import {AccessControlEnumerable} from "ethier/utils/AccessControlEnumerable.sol";
import {IRedeemableToken} from "../interfaces/IRedeemableToken.sol";
/**
 * @notice Base implementation of a voucher token with approvable redeemer contracts.
 */
abstract contract BaseRedeemableToken is IRedeemableToken, AccessControlEnumerable {
    /**
     * @notice Authorised redeemers.
     */
    bytes32 public constant REDEEMER_ROLE = keccak256("REDEEMER_ROLE");
    /**
     * @notice A role that cannot be granted or revoked.
     * @dev Used to lock in members of the `REDEEMER_ROLE` role.
     */
    bytes32 private constant _NOOP_ROLE = keccak256("NOOP_ROLE");
    constructor() {
        _setRoleAdmin(REDEEMER_ROLE, DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE);
        _setRoleAdmin(_NOOP_ROLE, _NOOP_ROLE);
    }
    // =========================================================================
    //                           Redemption
    // =========================================================================
    /**
     * @notice Redeems a voucher token with given tokenId.
     * @dev Can only be called by approved redeemer contracts.
     * @dev Reverts if `sender` is not the owner of or approved to transfer the token.
     */
    function redeem(address sender, uint256 tokenId) external onlyRole(REDEEMER_ROLE) {
        if (!_isSenderAllowedToSpend(sender, tokenId)) {
            revert IRedeemableToken.RedeemerCallerNotAllowedToSpendVoucher(sender, tokenId);
        }
        _doRedeem(sender, tokenId);
    }
    // =========================================================================
    //                           Internal hooks
    // =========================================================================
    /**
     * @notice Hook called by `redeem` to check if the sender is allowed to
     * spend a given token (e.g. if it is the owner or transfer approved).
     */
    function _isSenderAllowedToSpend(address sender, uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool result);
    /**
     * @notice Hook called by `redeem` to preform the redemption of a voucher
     * token (e.g. burn).
     */
    function _doRedeem(address sender, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual;
    // =========================================================================
    //                           Steering
    // =========================================================================
    /**
     * @notice Locks the `REDEEMER_ROLE` role.
     */
    function lockRedeemers() external onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE) {
        _lockRedeemers();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Locks the `REDEEMER_ROLE` role.
     */
    function _lockRedeemers() internal {
        _setRoleAdmin(REDEEMER_ROLE, _NOOP_ROLE);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Revokes approval for all redeemers.
     */
    function _revokeAllRedeemers() internal {
        uint256 num = getRoleMemberCount(REDEEMER_ROLE);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < num; i++) {
            // Akin to a popFront
            address redeemer = getRoleMember(REDEEMER_ROLE, 0);
            _revokeRole(REDEEMER_ROLE, redeemer);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Overrides supportsInterface as required by inheritance.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(AccessControlEnumerable)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return interfaceId == type(IRedeemableToken).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity >=0.8.16 <0.9.0;
import {ERC721ACommon} from "ethier/erc721/ERC721ACommon.sol";
/**
 * @notice Possible transfer restrictions.
 */
enum TransferRestriction {
    None,
    OnlyMint,
    OnlyBurn,
    Frozen
}
/**
 * @notice Implements restrictions for ERC721 transfers.
 * @dev This is intended to facilitate a soft expiry for voucher tokens, having an intermediate stage that still allows
 * voucher to be redeemed but not traded before closing all activity indefinitely.
 * @dev The activation of restrictions is left to the extending contract.
 */
abstract contract ERC721ATransferRestrictedBase is ERC721ACommon {
    // =========================================================================
    //                           Errors
    // =========================================================================
    /**
     * @notice Thrown if an action is disallowed by the current transfer
     * restriction.
     */
    error DisallowedByTransferRestriction(TransferRestriction);
    // =========================================================================
    //                           Transfer Restriction
    // =========================================================================
    /**
     * @notice Returns the current transfer restriction.
     * @dev Hook to be implemented by the consuming contract (e.g. manual
     * setter, time based, etc.)
     */
    function transferRestriction() public view virtual returns (TransferRestriction);
    // =========================================================================
    //                           Internals
    // =========================================================================
    /**
     * @notice Blocks transfers depending on the current restrictions.
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(address from, address to, uint256 startTokenId, uint256 quantity)
        internal
        virtual
        override
    {
        super._beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, startTokenId, quantity);
        TransferRestriction restriction = transferRestriction();
        if (restriction == TransferRestriction.None) {
            return;
        }
        if (restriction == TransferRestriction.OnlyMint && from == address(0)) {
            return;
        }
        if (restriction == TransferRestriction.OnlyBurn && to == address(0)) {
            return;
        }
        revert DisallowedByTransferRestriction(restriction);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;
/**
 * @notice Basic interface for a contract providing sellable content.
 */
interface ISellable {
    /**
     * @notice Handles the sale of sellable content.
     * @dev This is usually only callable by Sellers.
     */
    function handleSale(address to, uint64 num, bytes calldata data) external payable;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/IAccessControl.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev External interface of AccessControl declared to support ERC165 detection.
 */
interface IAccessControl {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `newAdminRole` is set as ``role``'s admin role, replacing `previousAdminRole`
     *
     * `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is the starting admin for all roles, despite
     * {RoleAdminChanged} not being emitted signaling this.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    event RoleAdminChanged(bytes32 indexed role, bytes32 indexed previousAdminRole, bytes32 indexed newAdminRole);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is granted `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call, an admin role
     * bearer except when using {AccessControl-_setupRole}.
     */
    event RoleGranted(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is revoked `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call:
     *   - if using `revokeRole`, it is the admin role bearer
     *   - if using `renounceRole`, it is the role bearer (i.e. `account`)
     */
    event RoleRevoked(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) external view returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {AccessControl-_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view returns (bytes32);
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `account`.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Strings.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./math/Math.sol";
/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library Strings {
    bytes16 private constant _SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    uint8 private constant _ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20;
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 length = Math.log10(value) + 1;
            string memory buffer = new string(length);
            uint256 ptr;
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                ptr := add(buffer, add(32, length))
            }
            while (true) {
                ptr--;
                /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                assembly {
                    mstore8(ptr, byte(mod(value, 10), _SYMBOLS))
                }
                value /= 10;
                if (value == 0) break;
            }
            return buffer;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            return toHexString(value, Math.log256(value) + 1);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(address addr) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), _ADDRESS_LENGTH);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
interface IOperatorFilterRegistry {
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if operator is not filtered for a given token, either by address or codeHash. Also returns
     *         true if supplied registrant address is not registered.
     */
    function isOperatorAllowed(address registrant, address operator) external view returns (bool);
    /**
     * @notice Registers an address with the registry. May be called by address itself or by EIP-173 owner.
     */
    function register(address registrant) external;
    /**
     * @notice Registers an address with the registry and "subscribes" to another address's filtered operators and codeHashes.
     */
    function registerAndSubscribe(address registrant, address subscription) external;
    /**
     * @notice Registers an address with the registry and copies the filtered operators and codeHashes from another
     *         address without subscribing.
     */
    function registerAndCopyEntries(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
    /**
     * @notice Unregisters an address with the registry and removes its subscription. May be called by address itself or by EIP-173 owner.
     *         Note that this does not remove any filtered addresses or codeHashes.
     *         Also note that any subscriptions to this registrant will still be active and follow the existing filtered addresses and codehashes.
     */
    function unregister(address addr) external;
    /**
     * @notice Update an operator address for a registered address - when filtered is true, the operator is filtered.
     */
    function updateOperator(address registrant, address operator, bool filtered) external;
    /**
     * @notice Update multiple operators for a registered address - when filtered is true, the operators will be filtered. Reverts on duplicates.
     */
    function updateOperators(address registrant, address[] calldata operators, bool filtered) external;
    /**
     * @notice Update a codeHash for a registered address - when filtered is true, the codeHash is filtered.
     */
    function updateCodeHash(address registrant, bytes32 codehash, bool filtered) external;
    /**
     * @notice Update multiple codeHashes for a registered address - when filtered is true, the codeHashes will be filtered. Reverts on duplicates.
     */
    function updateCodeHashes(address registrant, bytes32[] calldata codeHashes, bool filtered) external;
    /**
     * @notice Subscribe an address to another registrant's filtered operators and codeHashes. Will remove previous
     *         subscription if present.
     *         Note that accounts with subscriptions may go on to subscribe to other accounts - in this case,
     *         subscriptions will not be forwarded. Instead the former subscription's existing entries will still be
     *         used.
     */
    function subscribe(address registrant, address registrantToSubscribe) external;
    /**
     * @notice Unsubscribe an address from its current subscribed registrant, and optionally copy its filtered operators and codeHashes.
     */
    function unsubscribe(address registrant, bool copyExistingEntries) external;
    /**
     * @notice Get the subscription address of a given registrant, if any.
     */
    function subscriptionOf(address addr) external returns (address registrant);
    /**
     * @notice Get the set of addresses subscribed to a given registrant.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function subscribers(address registrant) external returns (address[] memory);
    /**
     * @notice Get the subscriber at a given index in the set of addresses subscribed to a given registrant.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function subscriberAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
    /**
     * @notice Copy filtered operators and codeHashes from a different registrantToCopy to addr.
     */
    function copyEntriesOf(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if operator is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function isOperatorFiltered(address registrant, address operator) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if the hash of an address's code is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function isCodeHashOfFiltered(address registrant, address operatorWithCode) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if a codeHash is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function isCodeHashFiltered(address registrant, bytes32 codeHash) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @notice Returns a list of filtered operators for a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function filteredOperators(address addr) external returns (address[] memory);
    /**
     * @notice Returns the set of filtered codeHashes for a given address or its subscription.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function filteredCodeHashes(address addr) external returns (bytes32[] memory);
    /**
     * @notice Returns the filtered operator at the given index of the set of filtered operators for a given address or
     *         its subscription.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function filteredOperatorAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
    /**
     * @notice Returns the filtered codeHash at the given index of the list of filtered codeHashes for a given address or
     *         its subscription.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function filteredCodeHashAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (bytes32);
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if an address has registered
     */
    function isRegistered(address addr) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Convenience method to compute the code hash of an arbitrary contract
     */
    function codeHashOf(address addr) external returns (bytes32);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @notice Interface for a redeemable Voucher token preventing double spending
 * through internal book-keeping (e.g. burning the token, token property, etc.).
 * @dev Voucher tokens are intendent to be redeemed through a redeemer contract.
 */
interface IRedeemableToken {
    /**
     * @notice Thrown if the redemption caller is not allowed to spend a given
     * voucher.
     */
    error RedeemerCallerNotAllowedToSpendVoucher(address sender, uint256 tokenId);
    /**
     * @notice Interface through which a `IRedeemer` contract informs the
     * voucher about its redemption.
     * @param sender The address that initiate the redemption on the
     * redeemer contract.
     * @param tokenId The voucher token to be redeemed.
     * @dev This function MUST be called by redeemer contracts.
     * @dev MUST revert with `RedeemerNotApproved` if the calling redeemer
     * contract is not approved to spend this voucher.
     * @dev MUST revert with `RedeemerCallerNotAllowedToSpendVoucher` if
     * sender is not allowed to spend tokenId.
     */
    function redeem(address sender, uint256 tokenId) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/math/Math.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Standard math utilities missing in the Solidity language.
 */
library Math {
    enum Rounding {
        Down, // Toward negative infinity
        Up, // Toward infinity
        Zero // Toward zero
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the largest of two numbers.
     */
    function max(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a > b ? a : b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the smallest of two numbers.
     */
    function min(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a < b ? a : b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the average of two numbers. The result is rounded towards
     * zero.
     */
    function average(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b) / 2 can overflow.
        return (a & b) + (a ^ b) / 2;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the ceiling of the division of two numbers.
     *
     * This differs from standard division with `/` in that it rounds up instead
     * of rounding down.
     */
    function ceilDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b - 1) / b can overflow on addition, so we distribute.
        return a == 0 ? 0 : (a - 1) / b + 1;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculates floor(x * y / denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0
     * @dev Original credit to Remco Bloemen under MIT license (https://xn--2-umb.com/21/muldiv)
     * with further edits by Uniswap Labs also under MIT license.
     */
    function mulDiv(
        uint256 x,
        uint256 y,
        uint256 denominator
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
        unchecked {
            // 512-bit multiply [prod1 prod0] = x * y. Compute the product mod 2^256 and mod 2^256 - 1, then use
            // use the Chinese Remainder Theorem to reconstruct the 512 bit result. The result is stored in two 256
            // variables such that product = prod1 * 2^256 + prod0.
            uint256 prod0; // Least significant 256 bits of the product
            uint256 prod1; // Most significant 256 bits of the product
            assembly {
                let mm := mulmod(x, y, not(0))
                prod0 := mul(x, y)
                prod1 := sub(sub(mm, prod0), lt(mm, prod0))
            }
            // Handle non-overflow cases, 256 by 256 division.
            if (prod1 == 0) {
                return prod0 / denominator;
            }
            // Make sure the result is less than 2^256. Also prevents denominator == 0.
            require(denominator > prod1);
            ///////////////////////////////////////////////
            // 512 by 256 division.
            ///////////////////////////////////////////////
            // Make division exact by subtracting the remainder from [prod1 prod0].
            uint256 remainder;
            assembly {
                // Compute remainder using mulmod.
                remainder := mulmod(x, y, denominator)
                // Subtract 256 bit number from 512 bit number.
                prod1 := sub(prod1, gt(remainder, prod0))
                prod0 := sub(prod0, remainder)
            }
            // Factor powers of two out of denominator and compute largest power of two divisor of denominator. Always >= 1.
            // See https://cs.stackexchange.com/q/138556/92363.
            // Does not overflow because the denominator cannot be zero at this stage in the function.
            uint256 twos = denominator & (~denominator + 1);
            assembly {
                // Divide denominator by twos.
                denominator := div(denominator, twos)
                // Divide [prod1 prod0] by twos.
                prod0 := div(prod0, twos)
                // Flip twos such that it is 2^256 / twos. If twos is zero, then it becomes one.
                twos := add(div(sub(0, twos), twos), 1)
            }
            // Shift in bits from prod1 into prod0.
            prod0 |= prod1 * twos;
            // Invert denominator mod 2^256. Now that denominator is an odd number, it has an inverse modulo 2^256 such
            // that denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^256. Compute the inverse by starting with a seed that is correct for
            // four bits. That is, denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^4.
            uint256 inverse = (3 * denominator) ^ 2;
            // Use the Newton-Raphson iteration to improve the precision. Thanks to Hensel's lifting lemma, this also works
            // in modular arithmetic, doubling the correct bits in each step.
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^8
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^16
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^32
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^64
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^128
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^256
            // Because the division is now exact we can divide by multiplying with the modular inverse of denominator.
            // This will give us the correct result modulo 2^256. Since the preconditions guarantee that the outcome is
            // less than 2^256, this is the final result. We don't need to compute the high bits of the result and prod1
            // is no longer required.
            result = prod0 * inverse;
            return result;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculates x * y / denominator with full precision, following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function mulDiv(
        uint256 x,
        uint256 y,
        uint256 denominator,
        Rounding rounding
    ) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = mulDiv(x, y, denominator);
        if (rounding == Rounding.Up && mulmod(x, y, denominator) > 0) {
            result += 1;
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the square root of a number. If the number is not a perfect square, the value is rounded down.
     *
     * Inspired by Henry S. Warren, Jr.'s "Hacker's Delight" (Chapter 11).
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        if (a == 0) {
            return 0;
        }
        // For our first guess, we get the biggest power of 2 which is smaller than the square root of the target.
        //
        // We know that the "msb" (most significant bit) of our target number `a` is a power of 2 such that we have
        // `msb(a) <= a < 2*msb(a)`. This value can be written `msb(a)=2**k` with `k=log2(a)`.
        //
        // This can be rewritten `2**log2(a) <= a < 2**(log2(a) + 1)`
        // → `sqrt(2**k) <= sqrt(a) < sqrt(2**(k+1))`
        // → `2**(k/2) <= sqrt(a) < 2**((k+1)/2) <= 2**(k/2 + 1)`
        //
        // Consequently, `2**(log2(a) / 2)` is a good first approximation of `sqrt(a)` with at least 1 correct bit.
        uint256 result = 1 << (log2(a) >> 1);
        // At this point `result` is an estimation with one bit of precision. We know the true value is a uint128,
        // since it is the square root of a uint256. Newton's method converges quadratically (precision doubles at
        // every iteration). We thus need at most 7 iteration to turn our partial result with one bit of precision
        // into the expected uint128 result.
        unchecked {
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            return min(result, a / result);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculates sqrt(a), following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = sqrt(a);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && result * result < a ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 128;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                value >>= 8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 4 > 0) {
                value >>= 4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 2 > 0) {
                value >>= 2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 1 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log2(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >= 10**64) {
                value /= 10**64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >= 10**32) {
                value /= 10**32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >= 10**16) {
                value /= 10**16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >= 10**8) {
                value /= 10**8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >= 10**4) {
                value /= 10**4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >= 10**2) {
                value /= 10**2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >= 10**1) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log10(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 10**result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 256, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     *
     * Adding one to the result gives the number of pairs of hex symbols needed to represent `value` as a hex string.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log256(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << (result * 8) < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    constructor() {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _checkOwner();
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
     */
    function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../IERC721.sol";
/**
 * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional metadata extension
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
 */
interface IERC721Metadata is IERC721 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom} whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @title ERC721 token receiver interface
 * @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support safeTransfers
 * from ERC721 asset contracts.
 */
interface IERC721Receiver {
    /**
     * @dev Whenever an {IERC721} `tokenId` token is transferred to this contract via {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}
     * by `operator` from `from`, this function is called.
     *
     * It must return its Solidity selector to confirm the token transfer.
     * If any other value is returned or the interface is not implemented by the recipient, the transfer will be reverted.
     *
     * The selector can be obtained in Solidity with `IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector`.
     */
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                assembly {
                    let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                    revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                }
            } else {
                revert(errorMessage);
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/Strings.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library Strings {
    bytes16 private constant _HEX_SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    uint8 private constant _ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20;
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        // Inspired by OraclizeAPI's implementation - MIT licence
        // https://github.com/oraclize/ethereum-api/blob/b42146b063c7d6ee1358846c198246239e9360e8/oraclizeAPI_0.4.25.sol
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 digits;
        while (temp != 0) {
            digits++;
            temp /= 10;
        }
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(digits);
        while (value != 0) {
            digits -= 1;
            buffer[digits] = bytes1(uint8(48 + uint256(value % 10)));
            value /= 10;
        }
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0x00";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 length = 0;
        while (temp != 0) {
            length++;
            temp >>= 8;
        }
        return toHexString(value, length);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _HEX_SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(address addr) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), _ADDRESS_LENGTH);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity 0.8.17;
// Created By: Art Blocks Inc.
import "../../../interfaces/0.8.x/IRandomizerV2.sol";
import "../../../interfaces/0.8.x/IAdminACLV0.sol";
import "../../../interfaces/0.8.x/IEngineRegistryV0.sol";
import "../../../interfaces/0.8.x/IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Engine_Flex.sol";
import "../../../interfaces/0.8.x/IDependencyRegistryCompatibleV0.sol";
import "../../../interfaces/0.8.x/IManifold.sol";
import "@openzeppelin-4.7/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import "../../../libs/0.8.x/ERC721_PackedHashSeed.sol";
import "../../../libs/0.8.x/BytecodeStorage.sol";
import "../../../libs/0.8.x/Bytes32Strings.sol";
/**
 * @title Art Blocks Engine Flex ERC-721 core contract, V3.
 * @author Art Blocks Inc.
 * @notice Privileged Roles and Ownership:
 * This contract is designed to be managed, with progressively limited powers
 * as a project progresses from active to locked.
 * Privileged roles and abilities are controlled by the admin ACL contract and
 * artists. Both of these roles hold extensive power and can arbitrarily
 * control and modify portions of projects, dependent upon project state. After
 * a project is locked, important project metadata fields are locked including
 * the project name, artist name, and script and display details. Edition size
 * can never be increased.
 * Care must be taken to ensure that the admin ACL contract and artist
 * addresses are secure behind a multi-sig or other access control mechanism.
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following functions are restricted to the Admin ACL contract:
 * - updateArtblocksDependencyRegistryAddress
 * - updateProviderSalesAddresses
 * - updateProviderPrimarySalesPercentages (up to 100%)
 * - updateProviderSecondarySalesBPS (up to 100%)
 * - updateMinterContract
 * - updateRandomizerAddress
 * - toggleProjectIsActive
 * - addProject
 * - forbidNewProjects (forever forbidding new projects)
 * - updateDefaultBaseURI (used to initialize new project base URIs)
 * - updateIPFSGateway
 * - updateArweaveGateway
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following functions are restricted to either the the Artist address or
 * the Admin ACL contract, only when the project is not locked:
 * - updateProjectName
 * - updateProjectArtistName
 * - updateProjectLicense
 * - Change project script via addProjectScript, updateProjectScript,
 *   and removeProjectLastScript
 * - updateProjectScriptType
 * - updateProjectAspectRatio
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following functions are restricted to only the Artist or Admin ACL
 * contract of a valid project ID:
 * - proposeArtistPaymentAddressesAndSplits (Note that this has to be accepted
 *   by adminAcceptArtistAddressesAndSplits to take effect, which is restricted
 *   to the Admin ACL contract, or the artist if the core contract owner has
 *   renounced ownership. Also note that a proposal will be automatically
 *   accepted if the artist only proposes changed payee percentages without
 *   modifying any payee addresses, or is only removing payee addresses, or
 *   if the global config `autoApproveArtistSplitProposals` is set to `true`.)
 * - toggleProjectIsPaused (note the artist can still mint while paused)
 * - updateProjectSecondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage (up to
 *   ARTIST_MAX_SECONDARY_ROYALTY_PERCENTAGE percent)
 * - updateProjectWebsite
 * - updateProjectMaxInvocations (to a number greater than or equal to the
 *   current number of invocations, and less than current project maximum
 *   invocations)
 * - updateProjectBaseURI (controlling the base URI for tokens in the project)
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following function is restricted to either the Admin ACL contract, or
 * the Artist address if the core contract owner has renounced ownership:
 * - adminAcceptArtistAddressesAndSplits
 * - updateProjectArtistAddress (owner ultimately controlling the project and
 *   its and-on revenue, unless owner has renounced ownership)
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following function is restricted to the artist when a project is
 * unlocked, and only callable by Admin ACL contract when a project is locked:
 * - updateProjectDescription
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following functions for managing external asset dependencies are restricted
 * to projects with external asset dependencies that are unlocked:
 * - lockProjectExternalAssetDependencies
 * - updateProjectExternalAssetDependency
 * - removeProjectExternalAssetDependency
 * - addProjectExternalAssetDependency
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following function is restricted to owner calling directly:
 * - transferOwnership
 * - renounceOwnership
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following configuration variables are set at time of contract deployment,
 * and not modifiable thereafter (immutable after the point of deployment):
 * - (bool) autoApproveArtistSplitProposals
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Additional admin and artist privileged roles may be described on minters,
 * registries, and other contracts that may interact with this core contract.
 */
contract GenArt721CoreV3_Engine_Flex_PROOF is
    ERC721_PackedHashSeed,
    Ownable,
    IDependencyRegistryCompatibleV0,
    IManifold,
    IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Engine_Flex
{
    using BytecodeStorage for string;
    using BytecodeStorage for address;
    using Bytes32Strings for bytes32;
    uint256 constant ONE_HUNDRED = 100;
    uint256 constant ONE_MILLION = 1_000_000;
    uint24 constant ONE_MILLION_UINT24 = 1_000_000;
    uint256 constant FOUR_WEEKS_IN_SECONDS = 2_419_200;
    uint8 constant AT_CHARACTER_CODE = uint8(bytes1("@")); // 0x40
    // numeric constants
    uint256 constant MAX_PROVIDER_SECONDARY_SALES_BPS = 10000; // 10_000 BPS = 100%
    uint256 constant ARTIST_MAX_SECONDARY_ROYALTY_PERCENTAGE = 95; // 95%
    // This contract emits generic events that contain fields that indicate
    // which parameter has been updated. This is sufficient for application
    // state management, while also simplifying the contract and indexing code.
    // This was done as an alternative to having custom events that emit what
    // field-values have changed for each event, given that changed values can
    // be introspected by indexers due to the design of this smart contract
    // exposing these state changes via publicly viewable fields.
    //
    // The following fields are used to indicate which contract-level parameter
    // has been updated in the `PlatformUpdated` event:
    bytes32 constant FIELD_NEXT_PROJECT_ID = "nextProjectId";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_NEW_PROJECTS_FORBIDDEN = "newProjectsForbidden";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_DEFAULT_BASE_URI = "defaultBaseURI";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_RANDOMIZER_ADDRESS = "randomizerAddress";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_ARTBLOCKS_DEPENDENCY_REGISTRY_ADDRESS =
        "dependencyRegistryAddress";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROVIDER_SALES_ADDRESSES = "providerSalesAddresses";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROVIDER_PRIMARY_SALES_PERCENTAGES =
        "providerPrimaryPercentages";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROVIDER_SECONDARY_SALES_BPS =
        "providerSecondaryBPS";
    // The following fields are used to indicate which project-level parameter
    // has been updated in the `ProjectUpdated` event:
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_COMPLETED = "completed";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_ACTIVE = "active";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_ARTIST_ADDRESS = "artistAddress";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_PAUSED = "paused";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_CREATED = "created";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_NAME = "name";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_ARTIST_NAME = "artistName";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_SECONDARY_MARKET_ROYALTY_PERCENTAGE =
        "royaltyPercentage";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_DESCRIPTION = "description";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_WEBSITE = "website";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_LICENSE = "license";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_MAX_INVOCATIONS = "maxInvocations";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_SCRIPT = "script";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_SCRIPT_TYPE = "scriptType";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_ASPECT_RATIO = "aspectRatio";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_BASE_URI = "baseURI";
    /// Dependency registry managed by Art Blocks
    address public artblocksDependencyRegistryAddress;
    /// current randomizer contract
    IRandomizerV2 public randomizerContract;
    /// append-only array of all randomizer contract addresses ever used by
    /// this contract
    address[] private _historicalRandomizerAddresses;
    /// admin ACL contract
    IAdminACLV0 public adminACLContract;
    struct Project {
        uint24 invocations;
        uint24 maxInvocations;
        uint24 scriptCount;
        // max uint64 ~= 1.8e19 sec ~= 570 billion years
        uint64 completedTimestamp;
        bool active;
        bool paused;
        string name;
        string artist;
        string description;
        string website;
        string license;
        string projectBaseURI;
        bytes32 scriptTypeAndVersion;
        string aspectRatio;
        // mapping from script index to address storing script in bytecode
        mapping(uint256 => address) scriptBytecodeAddresses;
        bool externalAssetDependenciesLocked;
        uint24 externalAssetDependencyCount;
        mapping(uint256 => ExternalAssetDependency) externalAssetDependencies;
    }
    mapping(uint256 => Project) projects;
    string public preferredIPFSGateway;
    string public preferredArweaveGateway;
    /// packed struct containing project financial information
    struct ProjectFinance {
        address payable additionalPayeePrimarySales;
        // packed uint: max of 95, max uint8 = 255
        uint8 secondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage;
        address payable additionalPayeeSecondarySales;
        // packed uint: max of 100, max uint8 = 255
        uint8 additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage;
        address payable artistAddress;
        // packed uint: max of 100, max uint8 = 255
        uint8 additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage;
    }
    // Project financials mapping
    mapping(uint256 => ProjectFinance) projectIdToFinancials;
    /// hash of artist's proposed payment updates to be approved by admin
    mapping(uint256 => bytes32) public proposedArtistAddressesAndSplitsHash;
    /// The render provider payment address for all primary sales revenues
    /// (packed)
    address payable public renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress;
    /// Percentage of primary sales revenue allocated to the render provider
    /// (packed)
    // packed uint: max of 100, max uint8 = 255
    uint8 private _renderProviderPrimarySalesPercentage = 10;
    /// The platform provider payment address for all primary sales revenues
    /// (packed)
    address payable public platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress;
    /// Percentage of primary sales revenue allocated to the platform provider
    /// (packed)
    // packed uint: max of 100, max uint8 = 255
    uint8 private _platformProviderPrimarySalesPercentage = 10;
    /// The render provider payment address for all secondary sales royalty
    /// revenues
    address payable public renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress;
    /// Basis Points of secondary sales royalties allocated to the
    /// render provider
    uint256 public renderProviderSecondarySalesBPS = 250;
    /// The platform provider payment address for all secondary sales royalty
    /// revenues
    address payable public platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress;
    /// Basis Points of secondary sales royalties allocated to the
    /// platform provider
    uint256 public platformProviderSecondarySalesBPS = 250;
    /// single minter allowed for this core contract
    address public minterContract;
    /// starting (initial) project ID on this contract
    uint256 public immutable startingProjectId;
    /// next project ID to be created
    uint248 private _nextProjectId;
    /// bool indicating if adding new projects is forbidden;
    /// default behavior is to allow new projects
    bool public newProjectsForbidden;
    /// configuration variable (determined at time of deployment)
    /// that determines whether or not admin approval^ should be required
    /// to accept artist address change proposals, or if these proposals
    /// should always auto-approve, as determined by the business process
    /// requirements of the Engine partner using this contract.
    ///
    /// ^does not apply in the case where contract-ownership itself is revoked
    bool public immutable autoApproveArtistSplitProposals;
    /// version & type of this core contract
    bytes32 constant CORE_VERSION = "v3.1.2";
    function coreVersion() external pure returns (string memory) {
        return CORE_VERSION.toString();
    }
    bytes32 constant CORE_TYPE = "GenArt721CoreV3_Engine_Flex";
    function coreType() external pure returns (string memory) {
        return CORE_TYPE.toString();
    }
    /// default base URI to initialize all new project projectBaseURI values to
    string public defaultBaseURI;
    function _onlyUnlockedProjectExternalAssetDependencies(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) internal view {
        require(
            !projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependenciesLocked,
            "External dependencies locked"
        );
    }
    function _onlyNonZeroAddress(address _address) internal pure {
        require(_address != address(0), "Must input non-zero address");
    }
    function _onlyNonEmptyString(string memory _string) internal pure {
        require(bytes(_string).length != 0, "Must input non-empty string");
    }
    function _onlyValidTokenId(uint256 _tokenId) internal view {
        require(_exists(_tokenId), "Token ID does not exist");
    }
    function _onlyValidProjectId(uint256 _projectId) internal view {
        require(
            (_projectId >= startingProjectId) && (_projectId < _nextProjectId),
            "Project ID does not exist"
        );
    }
    function _onlyUnlocked(uint256 _projectId) internal view {
        // Note: calling `_projectUnlocked` enforces that the `_projectId`
        //       passed in is valid.`
        require(_projectUnlocked(_projectId), "Only if unlocked");
    }
    function _onlyAdminACL(bytes4 _selector) internal {
        require(
            adminACLAllowed(msg.sender, address(this), _selector),
            "Only Admin ACL allowed"
        );
    }
    function _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
        uint256 _projectId,
        bytes4 _selector
    ) internal {
        require(
            msg.sender == projectIdToFinancials[_projectId].artistAddress ||
                adminACLAllowed(msg.sender, address(this), _selector),
            "Only artist or Admin ACL allowed"
        );
    }
    /**
     * This modifier allows the artist of a project to call a function if the
     * owner of the contract has renounced ownership. This is to allow the
     * contract to continue to function if the owner decides to renounce
     * ownership.
     */
    function _onlyAdminACLOrRenouncedArtist(
        uint256 _projectId,
        bytes4 _selector
    ) internal {
        require(
            adminACLAllowed(msg.sender, address(this), _selector) ||
                (owner() == address(0) &&
                    msg.sender ==
                    projectIdToFinancials[_projectId].artistAddress),
            "Only Admin ACL allowed, or artist if owner has renounced"
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Initializes contract.
     * @param _tokenName Name of token.
     * @param _tokenSymbol Token symbol.
     * @param _randomizerContract Randomizer contract.
     * @param _adminACLContract Address of admin access control contract, to be
     * set as contract owner.
     * @param _startingProjectId The initial next project ID.
     * @param _autoApproveArtistSplitProposals Whether or not to always
     * auto-approve proposed artist split updates.
     * @dev _startingProjectId should be set to a value much, much less than
     * max(uint248), but an explicit input type of `uint248` is used as it is
     * safer to cast up to `uint256` than it is to cast down for the purposes
     * of setting `_nextProjectId`.
     */
    constructor(
        string memory _tokenName,
        string memory _tokenSymbol,
        address _renderProviderAddress,
        address _platformProviderAddress,
        address _randomizerContract,
        address _adminACLContract,
        uint248 _startingProjectId,
        bool _autoApproveArtistSplitProposals,
        address _engineRegistryContract
    ) ERC721_PackedHashSeed(_tokenName, _tokenSymbol) {
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_renderProviderAddress);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_platformProviderAddress);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_randomizerContract);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_adminACLContract);
        // setup immutable `autoApproveArtistSplitProposals` config
        autoApproveArtistSplitProposals = _autoApproveArtistSplitProposals;
        // record contracts starting project ID
        // casting-up is safe
        startingProjectId = uint256(_startingProjectId);
        _updateProviderSalesAddresses(
            _renderProviderAddress,
            _renderProviderAddress,
            _platformProviderAddress,
            _platformProviderAddress
        );
        _updateRandomizerAddress(_randomizerContract);
        // set AdminACL management contract as owner
        _transferOwnership(_adminACLContract);
        // initialize default base URI
        _updateDefaultBaseURI(
            string.concat(
                "https://token.artblocks.io/",
                toHexString(address(this)),
                "/"
            )
        );
        // initialize next project ID
        _nextProjectId = _startingProjectId;
        emit PlatformUpdated(FIELD_NEXT_PROJECT_ID);
        // register contract as an Engine contract
        IEngineRegistryV0(_engineRegistryContract).registerContract(
            address(this),
            CORE_VERSION,
            CORE_TYPE
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates preferredIPFSGateway to `_gateway`.
     */
    function updateIPFSGateway(string calldata _gateway) public {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.updateIPFSGateway.selector);
        preferredIPFSGateway = _gateway;
        emit GatewayUpdated(ExternalAssetDependencyType.IPFS, _gateway);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates preferredArweaveGateway to `_gateway`.
     */
    function updateArweaveGateway(string calldata _gateway) public {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.updateArweaveGateway.selector);
        preferredArweaveGateway = _gateway;
        emit GatewayUpdated(ExternalAssetDependencyType.ARWEAVE, _gateway);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Locks external asset dependencies for project `_projectId`.
     */
    function lockProjectExternalAssetDependencies(uint256 _projectId) external {
        _onlyUnlockedProjectExternalAssetDependencies(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.lockProjectExternalAssetDependencies.selector
        );
        projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependenciesLocked = true;
        emit ProjectExternalAssetDependenciesLocked(_projectId);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates external asset dependency for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be updated.
     * @param _index Asset index.
     * @param _cidOrData Asset cid (Content identifier) or data string to be translated into bytecode.
     * @param _dependencyType Asset dependency type.
     *  0 - IPFS
     *  1 - ARWEAVE
     *  2 - ONCHAIN
     */
    function updateProjectExternalAssetDependency(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _index,
        string memory _cidOrData,
        ExternalAssetDependencyType _dependencyType
    ) external {
        _onlyUnlockedProjectExternalAssetDependencies(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.updateProjectExternalAssetDependency.selector
        );
        uint24 assetCount = projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependencyCount;
        require(_index < assetCount, "Asset index out of range");
        ExternalAssetDependency storage _oldDependency = projects[_projectId]
            .externalAssetDependencies[_index];
        ExternalAssetDependencyType _oldDependencyType = _oldDependency
            .dependencyType;
        projects[_projectId]
            .externalAssetDependencies[_index]
            .dependencyType = _dependencyType;
        // if the incoming dependency type is onchain, we need to write the data to bytecode
        if (_dependencyType == ExternalAssetDependencyType.ONCHAIN) {
            if (_oldDependencyType != ExternalAssetDependencyType.ONCHAIN) {
                // we only need to set the cid to an empty string if we are replacing an offchain asset
                // an onchain asset will already have an empty cid
                projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependencies[_index].cid = "";
            }
            projects[_projectId]
                .externalAssetDependencies[_index]
                .bytecodeAddress = _cidOrData.writeToBytecode();
            // we don't want to emit data, so we emit the cid as an empty string
            _cidOrData = "";
        } else {
            projects[_projectId]
                .externalAssetDependencies[_index]
                .cid = _cidOrData;
        }
        emit ExternalAssetDependencyUpdated(
            _projectId,
            _index,
            _cidOrData,
            _dependencyType,
            assetCount
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Removes external asset dependency for project `_projectId` at index `_index`.
     * Removal is done by swapping the element to be removed with the last element in the array, then deleting this last element.
     * Assets with indices higher than `_index` can have their indices adjusted as a result of this operation.
     * @param _projectId Project to be updated.
     * @param _index Asset index
     */
    function removeProjectExternalAssetDependency(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _index
    ) external {
        _onlyUnlockedProjectExternalAssetDependencies(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.removeProjectExternalAssetDependency.selector
        );
        uint24 assetCount = projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependencyCount;
        require(_index < assetCount, "Asset index out of range");
        uint24 lastElementIndex = assetCount - 1;
        // copy last element to index of element to be removed
        projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependencies[_index] = projects[
            _projectId
        ].externalAssetDependencies[lastElementIndex];
        delete projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependencies[lastElementIndex];
        projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependencyCount = lastElementIndex;
        emit ExternalAssetDependencyRemoved(_projectId, _index);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Adds external asset dependency for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be updated.
     * @param _cidOrData Asset cid (Content identifier) or data string to be translated into bytecode.
     * @param _dependencyType Asset dependency type.
     *  0 - IPFS
     *  1 - ARWEAVE
     *  2 - ONCHAIN
     */
    function addProjectExternalAssetDependency(
        uint256 _projectId,
        string memory _cidOrData,
        ExternalAssetDependencyType _dependencyType
    ) external {
        _onlyUnlockedProjectExternalAssetDependencies(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.addProjectExternalAssetDependency.selector
        );
        uint24 assetCount = projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependencyCount;
        address _bytecodeAddress = address(0);
        // if the incoming dependency type is onchain, we need to write the data to bytecode
        if (_dependencyType == ExternalAssetDependencyType.ONCHAIN) {
            _bytecodeAddress = _cidOrData.writeToBytecode();
            // we don't want to emit data, so we emit the cid as an empty string
            _cidOrData = "";
        }
        ExternalAssetDependency memory asset = ExternalAssetDependency({
            cid: _cidOrData,
            dependencyType: _dependencyType,
            bytecodeAddress: _bytecodeAddress
        });
        projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependencies[assetCount] = asset;
        projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependencyCount = assetCount + 1;
        emit ExternalAssetDependencyUpdated(
            _projectId,
            assetCount,
            _cidOrData,
            _dependencyType,
            assetCount + 1
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Mints a token from project `_projectId` and sets the
     * token's owner to `_to`. Hash may or may not be assigned to the token
     * during the mint transaction, depending on the randomizer contract.
     * @param _to Address to be the minted token's owner.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to mint a token on.
     * @param _by Purchaser of minted token.
     * @return _tokenId The ID of the minted token.
     * @dev sender must be the allowed minterContract
     * @dev name of function is optimized for gas usage
     */
    function mint_Ecf(
        address _to,
        uint256 _projectId,
        address _by
    ) external returns (uint256 _tokenId) {
        // CHECKS
        require(msg.sender == minterContract, "Must mint from minter contract");
        Project storage project = projects[_projectId];
        // load invocations into memory
        uint24 invocationsBefore = project.invocations;
        uint24 invocationsAfter;
        unchecked {
            // invocationsBefore guaranteed <= maxInvocations <= 1_000_000,
            // 1_000_000 << max uint24, so no possible overflow
            invocationsAfter = invocationsBefore + 1;
        }
        uint24 maxInvocations = project.maxInvocations;
        require(
            invocationsBefore < maxInvocations,
            "Must not exceed max invocations"
        );
        require(
            project.active ||
                _by == projectIdToFinancials[_projectId].artistAddress,
            "Project must exist and be active"
        );
        require(
            !project.paused ||
                _by == projectIdToFinancials[_projectId].artistAddress,
            "Purchases are paused."
        );
        // EFFECTS
        // increment project's invocations
        project.invocations = invocationsAfter;
        uint256 thisTokenId;
        unchecked {
            // invocationsBefore is uint24 << max uint256. In production use,
            // _projectId * ONE_MILLION must be << max uint256, otherwise
            // tokenIdToProjectId function become invalid.
            // Therefore, no risk of overflow
            thisTokenId = (_projectId * ONE_MILLION) + invocationsBefore;
        }
        // mark project as completed if hit max invocations
        if (invocationsAfter == maxInvocations) {
            _completeProject(_projectId);
        }
        // INTERACTIONS
        _mint(_to, thisTokenId);
        // token hash is updated by the randomizer contract on V3
        randomizerContract.assignTokenHash(thisTokenId);
        // Do not need to also log `projectId` in event, as the `projectId` for
        // a given token can be derived from the `tokenId` with:
        //   projectId = tokenId / 1_000_000
        emit Mint(_to, thisTokenId);
        return thisTokenId;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Sets the hash seed for a given token ID `_tokenId`.
     * May only be called by the current randomizer contract.
     * May only be called for tokens that have not already been assigned a
     * non-zero hash.
     * @param _tokenId Token ID to set the hash for.
     * @param _hashSeed Hash seed to set for the token ID. Only last 12 bytes
     * will be used.
     * @dev gas-optimized function name because called during mint sequence
     * @dev if a separate event is required when the token hash is set, e.g.
     * for indexing purposes, it must be emitted by the randomizer. This is to
     * minimize gas when minting.
     */
    function setTokenHash_8PT(uint256 _tokenId, bytes32 _hashSeed) external {
        _onlyValidTokenId(_tokenId);
        OwnerAndHashSeed storage ownerAndHashSeed = _ownersAndHashSeeds[
            _tokenId
        ];
        require(
            msg.sender == address(randomizerContract),
            "Only randomizer may set"
        );
        require(
            ownerAndHashSeed.hashSeed == bytes12(0),
            "Token hash already set"
        );
        require(_hashSeed != bytes12(0), "No zero hash seed");
        ownerAndHashSeed.hashSeed = bytes12(_hashSeed);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Allows owner (AdminACL) to revoke ownership of the contract.
     * Note that the contract is intended to continue to function after the
     * owner renounces ownership, but no new projects will be able to be added.
     * Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the
     * owner/AdminACL contract. The same is true for any dependent contracts
     * that also integrate with the owner/AdminACL contract (e.g. potentially
     * minter suite contracts, registry contracts, etc.).
     * After renouncing ownership, artists will be in control of updates to
     * their payment addresses and splits (see modifier
     * onlyAdminACLOrRenouncedArtist`).
     * While there is no currently intended reason to call this method based on
     * typical Engine partner business practices, this method exists to allow
     * artists to continue to maintain the limited set of contract
     * functionality that exists post-project-lock in an environment in which
     * there is no longer an admin maintaining this smart contract.
     * @dev This function is intended to be called directly by the AdminACL,
     * not by an address allowed by the AdminACL contract.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public override onlyOwner {
        // broadcast that new projects are no longer allowed (if not already)
        _forbidNewProjects();
        // renounce ownership viw Ownable
        Ownable.renounceOwnership();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates reference to Art Blocks Dependency Registry contract.
     * @param _artblocksDependencyRegistryAddress Address of new Dependency
     * Registry.
     */
    function updateArtblocksDependencyRegistryAddress(
        address _artblocksDependencyRegistryAddress
    ) external {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.updateArtblocksDependencyRegistryAddress.selector);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_artblocksDependencyRegistryAddress);
        artblocksDependencyRegistryAddress = _artblocksDependencyRegistryAddress;
        emit PlatformUpdated(FIELD_ARTBLOCKS_DEPENDENCY_REGISTRY_ADDRESS);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates sales addresses for the platform and render providers to
     * the input parameters.
     * @param _renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress Address of new primary sales
     * payment address.
     * @param _renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress Address of new secondary sales
     * payment address.
     * @param _platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress Address of new primary sales
     * payment address.
     * @param _platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress Address of new secondary sales
     * payment address.
     */
    function updateProviderSalesAddresses(
        address payable _renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress,
        address payable _renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress,
        address payable _platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress,
        address payable _platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress
    ) external {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.updateProviderSalesAddresses.selector);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress);
        _updateProviderSalesAddresses(
            _renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress,
            _renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress,
            _platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress,
            _platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates the render and platform provider primary sales revenue percentage to
     * the provided inputs.
     * @param renderProviderPrimarySalesPercentage_ New primary sales revenue % for the render provider
     * @param platformProviderPrimarySalesPercentage_ New primary sales revenue % for the platform provider
     * percentage.
     */
    function updateProviderPrimarySalesPercentages(
        uint256 renderProviderPrimarySalesPercentage_,
        uint256 platformProviderPrimarySalesPercentage_
    ) external {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.updateProviderPrimarySalesPercentages.selector);
        // Validate that the sum of the proposed %s, does not exceed 100%.
        require(
            (renderProviderPrimarySalesPercentage_ +
                platformProviderPrimarySalesPercentage_) <= ONE_HUNDRED,
            "Max sum of ONE_HUNDRED %"
        );
        // Casting to `uint8` here is safe due check above, which does not allow
        // overflow as of solidity version ^0.8.0.
        _renderProviderPrimarySalesPercentage = uint8(
            renderProviderPrimarySalesPercentage_
        );
        _platformProviderPrimarySalesPercentage = uint8(
            platformProviderPrimarySalesPercentage_
        );
        emit PlatformUpdated(FIELD_PROVIDER_PRIMARY_SALES_PERCENTAGES);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates render and platform provider secondary sales royalty Basis Points to
     * the provided inputs.
     * @param _renderProviderSecondarySalesBPS New secondary sales royalty Basis
     * points.
     * @param _platformProviderSecondarySalesBPS New secondary sales royalty Basis
     * points.
     * @dev Due to secondary royalties being ultimately enforced via social
     * consensus, no hard upper limit is imposed on the BPS value, other than
     * <= 100% royalty, which would not make mathematical sense. Realistically,
     * changing this value is expected to either never occur, or be a rare
     * occurrence.
     */
    function updateProviderSecondarySalesBPS(
        uint256 _renderProviderSecondarySalesBPS,
        uint256 _platformProviderSecondarySalesBPS
    ) external {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.updateProviderSecondarySalesBPS.selector);
        // Validate that the sum of the proposed provider BPS, does not exceed 10_000 BPS.
        require(
            (_renderProviderSecondarySalesBPS +
                _platformProviderSecondarySalesBPS) <=
                MAX_PROVIDER_SECONDARY_SALES_BPS,
            "Over max sum of BPS"
        );
        renderProviderSecondarySalesBPS = _renderProviderSecondarySalesBPS;
        platformProviderSecondarySalesBPS = _platformProviderSecondarySalesBPS;
        emit PlatformUpdated(FIELD_PROVIDER_SECONDARY_SALES_BPS);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates minter to `_address`.
     * @param _address Address of new minter.
     */
    function updateMinterContract(address _address) external {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.updateMinterContract.selector);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_address);
        minterContract = _address;
        emit MinterUpdated(_address);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates randomizer to `_randomizerAddress`.
     * @param _randomizerAddress Address of new randomizer.
     */
    function updateRandomizerAddress(address _randomizerAddress) external {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.updateRandomizerAddress.selector);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_randomizerAddress);
        _updateRandomizerAddress(_randomizerAddress);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Toggles project `_projectId` as active/inactive.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be toggled.
     */
    function toggleProjectIsActive(uint256 _projectId) external {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.toggleProjectIsActive.selector);
        _onlyValidProjectId(_projectId);
        projects[_projectId].active = !projects[_projectId].active;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_ACTIVE);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Artist proposes updated set of artist address, additional payee
     * addresses, and percentage splits for project `_projectId`. Addresses and
     * percentages do not have to all be changed, but they must all be defined
     * as a complete set.
     * Note that if the artist is only proposing a change to the payee percentage
     * splits, without modifying the payee addresses, the proposal will be
     * automatically approved and the new splits will become active immediately.
     * Automatic approval will also be granted if the artist is only removing
     * additional payee addresses, without adding any new ones.
     * Also note that if `autoApproveArtistSplitProposals` is true, proposals
     * will always be auto-approved, regardless of what is being changed.
     * Also note that if the artist is proposing sending funds to the zero
     * address, this function will revert and the proposal will not be created.
     * @param _projectId Project ID.
     * @param _artistAddress Artist address that controls the project, and may
     * receive payments.
     * @param _additionalPayeePrimarySales Address that may receive a
     * percentage split of the artist's primary sales revenue.
     * @param _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage Percent of artist's
     * portion of primary sale revenue that will be split to address
     * `_additionalPayeePrimarySales`.
     * @param _additionalPayeeSecondarySales Address that may receive a percentage
     * split of the secondary sales royalties.
     * @param _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage Percent of artist's portion
     * of secondary sale royalties that will be split to address
     * `_additionalPayeeSecondarySales`.
     * @dev `_artistAddress` must be a valid address (non-zero-address), but it
     * is intentionally allowable for `_additionalPayee{Primary,Secondaary}Sales`
     * and their associated percentages to be zero'd out by the controlling artist.
     */
    function proposeArtistPaymentAddressesAndSplits(
        uint256 _projectId,
        address payable _artistAddress,
        address payable _additionalPayeePrimarySales,
        uint256 _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage,
        address payable _additionalPayeeSecondarySales,
        uint256 _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage
    ) external {
        _onlyValidProjectId(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.proposeArtistPaymentAddressesAndSplits.selector
        );
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_artistAddress);
        ProjectFinance storage projectFinance = projectIdToFinancials[
            _projectId
        ];
        // checks
        require(
            _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage <= ONE_HUNDRED &&
                _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage <= ONE_HUNDRED,
            "Max of 100%"
        );
        require(
            _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage == 0 ||
                _additionalPayeePrimarySales != address(0),
            "Primary payee is zero address"
        );
        require(
            _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage == 0 ||
                _additionalPayeeSecondarySales != address(0),
            "Secondary payee is zero address"
        );
        // effects
        // emit event for off-chain indexing
        // note: always emit a proposal event, even in the pathway of
        // automatic approval, to simplify indexing expectations
        emit ProposedArtistAddressesAndSplits(
            _projectId,
            _artistAddress,
            _additionalPayeePrimarySales,
            _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage,
            _additionalPayeeSecondarySales,
            _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage
        );
        // automatically accept if no proposed addresses modifications, or if
        // the proposal only removes payee addresses, or if contract is set to
        // always auto-approve.
        // store proposal hash on-chain, only if not automatic accept
        bool automaticAccept = autoApproveArtistSplitProposals;
        if (!automaticAccept) {
            // block scope to avoid stack too deep error
            bool artistUnchanged = _artistAddress ==
                projectFinance.artistAddress;
            bool additionalPrimaryUnchangedOrRemoved = (_additionalPayeePrimarySales ==
                    projectFinance.additionalPayeePrimarySales) ||
                    (_additionalPayeePrimarySales == address(0));
            bool additionalSecondaryUnchangedOrRemoved = (_additionalPayeeSecondarySales ==
                    projectFinance.additionalPayeeSecondarySales) ||
                    (_additionalPayeeSecondarySales == address(0));
            automaticAccept =
                artistUnchanged &&
                additionalPrimaryUnchangedOrRemoved &&
                additionalSecondaryUnchangedOrRemoved;
        }
        if (automaticAccept) {
            // clear any previously proposed values
            proposedArtistAddressesAndSplitsHash[_projectId] = bytes32(0);
            // update storage
            // artist address can change during automatic accept if
            // autoApproveArtistSplitProposals is true
            projectFinance.artistAddress = _artistAddress;
            projectFinance
                .additionalPayeePrimarySales = _additionalPayeePrimarySales;
            // safe to cast as uint8 as max is 100%, max uint8 is 255
            projectFinance.additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage = uint8(
                _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage
            );
            projectFinance
                .additionalPayeeSecondarySales = _additionalPayeeSecondarySales;
            // safe to cast as uint8 as max is 100%, max uint8 is 255
            projectFinance.additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage = uint8(
                _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage
            );
            // emit event for off-chain indexing
            emit AcceptedArtistAddressesAndSplits(_projectId);
        } else {
            proposedArtistAddressesAndSplitsHash[_projectId] = keccak256(
                abi.encode(
                    _artistAddress,
                    _additionalPayeePrimarySales,
                    _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage,
                    _additionalPayeeSecondarySales,
                    _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage
                )
            );
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Admin accepts a proposed set of updated artist address,
     * additional payee addresses, and percentage splits for project
     * `_projectId`. Addresses and percentages do not have to all be changed,
     * but they must all be defined as a complete set.
     * @param _projectId Project ID.
     * @param _artistAddress Artist address that controls the project, and may
     * receive payments.
     * @param _additionalPayeePrimarySales Address that may receive a
     * percentage split of the artist's primary sales revenue.
     * @param _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage Percent of artist's
     * portion of primary sale revenue that will be split to address
     * `_additionalPayeePrimarySales`.
     * @param _additionalPayeeSecondarySales Address that may receive a percentage
     * split of the secondary sales royalties.
     * @param _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage Percent of artist's portion
     * of secondary sale royalties that will be split to address
     * `_additionalPayeeSecondarySales`.
     * @dev this must be called by the Admin ACL contract, and must only accept
     * the most recent proposed values for a given project (validated on-chain
     * by comparing the hash of the proposed and accepted values).
     * @dev `_artistAddress` must be a valid address (non-zero-address), but it
     * is intentionally allowable for `_additionalPayee{Primary,Secondaary}Sales`
     * and their associated percentages to be zero'd out by the controlling artist.
     */
    function adminAcceptArtistAddressesAndSplits(
        uint256 _projectId,
        address payable _artistAddress,
        address payable _additionalPayeePrimarySales,
        uint256 _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage,
        address payable _additionalPayeeSecondarySales,
        uint256 _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage
    ) external {
        _onlyValidProjectId(_projectId);
        _onlyAdminACLOrRenouncedArtist(
            _projectId,
            this.adminAcceptArtistAddressesAndSplits.selector
        );
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_artistAddress);
        // checks
        require(
            proposedArtistAddressesAndSplitsHash[_projectId] ==
                keccak256(
                    abi.encode(
                        _artistAddress,
                        _additionalPayeePrimarySales,
                        _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage,
                        _additionalPayeeSecondarySales,
                        _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage
                    )
                ),
            "Must match artist proposal"
        );
        // effects
        ProjectFinance storage projectFinance = projectIdToFinancials[
            _projectId
        ];
        projectFinance.artistAddress = _artistAddress;
        projectFinance
            .additionalPayeePrimarySales = _additionalPayeePrimarySales;
        projectFinance.additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage = uint8(
            _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage
        );
        projectFinance
            .additionalPayeeSecondarySales = _additionalPayeeSecondarySales;
        projectFinance.additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage = uint8(
            _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage
        );
        // clear proposed values
        proposedArtistAddressesAndSplitsHash[_projectId] = bytes32(0);
        // emit event for off-chain indexing
        emit AcceptedArtistAddressesAndSplits(_projectId);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates artist of project `_projectId` to `_artistAddress`.
     * This is to only be used in the event that the artist address is
     * compromised or sanctioned.
     * @param _projectId Project ID.
     * @param _artistAddress New artist address.
     */
    function updateProjectArtistAddress(
        uint256 _projectId,
        address payable _artistAddress
    ) external {
        _onlyValidProjectId(_projectId);
        _onlyAdminACLOrRenouncedArtist(
            _projectId,
            this.updateProjectArtistAddress.selector
        );
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_artistAddress);
        projectIdToFinancials[_projectId].artistAddress = _artistAddress;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_ARTIST_ADDRESS);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Toggles paused state of project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be toggled.
     */
    function toggleProjectIsPaused(uint256 _projectId) external {
        _onlyValidProjectId(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(_projectId, this.toggleProjectIsPaused.selector);
        projects[_projectId].paused = !projects[_projectId].paused;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_PAUSED);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Adds new project `_projectName` by `_artistAddress`.
     * @param _projectName Project name.
     * @param _artistAddress Artist's address.
     * @dev token price now stored on minter
     */
    function addProject(
        string memory _projectName,
        address payable _artistAddress
    ) external {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.addProject.selector);
        _onlyNonEmptyString(_projectName);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_artistAddress);
        require(!newProjectsForbidden, "New projects forbidden");
        uint256 projectId = _nextProjectId;
        projectIdToFinancials[projectId].artistAddress = _artistAddress;
        projects[projectId].name = _projectName;
        projects[projectId].paused = true;
        projects[projectId].maxInvocations = ONE_MILLION_UINT24;
        projects[projectId].projectBaseURI = defaultBaseURI;
        _nextProjectId = uint248(projectId) + 1;
        emit ProjectUpdated(projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_CREATED);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Forever forbids new projects from being added to this contract.
     */
    function forbidNewProjects() external {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.forbidNewProjects.selector);
        require(!newProjectsForbidden, "Already forbidden");
        _forbidNewProjects();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates name of project `_projectId` to be `_projectName`.
     * @param _projectId Project ID.
     * @param _projectName New project name.
     */
    function updateProjectName(
        uint256 _projectId,
        string memory _projectName
    ) external {
        _onlyUnlocked(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(_projectId, this.updateProjectName.selector);
        _onlyNonEmptyString(_projectName);
        projects[_projectId].name = _projectName;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_NAME);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates artist name for project `_projectId` to be
     * `_projectArtistName`.
     * @param _projectId Project ID.
     * @param _projectArtistName New artist name.
     */
    function updateProjectArtistName(
        uint256 _projectId,
        string memory _projectArtistName
    ) external {
        _onlyUnlocked(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.updateProjectArtistName.selector
        );
        _onlyNonEmptyString(_projectArtistName);
        projects[_projectId].artist = _projectArtistName;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_ARTIST_NAME);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates artist secondary market royalties for project
     * `_projectId` to be `_secondMarketRoyalty` percent.
     * This DOES NOT include the secondary market royalty percentages collected
     * by the issuing platform; it is only the total percentage of royalties
     * that will be split to artist and additionalSecondaryPayee.
     * @param _projectId Project ID.
     * @param _secondMarketRoyalty Percent of secondary sales revenue that will
     * be split to artist and additionalSecondaryPayee. This must be less than
     * or equal to ARTIST_MAX_SECONDARY_ROYALTY_PERCENTAGE percent.
     */
    function updateProjectSecondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _secondMarketRoyalty
    ) external {
        _onlyValidProjectId(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.updateProjectSecondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage.selector
        );
        require(
            _secondMarketRoyalty <= ARTIST_MAX_SECONDARY_ROYALTY_PERCENTAGE,
            "Over max percent"
        );
        projectIdToFinancials[_projectId]
            .secondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage = uint8(_secondMarketRoyalty);
        emit ProjectUpdated(
            _projectId,
            FIELD_PROJECT_SECONDARY_MARKET_ROYALTY_PERCENTAGE
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates description of project `_projectId`.
     * Only artist may call when unlocked, only admin may call when locked.
     * @param _projectId Project ID.
     * @param _projectDescription New project description.
     */
    function updateProjectDescription(
        uint256 _projectId,
        string memory _projectDescription
    ) external {
        // checks
        require(
            _projectUnlocked(_projectId)
                ? msg.sender == projectIdToFinancials[_projectId].artistAddress
                : adminACLAllowed(
                    msg.sender,
                    address(this),
                    this.updateProjectDescription.selector
                ),
            "Only artist when unlocked, owner when locked"
        );
        // effects
        projects[_projectId].description = _projectDescription;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_DESCRIPTION);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates website of project `_projectId` to be `_projectWebsite`.
     * @param _projectId Project ID.
     * @param _projectWebsite New project website.
     * @dev It is intentionally allowed for this to be set to the empty string.
     */
    function updateProjectWebsite(
        uint256 _projectId,
        string memory _projectWebsite
    ) external {
        _onlyValidProjectId(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(_projectId, this.updateProjectWebsite.selector);
        projects[_projectId].website = _projectWebsite;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_WEBSITE);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates license for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project ID.
     * @param _projectLicense New project license.
     */
    function updateProjectLicense(
        uint256 _projectId,
        string memory _projectLicense
    ) external {
        _onlyUnlocked(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(_projectId, this.updateProjectLicense.selector);
        _onlyNonEmptyString(_projectLicense);
        projects[_projectId].license = _projectLicense;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_LICENSE);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates maximum invocations for project `_projectId` to
     * `_maxInvocations`. Maximum invocations may only be decreased by the
     * artist, and must be greater than or equal to current invocations.
     * New projects are created with maximum invocations of 1 million by
     * default.
     * @param _projectId Project ID.
     * @param _maxInvocations New maximum invocations.
     */
    function updateProjectMaxInvocations(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint24 _maxInvocations
    ) external {
        _onlyValidProjectId(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.updateProjectMaxInvocations.selector
        );
        // CHECKS
        Project storage project = projects[_projectId];
        uint256 _invocations = project.invocations;
        require(
            (_maxInvocations < project.maxInvocations),
            "Only maxInvocations decrease"
        );
        require(_maxInvocations >= _invocations, "Only gte invocations");
        // EFFECTS
        project.maxInvocations = _maxInvocations;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_MAX_INVOCATIONS);
        // register completed timestamp if action completed the project
        if (_maxInvocations == _invocations) {
            _completeProject(_projectId);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Adds a script to project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be updated.
     * @param _script Script to be added. Required to be a non-empty string,
     * but no further validation is performed.
     */
    function addProjectScript(
        uint256 _projectId,
        string memory _script
    ) external {
        _onlyUnlocked(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(_projectId, this.addProjectScript.selector);
        _onlyNonEmptyString(_script);
        Project storage project = projects[_projectId];
        // store script in contract bytecode
        project.scriptBytecodeAddresses[project.scriptCount] = _script
            .writeToBytecode();
        project.scriptCount = project.scriptCount + 1;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_SCRIPT);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates script for project `_projectId` at script ID `_scriptId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be updated.
     * @param _scriptId Script ID to be updated.
     * @param _script The updated script value. Required to be a non-empty
     *                string, but no further validation is performed.
     */
    function updateProjectScript(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _scriptId,
        string memory _script
    ) external {
        _onlyUnlocked(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(_projectId, this.updateProjectScript.selector);
        _onlyNonEmptyString(_script);
        Project storage project = projects[_projectId];
        require(_scriptId < project.scriptCount, "scriptId out of range");
        // store script in contract bytecode, replacing reference address from
        // the contract that no longer exists with the newly created one
        project.scriptBytecodeAddresses[_scriptId] = _script.writeToBytecode();
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_SCRIPT);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Removes last script from project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be updated.
     */
    function removeProjectLastScript(uint256 _projectId) external {
        _onlyUnlocked(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.removeProjectLastScript.selector
        );
        Project storage project = projects[_projectId];
        require(project.scriptCount > 0, "No scripts to remove");
        // delete reference to contract address that no longer exists
        delete project.scriptBytecodeAddresses[project.scriptCount - 1];
        unchecked {
            project.scriptCount = project.scriptCount - 1;
        }
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_SCRIPT);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates script type for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be updated.
     * @param _scriptTypeAndVersion Script type and version e.g. "[email protected]",
     * as bytes32 encoded string.
     */
    function updateProjectScriptType(
        uint256 _projectId,
        bytes32 _scriptTypeAndVersion
    ) external {
        _onlyUnlocked(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.updateProjectScriptType.selector
        );
        Project storage project = projects[_projectId];
        // require exactly one @ symbol in _scriptTypeAndVersion
        require(
            _scriptTypeAndVersion.containsExactCharacterQty(
                AT_CHARACTER_CODE,
                uint8(1)
            ),
            "must contain exactly one @"
        );
        project.scriptTypeAndVersion = _scriptTypeAndVersion;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_SCRIPT_TYPE);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates project's aspect ratio.
     * @param _projectId Project to be updated.
     * @param _aspectRatio Aspect ratio to be set. Intended to be string in the
     * format of a decimal, e.g. "1" for square, "1.77777778" for 16:9, etc.,
     * allowing for a maximum of 10 digits and one (optional) decimal separator.
     */
    function updateProjectAspectRatio(
        uint256 _projectId,
        string memory _aspectRatio
    ) external {
        _onlyUnlocked(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.updateProjectAspectRatio.selector
        );
        _onlyNonEmptyString(_aspectRatio);
        // Perform more detailed input validation for aspect ratio.
        bytes memory aspectRatioBytes = bytes(_aspectRatio);
        uint256 bytesLength = aspectRatioBytes.length;
        require(bytesLength <= 11, "Aspect ratio format too long");
        bool hasSeenDecimalSeparator = false;
        bool hasSeenNumber = false;
        for (uint256 i; i < bytesLength; i++) {
            bytes1 character = aspectRatioBytes[i];
            // Allow as many #s as desired.
            if (character >= 0x30 && character <= 0x39) {
                // 9-0
                // We need to ensure there is at least 1 `9-0` occurrence.
                hasSeenNumber = true;
                continue;
            }
            if (character == 0x2E) {
                // .
                // Allow no more than 1 `.` occurrence.
                if (!hasSeenDecimalSeparator) {
                    hasSeenDecimalSeparator = true;
                    continue;
                }
            }
            revert("Improperly formatted aspect ratio");
        }
        require(hasSeenNumber, "Aspect ratio has no numbers");
        projects[_projectId].aspectRatio = _aspectRatio;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_ASPECT_RATIO);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates base URI for project `_projectId` to `_newBaseURI`.
     * This is the controlling base URI for all tokens in the project. The
     * contract-level defaultBaseURI is only used when initializing new
     * projects.
     * @param _projectId Project to be updated.
     * @param _newBaseURI New base URI.
     */
    function updateProjectBaseURI(
        uint256 _projectId,
        string memory _newBaseURI
    ) external {
        _onlyValidProjectId(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(_projectId, this.updateProjectBaseURI.selector);
        _onlyNonEmptyString(_newBaseURI);
        projects[_projectId].projectBaseURI = _newBaseURI;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_BASE_URI);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates default base URI to `_defaultBaseURI`. The
     * contract-level defaultBaseURI is only used when initializing new
     * projects. Token URIs are determined by their project's `projectBaseURI`.
     * @param _defaultBaseURI New default base URI.
     */
    function updateDefaultBaseURI(string memory _defaultBaseURI) external {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.updateDefaultBaseURI.selector);
        _onlyNonEmptyString(_defaultBaseURI);
        _updateDefaultBaseURI(_defaultBaseURI);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Next project ID to be created on this contract.
     * @return uint256 Next project ID.
     */
    function nextProjectId() external view returns (uint256) {
        return _nextProjectId;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns token hash for token ID `_tokenId`. Returns null if hash
     * has not been set.
     * @param _tokenId Token ID to be queried.
     * @return bytes32 Token hash.
     * @dev token hash is the keccak256 hash of the stored hash seed
     */
    function tokenIdToHash(uint256 _tokenId) external view returns (bytes32) {
        bytes12 _hashSeed = _ownersAndHashSeeds[_tokenId].hashSeed;
        if (_hashSeed == 0) {
            return 0;
        }
        return keccak256(abi.encode(_hashSeed));
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns token hash **seed** for token ID `_tokenId`. Returns
     * null if hash seed has not been set. The hash seed id the bytes12 value
     * which is hashed to produce the token hash.
     * @param _tokenId Token ID to be queried.
     * @return bytes12 Token hash seed.
     * @dev token hash seed is keccak256 hashed to give the token hash
     */
    function tokenIdToHashSeed(
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) external view returns (bytes12) {
        return _ownersAndHashSeeds[_tokenId].hashSeed;
    }
    /**
     * @notice View function returning the render provider portion of
     * primary sales, in percent.
     * @return uint256 The render provider portion of primary sales,
     * in percent.
     */
    function renderProviderPrimarySalesPercentage()
        external
        view
        returns (uint256)
    {
        return _renderProviderPrimarySalesPercentage;
    }
    /**
     * @notice View function returning the platform provider portion of
     * primary sales, in percent.
     * @return uint256 The platform provider portion of primary sales,
     * in percent.
     */
    function platformProviderPrimarySalesPercentage()
        external
        view
        returns (uint256)
    {
        return _platformProviderPrimarySalesPercentage;
    }
    /**
     * @notice View function returning Artist's address for project
     * `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be queried.
     * @return address Artist's address.
     */
    function projectIdToArtistAddress(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (address payable) {
        return projectIdToFinancials[_projectId].artistAddress;
    }
    /**
     * @notice View function returning Artist's secondary market royalty
     * percentage for project `_projectId`.
     * This does not include render/platform providers portions of secondary
     * market royalties.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be queried.
     * @return uint256 Artist's secondary market royalty percentage.
     */
    function projectIdToSecondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (uint256) {
        return
            projectIdToFinancials[_projectId].secondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage;
    }
    /**
     * @notice View function returning Artist's additional payee address for
     * primary sales, for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be queried.
     * @return address Artist's additional payee address for primary sales.
     */
    function projectIdToAdditionalPayeePrimarySales(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (address payable) {
        return projectIdToFinancials[_projectId].additionalPayeePrimarySales;
    }
    /**
     * @notice View function returning Artist's additional payee primary sales
     * percentage, for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be queried.
     * @return uint256 Artist's additional payee primary sales percentage.
     */
    function projectIdToAdditionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (uint256) {
        return
            projectIdToFinancials[_projectId]
                .additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage;
    }
    /**
     * @notice View function returning Artist's additional payee address for
     * secondary sales, for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be queried.
     * @return address payable Artist's additional payee address for secondary
     * sales.
     */
    function projectIdToAdditionalPayeeSecondarySales(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (address payable) {
        return projectIdToFinancials[_projectId].additionalPayeeSecondarySales;
    }
    /**
     * @notice View function returning Artist's additional payee secondary
     * sales percentage, for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be queried.
     * @return uint256 Artist's additional payee secondary sales percentage.
     */
    function projectIdToAdditionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (uint256) {
        return
            projectIdToFinancials[_projectId]
                .additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns project details for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be queried.
     * @return projectName Name of project
     * @return artist Artist of project
     * @return description Project description
     * @return website Project website
     * @return license Project license
     * @dev this function was named projectDetails prior to V3 core contract.
     */
    function projectDetails(
        uint256 _projectId
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            string memory projectName,
            string memory artist,
            string memory description,
            string memory website,
            string memory license
        )
    {
        Project storage project = projects[_projectId];
        projectName = project.name;
        artist = project.artist;
        description = project.description;
        website = project.website;
        license = project.license;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns project state data for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be queried
     * @return invocations Current number of invocations
     * @return maxInvocations Maximum allowed invocations
     * @return active Boolean representing if project is currently active
     * @return paused Boolean representing if project is paused
     * @return completedTimestamp zero if project not complete, otherwise
     * timestamp of project completion.
     * @return locked Boolean representing if project is locked
     * @dev price and currency info are located on minter contracts
     */
    function projectStateData(
        uint256 _projectId
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint256 invocations,
            uint256 maxInvocations,
            bool active,
            bool paused,
            uint256 completedTimestamp,
            bool locked
        )
    {
        Project storage project = projects[_projectId];
        invocations = project.invocations;
        maxInvocations = project.maxInvocations;
        active = project.active;
        paused = project.paused;
        completedTimestamp = project.completedTimestamp;
        locked = !_projectUnlocked(_projectId);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns artist payment information for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be queried
     * @return artistAddress Project Artist's address
     * @return additionalPayeePrimarySales Additional payee address for primary
     * sales
     * @return additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage Percentage of artist revenue
     * to be sent to the additional payee address for primary sales
     * @return additionalPayeeSecondarySales Additional payee address for secondary
     * sales royalties
     * @return additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage Percentage of artist revenue
     * to be sent to the additional payee address for secondary sales royalties
     * @return secondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage Royalty percentage to be sent to
     * combination of artist and additional payee. This does not include the
     * platform's percentage of secondary sales royalties, which is defined as
     * the sum of `renderProviderSecondarySalesBPS`
     * and `platformProviderSecondarySalesBPS`.
     */
    function projectArtistPaymentInfo(
        uint256 _projectId
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            address artistAddress,
            address additionalPayeePrimarySales,
            uint256 additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage,
            address additionalPayeeSecondarySales,
            uint256 additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage,
            uint256 secondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage
        )
    {
        ProjectFinance storage projectFinance = projectIdToFinancials[
            _projectId
        ];
        artistAddress = projectFinance.artistAddress;
        additionalPayeePrimarySales = projectFinance
            .additionalPayeePrimarySales;
        additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage = projectFinance
            .additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage;
        additionalPayeeSecondarySales = projectFinance
            .additionalPayeeSecondarySales;
        additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage = projectFinance
            .additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage;
        secondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage = projectFinance
            .secondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns script information for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be queried.
     * @return scriptTypeAndVersion Project's script type and version
     * (e.g. "p5js(atSymbol)1.0.0")
     * @return aspectRatio Aspect ratio of project (e.g. "1" for square,
     * "1.77777778" for 16:9, etc.)
     * @return scriptCount Count of scripts for project
     */
    function projectScriptDetails(
        uint256 _projectId
    )
        external
        view
        override(IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Base, IDependencyRegistryCompatibleV0)
        returns (
            string memory scriptTypeAndVersion,
            string memory aspectRatio,
            uint256 scriptCount
        )
    {
        Project storage project = projects[_projectId];
        scriptTypeAndVersion = project.scriptTypeAndVersion.toString();
        aspectRatio = project.aspectRatio;
        scriptCount = project.scriptCount;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns address with bytecode containing project script for
     * project `_projectId` at script index `_index`.
     */
    function projectScriptBytecodeAddressByIndex(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _index
    ) external view returns (address) {
        return projects[_projectId].scriptBytecodeAddresses[_index];
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns script for project `_projectId` at script index `_index`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be queried.
     * @param _index Index of script to be queried.
     */
    function projectScriptByIndex(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _index
    ) external view returns (string memory) {
        Project storage project = projects[_projectId];
        // If trying to access an out-of-index script, return the empty string.
        if (_index >= project.scriptCount) {
            return "";
        }
        return project.scriptBytecodeAddresses[_index].readFromBytecode();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns base URI for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be queried.
     * @return projectBaseURI Base URI for project
     */
    function projectURIInfo(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (string memory projectBaseURI) {
        projectBaseURI = projects[_projectId].projectBaseURI;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Backwards-compatible (pre-V3) function returning if `_minter` is
     * minterContract.
     * @param _minter Address to be queried.
     * @return bool Boolean representing if `_minter` is minterContract.
     */
    function isMintWhitelisted(address _minter) external view returns (bool) {
        return (minterContract == _minter);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Gets qty of randomizers in history of all randomizers used by
     * this core contract. If a randomizer is switched away from then back to,
     * it will show up in the history twice.
     * @return randomizerHistoryCount Count of randomizers in history
     */
    function numHistoricalRandomizers() external view returns (uint256) {
        return _historicalRandomizerAddresses.length;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Gets address of randomizer at index `_index` in history of all
     * randomizers used by this core contract. Index is zero-based.
     * @param _index Historical index of randomizer to be queried.
     * @return randomizerAddress Address of randomizer at index `_index`.
     * @dev If a randomizer is switched away from and then switched back to, it
     * will show up in the history twice.
     */
    function getHistoricalRandomizerAt(
        uint256 _index
    ) external view returns (address) {
        require(
            _index < _historicalRandomizerAddresses.length,
            "Index out of bounds"
        );
        return _historicalRandomizerAddresses[_index];
    }
    /**
     * @notice Gets royalty Basis Points (BPS) for token ID `_tokenId`.
     * This conforms to the IManifold interface designated in the Royalty
     * Registry's RoyaltyEngineV1.sol contract.
     * ref: https://github.com/manifoldxyz/royalty-registry-solidity
     * @param _tokenId Token ID to be queried.
     * @return recipients Array of royalty payment recipients
     * @return bps Array of Basis Points (BPS) allocated to each recipient,
     * aligned by index.
     * @dev reverts if invalid _tokenId
     * @dev only returns recipients that have a non-zero BPS allocation
     */
    function getRoyalties(
        uint256 _tokenId
    )
        external
        view
        returns (address payable[] memory recipients, uint256[] memory bps)
    {
        _onlyValidTokenId(_tokenId);
        // initialize arrays with maximum potential length
        recipients = new address payable[](4);
        bps = new uint256[](4);
        uint256 projectId = tokenIdToProjectId(_tokenId);
        ProjectFinance storage projectFinance = projectIdToFinancials[
            projectId
        ];
        // load values into memory
        uint256 royaltyPercentageForArtistAndAdditional = projectFinance
            .secondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage;
        uint256 additionalPayeePercentage = projectFinance
            .additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage;
        // calculate BPS = percentage * 100
        uint256 artistBPS = (ONE_HUNDRED - additionalPayeePercentage) *
            royaltyPercentageForArtistAndAdditional;
        uint256 additionalBPS = additionalPayeePercentage *
            royaltyPercentageForArtistAndAdditional;
        uint256 renderProviderBPS = renderProviderSecondarySalesBPS;
        uint256 platformProviderBPS = platformProviderSecondarySalesBPS;
        // populate arrays
        uint256 payeeCount;
        if (artistBPS > 0) {
            recipients[payeeCount] = projectFinance.artistAddress;
            bps[payeeCount++] = artistBPS;
        }
        if (additionalBPS > 0) {
            recipients[payeeCount] = projectFinance
                .additionalPayeeSecondarySales;
            bps[payeeCount++] = additionalBPS;
        }
        if (renderProviderBPS > 0) {
            recipients[payeeCount] = renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress;
            bps[payeeCount++] = renderProviderBPS;
        }
        if (platformProviderBPS > 0) {
            recipients[payeeCount] = platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress;
            bps[payeeCount++] = platformProviderBPS;
        }
        // trim arrays if necessary
        if (4 > payeeCount) {
            assembly {
                let decrease := sub(4, payeeCount)
                mstore(recipients, sub(mload(recipients), decrease))
                mstore(bps, sub(mload(bps), decrease))
            }
        }
        return (recipients, bps);
    }
    /**
     * @notice View function that returns appropriate revenue splits between
     * different render provider, platform provider, Artist, and Artist's
     * additional primary sales payee given a sale price of `_price` on
     * project `_projectId`.
     * This always returns four revenue amounts and four addresses, but if a
     * revenue is zero for either Artist or additional payee, the corresponding
     * address returned will also be null (for gas optimization).
     * Does not account for refund if user overpays for a token (minter should
     * handle a refund of the difference, if appropriate).
     * Some minters may have alternative methods of splitting payments, in
     * which case they should implement their own payment splitting logic.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be queried.
     * @param _price Sale price of token.
     * @return renderProviderRevenue_ amount of revenue to be sent to the
     * render provider
     * @return renderProviderAddress_ address to send render provider revenue to
     * @return platformProviderRevenue_ amount of revenue to be sent to the
     * platform provider
     * @return platformProviderAddress_ address to send platform provider revenue to
     * @return artistRevenue_ amount of revenue to be sent to Artist
     * @return artistAddress_ address to send Artist revenue to. Will be null
     * if no revenue is due to artist (gas optimization).
     * @return additionalPayeePrimaryRevenue_ amount of revenue to be sent to
     * additional payee for primary sales
     * @return additionalPayeePrimaryAddress_ address to send Artist's
     * additional payee for primary sales revenue to. Will be null if no
     * revenue is due to additional payee for primary sales (gas optimization).
     * @dev this always returns four addresses and four revenues, but if the
     * revenue is zero, the corresponding address will be address(0). It is up
     * to the contract performing the revenue split to handle this
     * appropriately.
     */
    function getPrimaryRevenueSplits(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _price
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint256 renderProviderRevenue_,
            address payable renderProviderAddress_,
            uint256 platformProviderRevenue_,
            address payable platformProviderAddress_,
            uint256 artistRevenue_,
            address payable artistAddress_,
            uint256 additionalPayeePrimaryRevenue_,
            address payable additionalPayeePrimaryAddress_
        )
    {
        ProjectFinance storage projectFinance = projectIdToFinancials[
            _projectId
        ];
        // calculate revenues – this is a three-way split between the
        // render provider, the platform provider, and the artist, and
        // is safe to perform this given that in the case of loss of
        // precision Solidity will round down.
        uint256 projectFunds = _price;
        renderProviderRevenue_ =
            (_price * uint256(_renderProviderPrimarySalesPercentage)) /
            ONE_HUNDRED;
        // renderProviderRevenue_ percentage is always <=100, so guaranteed to never underflow
        projectFunds -= renderProviderRevenue_;
        platformProviderRevenue_ =
            (_price * uint256(_platformProviderPrimarySalesPercentage)) /
            ONE_HUNDRED;
        // platformProviderRevenue_ percentage is always <=100, so guaranteed to never underflow
        projectFunds -= platformProviderRevenue_;
        additionalPayeePrimaryRevenue_ =
            (projectFunds *
                projectFinance.additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage) /
            ONE_HUNDRED;
        // projectIdToAdditionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage is always
        // <=100, so guaranteed to never underflow
        artistRevenue_ = projectFunds - additionalPayeePrimaryRevenue_;
        // set addresses from storage
        renderProviderAddress_ = renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress;
        platformProviderAddress_ = platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress;
        if (artistRevenue_ > 0) {
            artistAddress_ = projectFinance.artistAddress;
        }
        if (additionalPayeePrimaryRevenue_ > 0) {
            additionalPayeePrimaryAddress_ = projectFinance
                .additionalPayeePrimarySales;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns external asset dependency for project `_projectId` at index `_index`.
     * If the dependencyType is ONCHAIN, the `data` field will contain the extrated bytecode data and `cid`
     * will be an empty string. Conversly, for any other dependencyType, the `data` field will be an empty string
     * and the `bytecodeAddress` will point to the zero address.
     */
    function projectExternalAssetDependencyByIndex(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _index
    ) external view returns (ExternalAssetDependencyWithData memory) {
        ExternalAssetDependency storage _dependency = projects[_projectId]
            .externalAssetDependencies[_index];
        address _bytecodeAddress = _dependency.bytecodeAddress;
        return
            ExternalAssetDependencyWithData({
                dependencyType: _dependency.dependencyType,
                cid: _dependency.cid,
                bytecodeAddress: _bytecodeAddress,
                data: (_dependency.dependencyType ==
                    ExternalAssetDependencyType.ONCHAIN)
                    ? _bytecodeAddress.readFromBytecode()
                    : ""
            });
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns external asset dependency count for project `_projectId` at index `_index`.
     */
    function projectExternalAssetDependencyCount(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependencyCount);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Backwards-compatible (pre-V3) getter returning contract admin
     * @return address Address of contract admin (same as owner)
     */
    function admin() external view returns (address) {
        return owner();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Gets the project ID for a given `_tokenId`.
     * @param _tokenId Token ID to be queried.
     * @return _projectId Project ID for given `_tokenId`.
     */
    function tokenIdToProjectId(
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) public pure returns (uint256 _projectId) {
        return _tokenId / ONE_MILLION;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Convenience function that returns whether `_sender` is allowed
     * to call function with selector `_selector` on contract `_contract`, as
     * determined by this contract's current Admin ACL contract. Expected use
     * cases include minter contracts checking if caller is allowed to call
     * admin-gated functions on minter contracts.
     * @param _sender Address of the sender calling function with selector
     * `_selector` on contract `_contract`.
     * @param _contract Address of the contract being called by `_sender`.
     * @param _selector Function selector of the function being called by
     * `_sender`.
     * @return bool Whether `_sender` is allowed to call function with selector
     * `_selector` on contract `_contract`.
     * @dev assumes the Admin ACL contract is the owner of this contract, which
     * is expected to always be true.
     * @dev adminACLContract is expected to either be null address (if owner
     * has renounced ownership), or conform to IAdminACLV0 interface. Check for
     * null address first to avoid revert when admin has renounced ownership.
     */
    function adminACLAllowed(
        address _sender,
        address _contract,
        bytes4 _selector
    ) public returns (bool) {
        return
            owner() != address(0) &&
            adminACLContract.allowed(_sender, _contract, _selector);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns contract owner. Set to deployer's address by default on
     * contract deployment.
     * @return address Address of contract owner.
     * @dev ref: https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/api/access#Ownable
     * @dev owner role was called `admin` prior to V3 core contract
     */
    function owner()
        public
        view
        override(Ownable, IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Base)
        returns (address)
    {
        return Ownable.owner();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Gets token URI for token ID `_tokenId`.
     * @param _tokenId Token ID to be queried.
     * @return string URI of token ID `_tokenId`.
     * @dev token URIs are the concatenation of the project base URI and the
     * token ID.
     */
    function tokenURI(
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) public view override returns (string memory) {
        _onlyValidTokenId(_tokenId);
        string memory _projectBaseURI = projects[tokenIdToProjectId(_tokenId)]
            .projectBaseURI;
        return string.concat(_projectBaseURI, toString(_tokenId));
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(
        bytes4 interfaceId
    ) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return
            interfaceId == type(IManifold).interfaceId ||
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Forbids new projects from being created
     * @dev only performs operation and emits event if contract is not already
     * forbidding new projects.
     */
    function _forbidNewProjects() internal {
        if (!newProjectsForbidden) {
            newProjectsForbidden = true;
            emit PlatformUpdated(FIELD_NEW_PROJECTS_FORBIDDEN);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     * @param newOwner New owner.
     * @dev owner role was called `admin` prior to V3 core contract.
     * @dev Overrides and wraps OpenZeppelin's _transferOwnership function to
     * also update adminACLContract for improved introspection.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal override {
        Ownable._transferOwnership(newOwner);
        adminACLContract = IAdminACLV0(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates sales addresses for the platform and render providers to
     * the input parameters.
     * @param _renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress Address of new primary sales
     * payment address.
     * @param _renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress Address of new secondary sales
     * payment address.
     * @param _platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress Address of new primary sales
     * payment address.
     * @param _platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress Address of new secondary sales
     * payment address.
     * @dev Note that this method does not check that the input address is
     * not `address(0)`, as it is expected that callers of this method should
     * perform input validation where applicable.
     */
    function _updateProviderSalesAddresses(
        address _renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress,
        address _renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress,
        address _platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress,
        address _platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress
    ) internal {
        platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress = payable(
            _platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress
        );
        platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress = payable(
            _platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress
        );
        renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress = payable(
            _renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress
        );
        renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress = payable(
            _renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress
        );
        emit PlatformUpdated(FIELD_PROVIDER_SALES_ADDRESSES);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates randomizer address to `_randomizerAddress`.
     * @param _randomizerAddress New randomizer address.
     * @dev Note that this method does not check that the input address is
     * not `address(0)`, as it is expected that callers of this method should
     * perform input validation where applicable.
     */
    function _updateRandomizerAddress(address _randomizerAddress) internal {
        randomizerContract = IRandomizerV2(_randomizerAddress);
        // populate historical randomizer array
        _historicalRandomizerAddresses.push(_randomizerAddress);
        emit PlatformUpdated(FIELD_RANDOMIZER_ADDRESS);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates default base URI to `_defaultBaseURI`.
     * When new projects are added, their `projectBaseURI` is automatically
     * initialized to `_defaultBaseURI`.
     * @param _defaultBaseURI New default base URI.
     * @dev Note that this method does not check that the input string is not
     * the empty string, as it is expected that callers of this method should
     * perform input validation where applicable.
     */
    function _updateDefaultBaseURI(string memory _defaultBaseURI) internal {
        defaultBaseURI = _defaultBaseURI;
        emit PlatformUpdated(FIELD_DEFAULT_BASE_URI);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Internal function to complete a project.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be completed.
     */
    function _completeProject(uint256 _projectId) internal {
        projects[_projectId].completedTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_COMPLETED);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Internal function that returns whether a project is unlocked.
     * Projects automatically lock four weeks after they are completed.
     * Projects are considered completed when they have been invoked the
     * maximum number of times.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be queried.
     * @return bool true if project is unlocked, false otherwise.
     * @dev This also enforces that the `_projectId` passed in is valid.
     */
    function _projectUnlocked(uint256 _projectId) internal view returns (bool) {
        _onlyValidProjectId(_projectId);
        uint256 projectCompletedTimestamp = projects[_projectId]
            .completedTimestamp;
        bool projectOpen = projectCompletedTimestamp == 0;
        return
            projectOpen ||
            (block.timestamp - projectCompletedTimestamp <
                FOUR_WEEKS_IN_SECONDS);
    }
    // strings library from OpenZeppelin, modified for no constants
    bytes16 private _HEX_SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    uint8 private _ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20;
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        // Inspired by OraclizeAPI's implementation - MIT licence
        // https://github.com/oraclize/ethereum-api/blob/b42146b063c7d6ee1358846c198246239e9360e8/oraclizeAPI_0.4.25.sol
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 digits;
        while (temp != 0) {
            digits++;
            temp /= 10;
        }
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(digits);
        while (value != 0) {
            digits -= 1;
            buffer[digits] = bytes1(uint8(48 + uint256(value % 10)));
            value /= 10;
        }
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(
        uint256 value,
        uint256 length
    ) internal view returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _HEX_SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(address addr) internal view returns (string memory) {
        return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), _ADDRESS_LENGTH);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
// Created By: Art Blocks Inc.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface IAdminACLV0 {
    /**
     * @notice Token ID `_tokenId` minted to `_to`.
     * @param previousSuperAdmin The previous superAdmin address.
     * @param newSuperAdmin The new superAdmin address.
     * @param genArt721CoreAddressesToUpdate Array of genArt721Core
     * addresses to update to the new superAdmin, for indexing purposes only.
     */
    event SuperAdminTransferred(
        address indexed previousSuperAdmin,
        address indexed newSuperAdmin,
        address[] genArt721CoreAddressesToUpdate
    );
    /// Type of the Admin ACL contract, e.g. "AdminACLV0"
    function AdminACLType() external view returns (string memory);
    /// super admin address
    function superAdmin() external view returns (address);
    /**
     * @notice Calls transferOwnership on other contract from this contract.
     * This is useful for updating to a new AdminACL contract.
     * @dev this function should be gated to only superAdmin-like addresses.
     */
    function transferOwnershipOn(
        address _contract,
        address _newAdminACL
    ) external;
    /**
     * @notice Calls renounceOwnership on other contract from this contract.
     * @dev this function should be gated to only superAdmin-like addresses.
     */
    function renounceOwnershipOn(address _contract) external;
    /**
     * @notice Checks if sender `_sender` is allowed to call function with selector
     * `_selector` on contract `_contract`.
     */
    function allowed(
        address _sender,
        address _contract,
        bytes4 _selector
    ) external returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
// Created By: Art Blocks Inc.
pragma solidity ^0.8.17;
interface IDependencyRegistryCompatibleV0 {
    /// Dependency registry managed by Art Blocks
    function artblocksDependencyRegistryAddress()
        external
        view
        returns (address);
    /**
     * @notice Returns script information for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be queried.
     * @return scriptTypeAndVersion Project's script type and version
     * (e.g. "p5js(atSymbol)1.0.0")
     * @return aspectRatio Aspect ratio of project (e.g. "1" for square,
     * "1.77777778" for 16:9, etc.)
     * @return scriptCount Count of scripts for project
     */
    function projectScriptDetails(
        uint256 _projectId
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            string memory scriptTypeAndVersion,
            string memory aspectRatio,
            uint256 scriptCount
        );
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
// Created By: Art Blocks Inc.
pragma solidity ^0.8.17;
interface IEngineRegistryV0 {
    /// ADDRESS
    /**
     * @notice contract has been registered as a contract that is powered by the Art Blocks Engine.
     */
    event ContractRegistered(
        address indexed _contractAddress,
        bytes32 _coreVersion,
        bytes32 _coreType
    );
    /// ADDRESS
    /**
     * @notice contract has been unregistered as a contract that is powered by the Art Blocks Engine.
     */
    event ContractUnregistered(address indexed _contractAddress);
    /**
     * @notice Emits a `ContractRegistered` event with the provided information.
     * @dev this function should be gated to only deployer addresses.
     */
    function registerContract(
        address _contractAddress,
        bytes32 _coreVersion,
        bytes32 _coreType
    ) external;
    /**
     * @notice Emits a `ContractUnregistered` event with the provided information, validating that the provided
     *         address was indeed previously registered.
     * @dev this function should be gated to only deployer addresses.
     */
    function unregisterContract(address _contractAddress) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
// Created By: Art Blocks Inc.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IAdminACLV0.sol";
/// use the Royalty Registry's IManifold interface for token royalties
import "./IManifold.sol";
/**
 * @title This interface is intended to house interface items that are common
 * across all GenArt721CoreContractV3 flagship and derivative implementations.
 * This interface extends the IManifold royalty interface in order to
 * add support the Royalty Registry by default.
 * @author Art Blocks Inc.
 */
interface IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Base is IManifold {
    /**
     * @notice Token ID `_tokenId` minted to `_to`.
     */
    event Mint(address indexed _to, uint256 indexed _tokenId);
    /**
     * @notice currentMinter updated to `_currentMinter`.
     * @dev Implemented starting with V3 core
     */
    event MinterUpdated(address indexed _currentMinter);
    /**
     * @notice Platform updated on bytes32-encoded field `_field`.
     */
    event PlatformUpdated(bytes32 indexed _field);
    /**
     * @notice Project ID `_projectId` updated on bytes32-encoded field
     * `_update`.
     */
    event ProjectUpdated(uint256 indexed _projectId, bytes32 indexed _update);
    event ProposedArtistAddressesAndSplits(
        uint256 indexed _projectId,
        address _artistAddress,
        address _additionalPayeePrimarySales,
        uint256 _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage,
        address _additionalPayeeSecondarySales,
        uint256 _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage
    );
    event AcceptedArtistAddressesAndSplits(uint256 indexed _projectId);
    // version and type of the core contract
    // coreVersion is a string of the form "0.x.y"
    function coreVersion() external view returns (string memory);
    // coreType is a string of the form "GenArt721CoreV3"
    function coreType() external view returns (string memory);
    // owner (pre-V3 was named admin) of contract
    // this is expected to be an Admin ACL contract for V3
    function owner() external view returns (address);
    // Admin ACL contract for V3, will be at the address owner()
    function adminACLContract() external returns (IAdminACLV0);
    // backwards-compatible (pre-V3) admin - equal to owner()
    function admin() external view returns (address);
    /**
     * Function determining if _sender is allowed to call function with
     * selector _selector on contract `_contract`. Intended to be used with
     * peripheral contracts such as minters, as well as internally by the
     * core contract itself.
     */
    function adminACLAllowed(
        address _sender,
        address _contract,
        bytes4 _selector
    ) external returns (bool);
    // getter function of public variable
    function nextProjectId() external view returns (uint256);
    // getter function of public mapping
    function tokenIdToProjectId(
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external view returns (uint256 projectId);
    // @dev this is not available in V0
    function isMintWhitelisted(address minter) external view returns (bool);
    function projectIdToArtistAddress(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (address payable);
    function projectIdToAdditionalPayeePrimarySales(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (address payable);
    function projectIdToAdditionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (uint256);
    function projectIdToSecondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (uint256);
    function projectURIInfo(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (string memory projectBaseURI);
    // @dev new function in V3
    function projectStateData(
        uint256 _projectId
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint256 invocations,
            uint256 maxInvocations,
            bool active,
            bool paused,
            uint256 completedTimestamp,
            bool locked
        );
    function projectDetails(
        uint256 _projectId
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            string memory projectName,
            string memory artist,
            string memory description,
            string memory website,
            string memory license
        );
    function projectScriptDetails(
        uint256 _projectId
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            string memory scriptTypeAndVersion,
            string memory aspectRatio,
            uint256 scriptCount
        );
    function projectScriptByIndex(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _index
    ) external view returns (string memory);
    function tokenIdToHash(uint256 _tokenId) external view returns (bytes32);
    // function to set a token's hash (must be guarded)
    function setTokenHash_8PT(uint256 _tokenId, bytes32 _hash) external;
    // @dev gas-optimized signature in V3 for `mint`
    function mint_Ecf(
        address _to,
        uint256 _projectId,
        address _by
    ) external returns (uint256 tokenId);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
// Created By: Art Blocks Inc.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IAdminACLV0.sol";
import "./IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Engine.sol";
/**
 * @title This interface is intended to house interface items that are common
 * across all GenArt721CoreContractV3 Engine Flex and derivative implementations.
 * @author Art Blocks Inc.
 */
interface IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Engine_Flex is
    IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Engine
{
    /**
     * @notice When an external asset dependency is updated or added, this event is emitted.
     * @param _projectId The project ID of the project that was updated.
     * @param _index The index of the external asset dependency that was updated.
     * @param _cid The content ID of the external asset dependency. This is an empty string
     * if the dependency type is ONCHAIN.
     * @param _dependencyType The type of the external asset dependency.
     * @param _externalAssetDependencyCount The number of external asset dependencies.
     */
    event ExternalAssetDependencyUpdated(
        uint256 indexed _projectId,
        uint256 indexed _index,
        string _cid,
        ExternalAssetDependencyType _dependencyType,
        uint24 _externalAssetDependencyCount
    );
    /**
     * @notice The project id `_projectId` has had an external asset dependency removed at index `_index`.
     */
    event ExternalAssetDependencyRemoved(
        uint256 indexed _projectId,
        uint256 indexed _index
    );
    /**
     * @notice The preferred gateway for dependency type `_dependencyType` has been updated to `_gatewayAddress`.
     */
    event GatewayUpdated(
        ExternalAssetDependencyType indexed _dependencyType,
        string _gatewayAddress
    );
    /**
     * @notice The project id `_projectId` has had all external asset dependencies locked.
     * @dev This is a one-way operation. Once locked, the external asset dependencies cannot be updated.
     */
    event ProjectExternalAssetDependenciesLocked(uint256 indexed _projectId);
    /**
     * @notice An external asset dependency type. Can be one of IPFS, ARWEAVE, or ONCHAIN.
     */
    enum ExternalAssetDependencyType {
        IPFS,
        ARWEAVE,
        ONCHAIN
    }
    /**
     * @notice An external asset dependency. This is a struct that contains the CID of the dependency,
     * the type of the dependency, and the address of the bytecode for this dependency.
     */
    struct ExternalAssetDependency {
        string cid;
        ExternalAssetDependencyType dependencyType;
        address bytecodeAddress;
    }
    /**
     * @notice An external asset dependency with data. This is a convenience struct that contains the CID of the dependency,
     * the type of the dependency, the address of the bytecode for this dependency, and the data retrieved from this bytecode address.
     */
    struct ExternalAssetDependencyWithData {
        string cid;
        ExternalAssetDependencyType dependencyType;
        address bytecodeAddress;
        string data;
    }
    // preferredIPFSGateway is a url string
    function preferredIPFSGateway() external view returns (string memory);
    // preferredArweaveGateway is a url string
    function preferredArweaveGateway() external view returns (string memory);
    // updates the preferred IPFS gateway
    function updateIPFSGateway(string calldata _gateway) external;
    // updates the preferred Arweave gateway
    function updateArweaveGateway(string calldata _gateway) external;
    // locks the external asset dependencies for a project
    function lockProjectExternalAssetDependencies(uint256 _projectId) external;
    // updates the external asset dependency for a project at a given index
    function updateProjectExternalAssetDependency(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _index,
        string memory _cidOrData,
        ExternalAssetDependencyType _dependencyType
    ) external;
    // adds an external asset dependency for a project
    function addProjectExternalAssetDependency(
        uint256 _projectId,
        string memory _cidOrData,
        ExternalAssetDependencyType _dependencyType
    ) external;
    // removes an external asset dependency for a project at a given index
    function removeProjectExternalAssetDependency(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _index
    ) external;
    // getter function for project external asset dependencies
    function projectExternalAssetDependencyByIndex(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _index
    ) external view returns (ExternalAssetDependencyWithData memory);
    // getter function project external asset dependency count
    function projectExternalAssetDependencyCount(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
// Created By: Art Blocks Inc.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IAdminACLV0.sol";
import "./IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Base.sol";
interface IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Engine is IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Base {
    // @dev new function in V3
    function getPrimaryRevenueSplits(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _price
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint256 renderProviderRevenue_,
            address payable renderProviderAddress_,
            uint256 platformProviderRevenue_,
            address payable platformProviderAddress_,
            uint256 artistRevenue_,
            address payable artistAddress_,
            uint256 additionalPayeePrimaryRevenue_,
            address payable additionalPayeePrimaryAddress_
        );
    // @dev The render provider primary sales payment address
    function renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress()
        external
        view
        returns (address payable);
    // @dev The platform provider primary sales payment address
    function platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress()
        external
        view
        returns (address payable);
    // @dev Percentage of primary sales allocated to the render provider
    function renderProviderPrimarySalesPercentage()
        external
        view
        returns (uint256);
    // @dev Percentage of primary sales allocated to the platform provider
    function platformProviderPrimarySalesPercentage()
        external
        view
        returns (uint256);
    // @dev The render provider secondary sales royalties payment address
    function renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress()
        external
        view
        returns (address payable);
    // @dev The platform provider secondary sales royalties payment address
    function platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress()
        external
        view
        returns (address payable);
    // @dev Basis points of secondary sales allocated to the render provider
    function renderProviderSecondarySalesBPS() external view returns (uint256);
    // @dev Basis points of secondary sales allocated to the platform provider
    function platformProviderSecondarySalesBPS()
        external
        view
        returns (uint256);
    // function to read the hash-seed for a given tokenId
    function tokenIdToHashSeed(
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) external view returns (bytes12);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @dev Royalty Registry interface, used to support the Royalty Registry.
/// @dev Source: https://github.com/manifoldxyz/royalty-registry-solidity/blob/main/contracts/specs/IManifold.sol
/// @author: manifold.xyz
/**
 * @dev Royalty interface for creator core classes
 */
interface IManifold {
    /**
     * @dev Get royalites of a token.  Returns list of receivers and basisPoints
     *
     *  bytes4(keccak256('getRoyalties(uint256)')) == 0xbb3bafd6
     *
     *  => 0xbb3bafd6 = 0xbb3bafd6
     */
    function getRoyalties(
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external view returns (address payable[] memory, uint256[] memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
// Creatd By: Art Blocks Inc.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Base.sol";
interface IRandomizerV2 {
    // The core contract that may interact with this randomizer contract.
    function genArt721Core()
        external
        view
        returns (IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Base);
    // When a core contract calls this, it can be assured that the randomizer
    // will set a bytes32 hash for tokenId `_tokenId` on the core contract.
    function assignTokenHash(uint256 _tokenId) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
// Created By: Art Blocks Inc.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @title Art Blocks Script Storage Library
 * @notice Utilize contract bytecode as persistant storage for large chunks of script string data.
 *
 * @author Art Blocks Inc.
 * @author Modified from 0xSequence (https://github.com/0xsequence/sstore2/blob/master/contracts/SSTORE2.sol)
 * @author Modified from Solmate (https://github.com/transmissions11/solmate/blob/main/src/utils/SSTORE2.sol)
 *
 * @dev Compared to the above two rerferenced libraries, this contracts-as-storage implementation makes a few
 *      notably different design decisions:
 *      - uses the `string` data type for input/output on reads, rather than speaking in bytes directly
 *      - exposes "delete" functionality, allowing no-longer-used storage to be purged from chain state
 *      - stores the "writer" address (library user) in the deployed contract bytes, which is useful for both:
 *         a) providing necessary information for safe deletion; and
 *         b) allowing this to be introspected on-chain
 *      Also, given that much of this library is written in assembly, this library makes use of a slightly
 *      different convention (when compared to the rest of the Art Blocks smart contract repo) around
 *      pre-defining return values in some cases in order to simplify need to directly memory manage these
 *      return values.
 */
library BytecodeStorage {
    //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
    // Starting Index | Size | Ending Index | Description                                                            //
    //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
    // 0              | N/A  | 0            |                                                                        //
    // 0              | 72   | 72           | the bytes of the gated-cleanup-logic allowing for `selfdestruct`ion    //
    // 72             | 32   | 104          | the 32 bytes for storing the deploying contract's (0-padded) address   //
    //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
    // Define the offset for where the "logic bytes" end, and the "data bytes" begin. Note that this is a manually
    // calculated value, and must be updated if the above table is changed. It is expected that tests will fail
    // loudly if these values are not updated in-step with eachother.
    uint256 internal constant DATA_OFFSET = 104;
    uint256 internal constant ADDRESS_OFFSET = 72;
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                           WRITE LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
     * @notice Write a string to contract bytecode
     * @param _data string to be written to contract. No input validation is performed on this parameter.
     * @return address_ address of deployed contract with bytecode containing concat(gated-cleanup-logic, address, data)
     */
    function writeToBytecode(
        string memory _data
    ) internal returns (address address_) {
        // prefix bytecode with
        bytes memory creationCode = abi.encodePacked(
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // Opcode  | Opcode + Arguments  | Description  | Stack View                                                     //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (0) creation code returns all code in the contract except for the first 11 (0B in hex) bytes, as these 11
            //     bytes are the creation code itself which we do not want to store in the deployed storage contract result
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // 0x60    |  0x60_0B            | PUSH1 11     | codeOffset                                                     //
            // 0x59    |  0x59               | MSIZE        | 0 codeOffset                                                   //
            // 0x81    |  0x81               | DUP2         | codeOffset 0 codeOffset                                        //
            // 0x38    |  0x38               | CODESIZE     | codeSize codeOffset 0 codeOffset                               //
            // 0x03    |  0x03               | SUB          | (codeSize - codeOffset) 0 codeOffset                           //
            // 0x80    |  0x80               | DUP          | (codeSize - codeOffset) (codeSize - codeOffset) 0 codeOffset   //
            // 0x92    |  0x92               | SWAP3        | codeOffset (codeSize - codeOffset) 0 (codeSize - codeOffset)   //
            // 0x59    |  0x59               | MSIZE        | 0 codeOffset (codeSize - codeOffset) 0 (codeSize - codeOffset) //
            // 0x39    |  0x39               | CODECOPY     | 0 (codeSize - codeOffset)                                      //
            // 0xf3    |  0xf3               | RETURN       |                                                                //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (11 bytes)
            hex"60_0B_59_81_38_03_80_92_59_39_F3",
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // Opcode  | Opcode + Arguments  | Description  | Stack View                                                     //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (1a) conditional logic for determing purge-gate (only the bytecode contract deployer can `selfdestruct`)
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // 0x60    |  0x60_20            | PUSH1 32           | 32                                                       //
            // 0x60    |  0x60_48            | PUSH1 72 (*)       | contractOffset 32                                        //
            // 0x60    |  0x60_00            | PUSH1 0            | 0 contractOffset 32                                      //
            // 0x39    |  0x39               | CODECOPY           |                                                          //
            // 0x60    |  0x60_00            | PUSH1 0            | 0                                                        //
            // 0x51    |  0x51               | MLOAD              | byteDeployerAddress                                      //
            // 0x33    |  0x33               | CALLER             | msg.sender byteDeployerAddress                           //
            // 0x14    |  0x14               | EQ                 | (msg.sender == byteDeployerAddress)                      //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (12 bytes: 0-11 in deployed contract)
            hex"60_20_60_48_60_00_39_60_00_51_33_14",
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (1b) load up the destination jump address for `(2a) calldata length check` logic, jump or raise `invalid` op-code
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // 0x60    |  0x60_10            | PUSH1 16 (^)       | jumpDestination (msg.sender == byteDeployerAddress)      //
            // 0x57    |  0x57               | JUMPI              |                                                          //
            // 0xFE    |  0xFE               | INVALID            |                                                          //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (4 bytes: 12-15 in deployed contract)
            hex"60_10_57_FE",
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (2a) conditional logic for determing purge-gate (only if calldata length is 1 byte)
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // 0x5B    |  0x5B               | JUMPDEST (16)      |                                                          //
            // 0x60    |  0x60_01            | PUSH1 1            | 1                                                        //
            // 0x36    |  0x36               | CALLDATASIZE       | calldataSize 1                                           //
            // 0x14    |  0x14               | EQ                 | (calldataSize == 1)                                      //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (5 bytes: 16-20 in deployed contract)
            hex"5B_60_01_36_14",
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (2b) load up the destination jump address for `(3a) calldata value check` logic, jump or raise `invalid` op-code
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // 0x60    |  0x60_19            | PUSH1 25 (^)       | jumpDestination (calldataSize == 1)                      //
            // 0x57    |  0x57               | JUMPI              |                                                          //
            // 0xFE    |  0xFE               | INVALID            |                                                          //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (4 bytes: 21-24 in deployed contract)
            hex"60_19_57_FE",
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (3a) conditional logic for determing purge-gate (only if calldata is `0xFF`)
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // 0x5B    |  0x5B               | JUMPDEST (25)      |                                                          //
            // 0x60    |  0x60_00            | PUSH1 0            | 0                                                        //
            // 0x35    |  0x35               | CALLDATALOAD       | calldata                                                 //
            // 0x7F    |  0x7F_FF_00_..._00  | PUSH32 0xFF00...00 | 0xFF0...00 calldata                                      //
            // 0x14    |  0x14               | EQ                 | (0xFF00...00 == calldata)                                //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (4 bytes: 25-28 in deployed contract)
            hex"5B_60_00_35",
            // (33 bytes: 29-61 in deployed contract)
            hex"7F_FF_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00",
            // (1 byte: 62 in deployed contract)
            hex"14",
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (3b) load up the destination jump address for actual purging (4), jump or raise `invalid` op-code
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // 0x60    |  0x60_43            | PUSH1 67 (^)       | jumpDestination (0xFF00...00 == calldata)                //
            // 0x57    |  0x57               | JUMPI              |                                                          //
            // 0xFE    |  0xFE               | INVALID            |                                                          //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (4 bytes: 63-66 in deployed contract)
            hex"60_43_57_FE",
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (4) perform actual purging
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // 0x5B    |  0x5B               | JUMPDEST (67)      |                                                          //
            // 0x60    |  0x60_00            | PUSH1 0            | 0                                                        //
            // 0x51    |  0x51               | MLOAD              | byteDeployerAddress                                      //
            // 0xFF    |  0xFF               | SELFDESTRUCT       |                                                          //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (5 bytes: 67-71 in deployed contract)
            hex"5B_60_00_51_FF",
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (*) Note: this value must be adjusted if selfdestruct purge logic is adjusted, to refer to the correct start  //
            //           offset for where the `msg.sender` address was stored in deployed bytecode.                          //
            //                                                                                                               //
            // (^) Note: this value must be adjusted if portions of the selfdestruct purge logic are adjusted.               //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            //
            // store the deploying-contract's address (to be used to gate and call `selfdestruct`),
            // with expected 0-padding to fit a 20-byte address into a 30-byte slot.
            //
            // note: it is important that this address is the executing contract's address
            //      (the address that represents the client-application smart contract of this library)
            //      which means that it is the responsibility of the client-application smart contract
            //      to determine how deletes are gated (or if they are exposed at all) as it is only
            //      this contract that will be able to call `purgeBytecode` as the `CALLER` that is
            //      checked above (op-code 0x33).
            hex"00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00", // left-pad 20-byte address with 12 0x00 bytes
            address(this),
            // uploaded data (stored as bytecode) comes last
            _data
        );
        assembly {
            // deploy a new contract with the generated creation code.
            // start 32 bytes into creationCode to avoid copying the byte length.
            address_ := create(0, add(creationCode, 0x20), mload(creationCode))
        }
        // address must be non-zero if contract was deployed successfully
        require(address_ != address(0), "ContractAsStorage: Write Error");
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                               READ LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
     * @notice Read a string from contract bytecode
     * @param _address address of deployed contract with bytecode containing concat(gated-cleanup-logic, address, data)
     * @return data string read from contract bytecode
     */
    function readFromBytecode(
        address _address
    ) internal view returns (string memory data) {
        // get the size of the bytecode
        uint256 bytecodeSize = _bytecodeSizeAt(_address);
        // handle case where address contains code < DATA_OFFSET
        // note: the first check here also captures the case where
        //       (bytecodeSize == 0) implicitly, but we add the second check of
        //       (bytecodeSize == 0) as a fall-through that will never execute
        //       unless `DATA_OFFSET` is set to 0 at some point.
        if ((bytecodeSize < DATA_OFFSET) || (bytecodeSize == 0)) {
            revert("ContractAsStorage: Read Error");
        }
        // handle case where address contains code >= DATA_OFFSET
        // decrement by DATA_OFFSET to account for purge logic
        uint256 size;
        unchecked {
            size = bytecodeSize - DATA_OFFSET;
        }
        assembly {
            // allocate free memory
            data := mload(0x40)
            // update free memory pointer
            // use and(x, not(0x1f) as cheaper equivalent to sub(x, mod(x, 0x20)).
            // adding 0x1f to size + logic above ensures the free memory pointer
            // remains word-aligned, following the Solidity convention.
            mstore(0x40, add(data, and(add(add(size, 0x20), 0x1f), not(0x1f))))
            // store length of data in first 32 bytes
            mstore(data, size)
            // copy code to memory, excluding the gated-cleanup-logic and address
            extcodecopy(_address, add(data, 0x20), DATA_OFFSET, size)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Get address for deployer for given contract bytecode
     * @param _address address of deployed contract with bytecode containing concat(gated-cleanup-logic, address, data)
     * @return writerAddress address read from contract bytecode
     */
    function getWriterAddressForBytecode(
        address _address
    ) internal view returns (address) {
        // get the size of the data
        uint256 bytecodeSize = _bytecodeSizeAt(_address);
        // handle case where address contains code < DATA_OFFSET
        // note: the first check here also captures the case where
        //       (bytecodeSize == 0) implicitly, but we add the second check of
        //       (bytecodeSize == 0) as a fall-through that will never execute
        //       unless `DATA_OFFSET` is set to 0 at some point.
        if ((bytecodeSize < DATA_OFFSET) || (bytecodeSize == 0)) {
            revert("ContractAsStorage: Read Error");
        }
        assembly {
            // allocate free memory
            let writerAddress := mload(0x40)
            // shift free memory pointer by one slot
            mstore(0x40, add(mload(0x40), 0x20))
            // copy the 32-byte address of the data contract writer to memory
            // note: this relies on the assumption noted at the top-level of
            //       this file that the storage layout for the deployed
            //       contracts-as-storage contract looks like:
            //       | gated-cleanup-logic | deployer-address (padded) | data |
            extcodecopy(
                _address,
                writerAddress,
                ADDRESS_OFFSET,
                0x20 // full 32-bytes, as address is expected to be zero-padded
            )
            return(
                writerAddress,
                0x20 // return size is entire slot, as it is zero-padded
            )
        }
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                              DELETE LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
     * @notice Purge contract bytecode for cleanup purposes
     * note: Although this does reduce usage of Ethereum state, it does not reduce the gas costs of removal
     * transactions. We believe this is the best behavior at the time of writing, and do not expect this to
     * result in any breaking changes in the future. All current proposals to change the self-destruct opcode
     * are backwards compatible, but may result in not removing the bytecode from the blockchain state. This
     * implementation is compatible with that architecture, as it does not rely on the bytecode being removed
     * from the blockchain state (as opposed to using a CREATE2 style opcode when creating bytecode contracts,
     * which could be used in a way that may rely on the bytecode being removed from the blockchain state,
     * e.g. replacing a contract at a given deployed address).
     * @param _address address of deployed contract with bytecode containing concat(gated-cleanup-logic, address, data)
     * @dev This contract is only callable by the address of the contract that originally deployed the bytecode
     *      being purged. If this method is called by any other address, it will revert with the `INVALID` op-code.
     *      Additionally, for security purposes, the contract must be called with calldata `0xFF` to ensure that
     *      the `selfdestruct` op-code is intentionally being invoked, otherwise the `INVALID` op-code will be raised.
     */
    function purgeBytecode(address _address) internal {
        // deployed bytecode (above) handles all logic for purging state, so no
        // call data is expected to be passed along to perform data purge
        (bool success /* `data` not needed */, ) = _address.call(hex"FF");
        if (!success) {
            revert("ContractAsStorage: Delete Error");
        }
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                          INTERNAL HELPER LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
        @notice Returns the size of the bytecode at address `_address`
        @param _address address that may or may not contain bytecode
        @return size size of the bytecode code at `_address`
    */
    function _bytecodeSizeAt(
        address _address
    ) private view returns (uint256 size) {
        assembly {
            size := extcodesize(_address)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
// Created By: Art Blocks Inc.
// Inspired by: https://ethereum.stackexchange.com/a/123950/103422
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Operations on bytes32 data type, dealing with conversion to string.
 */
library Bytes32Strings {
    /**
     * @dev Intended to convert a `bytes32`-encoded string literal to `string`.
     * Trims zero padding to arrive at original string literal.
     */
    function toString(
        bytes32 source
    ) internal pure returns (string memory result) {
        uint8 length = 0;
        while (source[length] != 0 && length < 32) {
            length++;
        }
        assembly {
            // free memory pointer
            result := mload(0x40)
            // update free memory pointer to new "memory end"
            // (offset is 64-bytes: 32 for length, 32 for data)
            mstore(0x40, add(result, 0x40))
            // store length in first 32-byte memory slot
            mstore(result, length)
            // write actual data in second 32-byte memory slot
            mstore(add(result, 0x20), source)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Intended to check if a `bytes32`-encoded string contains a given
     * character with UTF-8 character code `utf8CharCode exactly `targetQty`
     * times. Does not support searching for multi-byte characters, only
     * characters with UTF-8 character codes < 0x80.
     */
    function containsExactCharacterQty(
        bytes32 source,
        uint8 utf8CharCode,
        uint8 targetQty
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        uint8 _occurrences = 0;
        uint8 i;
        for (i = 0; i < 32; ) {
            uint8 _charCode = uint8(source[i]);
            // if not a null byte, or a multi-byte UTF-8 character, check match
            if (_charCode != 0 && _charCode < 0x80) {
                if (_charCode == utf8CharCode) {
                    unchecked {
                        // no risk of overflow since max 32 iterations < max uin8=255
                        ++_occurrences;
                    }
                }
            }
            unchecked {
                // no risk of overflow since max 32 iterations < max uin8=255
                ++i;
            }
        }
        return _occurrences == targetQty;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/ERC721/ERC721.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "@openzeppelin-4.7/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol";
import "@openzeppelin-4.7/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol";
import "@openzeppelin-4.7/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol";
import "@openzeppelin-4.7/contracts/utils/Address.sol";
import "@openzeppelin-4.7/contracts/utils/Context.sol";
import "@openzeppelin-4.7/contracts/utils/Strings.sol";
import "@openzeppelin-4.7/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Forked version of the OpenZeppelin v4.7.1 ERC721 contract. Utilizes a
 * struct to pack owner and hash seed into a single storage slot.
 * ---------------------
 * @dev Implementation of https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721[ERC721] Non-Fungible Token Standard, including
 * the Metadata extension, but not including the Enumerable extension, which is available separately as
 * {ERC721Enumerable}.
 */
contract ERC721_PackedHashSeed is Context, ERC165, IERC721, IERC721Metadata {
    using Address for address;
    using Strings for uint256;
    // Token name
    string private _name;
    // Token symbol
    string private _symbol;
    /// struct to pack a token owner and hash seed into same storage slot
    struct OwnerAndHashSeed {
        // 20 bytes for address of token's owner
        address owner;
        // remaining 12 bytes allocated to token hash seed
        bytes12 hashSeed;
    }
    /// mapping of token ID to OwnerAndHashSeed
    /// @dev visibility internal so inheriting contracts can access
    mapping(uint256 => OwnerAndHashSeed) internal _ownersAndHashSeeds;
    // Mapping owner address to token count
    mapping(address => uint256) private _balances;
    // Mapping from token ID to approved address
    mapping(uint256 => address) private _tokenApprovals;
    // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
    mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract by setting a `name` and a `symbol` to the token collection.
     */
    constructor(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) {
        _name = name_;
        _symbol = symbol_;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(
        bytes4 interfaceId
    ) public view virtual override(ERC165, IERC165) returns (bool) {
        return
            interfaceId == type(IERC721).interfaceId ||
            interfaceId == type(IERC721Metadata).interfaceId ||
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-balanceOf}.
     */
    function balanceOf(
        address owner
    ) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        require(
            owner != address(0),
            "ERC721: address zero is not a valid owner"
        );
        return _balances[owner];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-ownerOf}.
     */
    function ownerOf(
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        address owner = _ownersAndHashSeeds[tokenId].owner;
        require(owner != address(0), "ERC721: invalid token ID");
        return owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-name}.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _name;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-symbol}.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _symbol;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-tokenURI}.
     */
    function tokenURI(
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        _requireMinted(tokenId);
        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return
            bytes(baseURI).length > 0
                ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, tokenId.toString()))
                : "";
    }
    /**
     * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
     * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
     * by default, can be overridden in child contracts.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return "";
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-approve}.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public virtual override {
        address owner = ERC721_PackedHashSeed.ownerOf(tokenId);
        require(to != owner, "ERC721: approval to current owner");
        require(
            _msgSender() == owner || isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSender()),
            "ERC721: approve caller is not token owner nor approved for all"
        );
        _approve(to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-getApproved}.
     */
    function getApproved(
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        _requireMinted(tokenId);
        return _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(
        address operator,
        bool approved
    ) public virtual override {
        _setApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-isApprovedForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(
        address owner,
        address operator
    ) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public virtual override {
        //solhint-disable-next-line max-line-length
        require(
            _isApprovedOrOwner(_msgSender(), tokenId),
            "ERC721: caller is not token owner nor approved"
        );
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, "");
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) public virtual override {
        require(
            _isApprovedOrOwner(_msgSender(), tokenId),
            "ERC721: caller is not token owner nor approved"
        );
        _safeTransfer(from, to, tokenId, data);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * `data` is additional data, it has no specified format and it is sent in call to `to`.
     *
     * This internal function is equivalent to {safeTransferFrom}, and can be used to e.g.
     * implement alternative mechanisms to perform token transfer, such as signature-based.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        require(
            _checkOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, data),
            "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer"
        );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted (`_mint`),
     * and stop existing when they are burned (`_burn`).
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        return _ownersAndHashSeeds[tokenId].owner != address(0);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `spender` is allowed to manage `tokenId`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function _isApprovedOrOwner(
        address spender,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        address owner = ERC721_PackedHashSeed.ownerOf(tokenId);
        return (spender == owner ||
            isApprovedForAll(owner, spender) ||
            getApproved(tokenId) == spender);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `tokenId` and transfers it to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must not exist.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _safeMint(to, tokenId, "");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-ERC721-_safeMint-address-uint256-}[`_safeMint`], with an additional `data` parameter which is
     * forwarded in {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} to contract recipients.
     */
    function _safeMint(
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        _mint(to, tokenId);
        require(
            _checkOnERC721Received(address(0), to, tokenId, data),
            "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer"
        );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Mints `tokenId` and transfers it to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {_safeMint} whenever possible
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must not exist.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        require(to != address(0), "ERC721: mint to the zero address");
        require(!_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: token already minted");
        _beforeTokenTransfer(address(0), to, tokenId);
        _balances[to] += 1;
        _ownersAndHashSeeds[tokenId].owner = to;
        emit Transfer(address(0), to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfer(address(0), to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        address owner = ERC721_PackedHashSeed.ownerOf(tokenId);
        _beforeTokenTransfer(owner, address(0), tokenId);
        // Clear approvals
        _approve(address(0), tokenId);
        _balances[owner] -= 1;
        delete _ownersAndHashSeeds[tokenId].owner;
        emit Transfer(owner, address(0), tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfer(owner, address(0), tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *  As opposed to {transferFrom}, this imposes no restrictions on msg.sender.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _transfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) internal virtual {
        require(
            ERC721_PackedHashSeed.ownerOf(tokenId) == from,
            "ERC721: transfer from incorrect owner"
        );
        require(to != address(0), "ERC721: transfer to the zero address");
        _beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, tokenId);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner
        _approve(address(0), tokenId);
        _balances[from] -= 1;
        _balances[to] += 1;
        _ownersAndHashSeeds[tokenId].owner = to;
        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfer(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Approve `to` to operate on `tokenId`
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _tokenApprovals[tokenId] = to;
        emit Approval(ERC721_PackedHashSeed.ownerOf(tokenId), to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Approve `operator` to operate on all of `owner` tokens
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function _setApprovalForAll(
        address owner,
        address operator,
        bool approved
    ) internal virtual {
        require(owner != operator, "ERC721: approve to caller");
        _operatorApprovals[owner][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(owner, operator, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Reverts if the `tokenId` has not been minted yet.
     */
    function _requireMinted(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual {
        require(_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: invalid token ID");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target address.
     * The call is not executed if the target address is not a contract.
     *
     * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
     * @param to target address that will receive the tokens
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be transferred
     * @param data bytes optional data to send along with the call
     * @return bool whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value
     */
    function _checkOnERC721Received(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) private returns (bool) {
        if (to.isContract()) {
            try
                IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received(
                    _msgSender(),
                    from,
                    tokenId,
                    data
                )
            returns (bytes4 retval) {
                return retval == IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector;
            } catch (bytes memory reason) {
                if (reason.length == 0) {
                    revert(
                        "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer"
                    );
                } else {
                    /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                    assembly {
                        revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                    }
                }
            }
        } else {
            return true;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before any token transfer. This includes minting
     * and burning.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, ``from``'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, ``from``'s `tokenId` will be burned.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     *
     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after any transfer of tokens. This includes
     * minting and burning.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - when `from` and `to` are both non-zero.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     *
     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) internal virtual {}
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity ^0.8.15;
import {Strings} from "openzeppelin-contracts/utils/Strings.sol";
import {GenArt721CoreV3_Engine_Flex_PROOF} from "artblocks-contracts/GenArt721CoreV3_Engine_Flex_PROOF.sol";
import {ERC721A, ERC721ACommon, BaseTokenURI, ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI} from "ethier/erc721/BaseTokenURI.sol";
import {OperatorFilterOS} from "ethier/erc721/OperatorFilterOS.sol";
import {artblocksTokenID} from "proof/artblocks/TokenIDMapping.sol";
import {IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Mintable} from "proof/artblocks/IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Mintable.sol";
import {SellableERC721ACommon} from "proof/sellers/sellable/SellableERC721ACommon.sol";
import {ProjectsConfig} from "./ProjectsConfig.sol";
import {TokenInfoManager} from "./TokenInfoManager.sol";
/**
 * @notice Library for encoding and decoding purchase data for the Diamond Exhibition sellers.
 */
library DiamondExhibitionLib {
    function encodePurchaseData(uint8[] memory projectIds) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        return abi.encode(projectIds);
    }
    function dencodePurchaseData(bytes memory data) internal pure returns (uint8[] memory) {
        return abi.decode(data, (uint8[]));
    }
}
/**
 * @notice Diamond Exhibition
 * @author David Huber (@cxkoda)
 * @custom:reviewer Arran Schlosberg (@divergencearran)
 */
contract DiamondExhibition is
    ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI,
    OperatorFilterOS,
    SellableERC721ACommon,
    ProjectsConfig,
    TokenInfoManager
{
    // =================================================================================================================
    //                          Errors
    // =================================================================================================================
    /**
     * @notice Thrown if the number of requested purchases exceeds the number of remaining tokens.
     */
    error ExceedingMaxTotalSupply(uint256 num, uint256 numLeft);
    /**
     * @notice Thrown if a user attempts to purchase tokens from an exhausted project.
     */
    error ProjectExhausted(uint8 projectId);
    /**
     * @notice Thrown if a user attempts to purchase tokens from an invalid project.
     */
    error InvalidProject(uint8 projectId);
    // =================================================================================================================
    //                          Constants
    // =================================================================================================================
    /**
     * @notice The ArtBlocks engine flex contract.
     */
    GenArt721CoreV3_Engine_Flex_PROOF public immutable flex;
    /**
     * @notice The ArtBlocks engine flex contract or a minter multiplexer.
     */
    IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Mintable public immutable flexMintGateway;
    /**
     * @notice The maximum total number of tokens that can be minted.
     * @dev This is intentionally not a compile-time constant for the sake of testing.
     */
    uint256 public immutable maxTotalSupply;
    // =========================================================================
    //                          Storage
    // =================================================================================================================
    /**
     * @notice The number of tokens minted per project.
     */
    uint16[NUM_PROJECTS] internal _numPurchasedPerProject;
    // =================================================================================================================
    //                          Storage
    // =================================================================================================================
    struct ConstructorParams {
        address admin;
        address steerer;
        address payable secondaryReceiver;
        GenArt721CoreV3_Engine_Flex_PROOF flex;
        IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Mintable flexMintGateway;
    }
    constructor(ConstructorParams memory params)
        ERC721ACommon(params.admin, params.steerer, "Diamond Exhibition", "DIAMOND", params.secondaryReceiver, 500)
        BaseTokenURI("https://metadata.proof.xyz/diamond-exhibition/")
    {
        uint256 total;
        uint256[NUM_PROJECTS] memory maxNumPerProject_ = _maxNumPerProject();
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < NUM_PROJECTS; i++) {
            total += maxNumPerProject_[i];
        }
        maxTotalSupply = total;
        flex = params.flex;
        flexMintGateway = params.flexMintGateway;
    }
    // =================================================================================================================
    //                          Selling
    // =================================================================================================================
    /**
     * @notice Assigns a project to a token.
     * @dev Mints from the associated ArtBlocks project if the project is a longform project.
     */
    function _assignProject(uint256 tokenId, uint8 projectId, uint256[NUM_PROJECTS] memory maxNumPerProject_)
        internal
    {
        if (projectId >= NUM_PROJECTS) {
            revert InvalidProject(projectId);
        }
        uint16 numPurchased = _numPurchasedPerProject[projectId];
        if (numPurchased >= maxNumPerProject_[projectId]) {
            revert ProjectExhausted(projectId);
        }
        _numPurchasedPerProject[projectId] = numPurchased + 1;
        if (_isLongformProject(projectId)) {
            flexMintGateway.mint_Ecf(address(this), _artblocksProjectId(projectId), address(this));
        }
        _setTokenInfo(tokenId, projectId, numPurchased /* edition */ );
    }
    /**
     * @inheritdoc SellableERC721ACommon
     */
    function _handleSale(address to, uint64 num, bytes calldata data) internal virtual override {
        if (num + _totalMinted() > maxTotalSupply) {
            revert ExceedingMaxTotalSupply(num, maxTotalSupply - _totalMinted());
        }
        uint8[] memory projectIds = DiamondExhibitionLib.dencodePurchaseData(data);
        assert(projectIds.length == num);
        uint256 tokenId = _nextTokenId();
        uint256[NUM_PROJECTS] memory maxNumPerProject_ = _maxNumPerProject();
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < num; ++i) {
            _assignProject(tokenId++, projectIds[i], maxNumPerProject_);
        }
        SellableERC721ACommon._handleSale(to, num, data);
    }
    /**
     * @inheritdoc ERC721A
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        TokenInfo memory info = _tokenInfo(tokenId);
        if (projectType(info.projectId) == ProjectType.Curated) {
            return string.concat(_baseURI(), Strings.toString(tokenId));
        }
        return flex.tokenURI(artblocksTokenID(_artblocksProjectId(info.projectId), info.edition));
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns all tokenIds for a given project.
     * @dev Intended for front-end consumption and not optimised for gas.
     */
    function tokenIdsByProjectId(uint8 projectId) external view returns (uint256[] memory) {
        uint256[] memory tokenIds = new uint256[](_numPurchasedPerProject[projectId]);
        uint256 cursor;
        uint256 supply = totalSupply();
        for (uint256 tokenId = 0; tokenId < supply; ++tokenId) {
            if (_tokenInfo(tokenId).projectId == projectId) {
                tokenIds[cursor++] = tokenId;
            }
        }
        return tokenIds;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns the number of tokens purchased for each project.
     * @dev Intended for front-end consumption and not optimised for gas.
     */
    function numPurchasedPerProject() external view returns (uint16[NUM_PROJECTS] memory) {
        return _numPurchasedPerProject;
    }
    // =================================================================================================================
    //                          Inheritance resolution
    // =================================================================================================================
    /**
     * @notice Helper function that returns true if the token belongs to a longform project.
     */
    function _isLongformToken(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        return _isLongformProject(_tokenInfo(tokenId).projectId);
    }
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC721ACommon, ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI, SellableERC721ACommon)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual override(ERC721A, ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI) returns (string memory) {
        return ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI._baseURI();
    }
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override(ERC721A, OperatorFilterOS) {
        ERC721A.setApprovalForAll(operator, approved);
    }
    function approve(address operator, uint256 tokenId) public payable virtual override(ERC721A, OperatorFilterOS) {
        if (_isLongformToken(tokenId)) {
            ERC721A.approve(operator, tokenId);
        } else {
            OperatorFilterOS.approve(operator, tokenId);
        }
    }
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId)
        public
        payable
        virtual
        override(ERC721A, OperatorFilterOS)
    {
        if (_isLongformToken(tokenId)) {
            ERC721A.transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
        } else {
            OperatorFilterOS.transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
        }
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId)
        public
        payable
        virtual
        override(ERC721A, OperatorFilterOS)
    {
        if (_isLongformToken(tokenId)) {
            ERC721A.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
        } else {
            OperatorFilterOS.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
        }
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory data)
        public
        payable
        virtual
        override(ERC721A, OperatorFilterOS)
    {
        if (_isLongformToken(tokenId)) {
            ERC721A.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, data);
        } else {
            OperatorFilterOS.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, data);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Strings.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./math/Math.sol";
/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library Strings {
    bytes16 private constant _SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    uint8 private constant _ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20;
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 length = Math.log10(value) + 1;
            string memory buffer = new string(length);
            uint256 ptr;
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                ptr := add(buffer, add(32, length))
            }
            while (true) {
                ptr--;
                /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                assembly {
                    mstore8(ptr, byte(mod(value, 10), _SYMBOLS))
                }
                value /= 10;
                if (value == 0) break;
            }
            return buffer;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            return toHexString(value, Math.log256(value) + 1);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(address addr) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), _ADDRESS_LENGTH);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity 0.8.17;
// Created By: Art Blocks Inc.
import "./interfaces/0.8.x/IRandomizerV2.sol";
import "./interfaces/0.8.x/IAdminACLV0.sol";
import "./interfaces/0.8.x/IEngineRegistryV0.sol";
import "./interfaces/0.8.x/IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Engine_Flex.sol";
import "./interfaces/0.8.x/IDependencyRegistryCompatibleV0.sol";
import "./interfaces/0.8.x/IManifold.sol";
import "@openzeppelin-4.7/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import "./libs/0.8.x/ERC721_PackedHashSeed.sol";
import "./libs/0.8.x/BytecodeStorage.sol";
import "./libs/0.8.x/Bytes32Strings.sol";
/**
 * @title Art Blocks Engine Flex ERC-721 core contract, V3.
 * @author Art Blocks Inc.
 * @notice Privileged Roles and Ownership:
 * This contract is designed to be managed, with progressively limited powers
 * as a project progresses from active to locked.
 * Privileged roles and abilities are controlled by the admin ACL contract and
 * artists. Both of these roles hold extensive power and can arbitrarily
 * control and modify portions of projects, dependent upon project state. After
 * a project is locked, important project metadata fields are locked including
 * the project name, artist name, and script and display details. Edition size
 * can never be increased.
 * Care must be taken to ensure that the admin ACL contract and artist
 * addresses are secure behind a multi-sig or other access control mechanism.
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following functions are restricted to the Admin ACL contract:
 * - updateArtblocksDependencyRegistryAddress
 * - updateProviderSalesAddresses
 * - updateProviderPrimarySalesPercentages (up to 100%)
 * - updateProviderSecondarySalesBPS (up to 100%)
 * - updateMinterContract
 * - updateRandomizerAddress
 * - toggleProjectIsActive
 * - addProject
 * - forbidNewProjects (forever forbidding new projects)
 * - updateDefaultBaseURI (used to initialize new project base URIs)
 * - updateIPFSGateway
 * - updateArweaveGateway
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following functions are restricted to either the the Artist address or
 * the Admin ACL contract, only when the project is not locked:
 * - updateProjectName
 * - updateProjectArtistName
 * - updateProjectLicense
 * - Change project script via addProjectScript, updateProjectScript,
 *   and removeProjectLastScript
 * - updateProjectScriptType
 * - updateProjectAspectRatio
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following functions are restricted to only the Artist or Admin ACL
 * contract of a valid project ID:
 * - proposeArtistPaymentAddressesAndSplits (Note that this has to be accepted
 *   by adminAcceptArtistAddressesAndSplits to take effect, which is restricted
 *   to the Admin ACL contract, or the artist if the core contract owner has
 *   renounced ownership. Also note that a proposal will be automatically
 *   accepted if the artist only proposes changed payee percentages without
 *   modifying any payee addresses, or is only removing payee addresses, or
 *   if the global config `autoApproveArtistSplitProposals` is set to `true`.)
 * - toggleProjectIsPaused (note the artist can still mint while paused)
 * - updateProjectSecondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage (up to
 *   ARTIST_MAX_SECONDARY_ROYALTY_PERCENTAGE percent)
 * - updateProjectWebsite
 * - updateProjectMaxInvocations (to a number greater than or equal to the
 *   current number of invocations, and less than current project maximum
 *   invocations)
 * - updateProjectBaseURI (controlling the base URI for tokens in the project)
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following function is restricted to either the Admin ACL contract, or
 * the Artist address if the core contract owner has renounced ownership:
 * - adminAcceptArtistAddressesAndSplits
 * - updateProjectArtistAddress (owner ultimately controlling the project and
 *   its and-on revenue, unless owner has renounced ownership)
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following function is restricted to the artist when a project is
 * unlocked, and only callable by Admin ACL contract when a project is locked:
 * - updateProjectDescription
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following functions for managing external asset dependencies are restricted
 * to projects with external asset dependencies that are unlocked:
 * - lockProjectExternalAssetDependencies
 * - updateProjectExternalAssetDependency
 * - removeProjectExternalAssetDependency
 * - addProjectExternalAssetDependency
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following function is restricted to owner calling directly:
 * - transferOwnership
 * - renounceOwnership
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * The following configuration variables are set at time of contract deployment,
 * and not modifiable thereafter (immutable after the point of deployment):
 * - (bool) autoApproveArtistSplitProposals
 * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * Additional admin and artist privileged roles may be described on minters,
 * registries, and other contracts that may interact with this core contract.
 */
contract GenArt721CoreV3_Engine_Flex_PROOF is
    ERC721_PackedHashSeed,
    Ownable,
    IDependencyRegistryCompatibleV0,
    IManifold,
    IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Engine_Flex
{
    using BytecodeStorage for string;
    using BytecodeStorage for address;
    using Bytes32Strings for bytes32;
    uint256 constant ONE_HUNDRED = 100;
    uint256 constant ONE_MILLION = 1_000_000;
    uint24 constant ONE_MILLION_UINT24 = 1_000_000;
    uint256 constant FOUR_WEEKS_IN_SECONDS = 2_419_200;
    uint8 constant AT_CHARACTER_CODE = uint8(bytes1("@")); // 0x40
    // numeric constants
    uint256 constant MAX_PROVIDER_SECONDARY_SALES_BPS = 10000; // 10_000 BPS = 100%
    uint256 constant ARTIST_MAX_SECONDARY_ROYALTY_PERCENTAGE = 95; // 95%
    // This contract emits generic events that contain fields that indicate
    // which parameter has been updated. This is sufficient for application
    // state management, while also simplifying the contract and indexing code.
    // This was done as an alternative to having custom events that emit what
    // field-values have changed for each event, given that changed values can
    // be introspected by indexers due to the design of this smart contract
    // exposing these state changes via publicly viewable fields.
    //
    // The following fields are used to indicate which contract-level parameter
    // has been updated in the `PlatformUpdated` event:
    bytes32 constant FIELD_NEXT_PROJECT_ID = "nextProjectId";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_NEW_PROJECTS_FORBIDDEN = "newProjectsForbidden";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_DEFAULT_BASE_URI = "defaultBaseURI";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_RANDOMIZER_ADDRESS = "randomizerAddress";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_ARTBLOCKS_DEPENDENCY_REGISTRY_ADDRESS =
        "dependencyRegistryAddress";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROVIDER_SALES_ADDRESSES = "providerSalesAddresses";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROVIDER_PRIMARY_SALES_PERCENTAGES =
        "providerPrimaryPercentages";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROVIDER_SECONDARY_SALES_BPS =
        "providerSecondaryBPS";
    // The following fields are used to indicate which project-level parameter
    // has been updated in the `ProjectUpdated` event:
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_COMPLETED = "completed";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_ACTIVE = "active";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_ARTIST_ADDRESS = "artistAddress";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_PAUSED = "paused";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_CREATED = "created";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_NAME = "name";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_ARTIST_NAME = "artistName";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_SECONDARY_MARKET_ROYALTY_PERCENTAGE =
        "royaltyPercentage";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_DESCRIPTION = "description";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_WEBSITE = "website";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_LICENSE = "license";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_MAX_INVOCATIONS = "maxInvocations";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_SCRIPT = "script";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_SCRIPT_TYPE = "scriptType";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_ASPECT_RATIO = "aspectRatio";
    bytes32 constant FIELD_PROJECT_BASE_URI = "baseURI";
    /// Dependency registry managed by Art Blocks
    address public artblocksDependencyRegistryAddress;
    /// current randomizer contract
    IRandomizerV2 public randomizerContract;
    /// append-only array of all randomizer contract addresses ever used by
    /// this contract
    address[] private _historicalRandomizerAddresses;
    /// admin ACL contract
    IAdminACLV0 public adminACLContract;
    struct Project {
        uint24 invocations;
        uint24 maxInvocations;
        uint24 scriptCount;
        // max uint64 ~= 1.8e19 sec ~= 570 billion years
        uint64 completedTimestamp;
        bool active;
        bool paused;
        string name;
        string artist;
        string description;
        string website;
        string license;
        string projectBaseURI;
        bytes32 scriptTypeAndVersion;
        string aspectRatio;
        // mapping from script index to address storing script in bytecode
        mapping(uint256 => address) scriptBytecodeAddresses;
        bool externalAssetDependenciesLocked;
        uint24 externalAssetDependencyCount;
        mapping(uint256 => ExternalAssetDependency) externalAssetDependencies;
    }
    mapping(uint256 => Project) projects;
    string public preferredIPFSGateway;
    string public preferredArweaveGateway;
    /// packed struct containing project financial information
    struct ProjectFinance {
        address payable additionalPayeePrimarySales;
        // packed uint: max of 95, max uint8 = 255
        uint8 secondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage;
        address payable additionalPayeeSecondarySales;
        // packed uint: max of 100, max uint8 = 255
        uint8 additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage;
        address payable artistAddress;
        // packed uint: max of 100, max uint8 = 255
        uint8 additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage;
    }
    // Project financials mapping
    mapping(uint256 => ProjectFinance) projectIdToFinancials;
    /// hash of artist's proposed payment updates to be approved by admin
    mapping(uint256 => bytes32) public proposedArtistAddressesAndSplitsHash;
    /// The render provider payment address for all primary sales revenues
    /// (packed)
    address payable public renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress;
    /// Percentage of primary sales revenue allocated to the render provider
    /// (packed)
    // packed uint: max of 100, max uint8 = 255
    uint8 private _renderProviderPrimarySalesPercentage = 10;
    /// The platform provider payment address for all primary sales revenues
    /// (packed)
    address payable public platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress;
    /// Percentage of primary sales revenue allocated to the platform provider
    /// (packed)
    // packed uint: max of 100, max uint8 = 255
    uint8 private _platformProviderPrimarySalesPercentage = 10;
    /// The render provider payment address for all secondary sales royalty
    /// revenues
    address payable public renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress;
    /// Basis Points of secondary sales royalties allocated to the
    /// render provider
    uint256 public renderProviderSecondarySalesBPS = 250;
    /// The platform provider payment address for all secondary sales royalty
    /// revenues
    address payable public platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress;
    /// Basis Points of secondary sales royalties allocated to the
    /// platform provider
    uint256 public platformProviderSecondarySalesBPS = 250;
    /// single minter allowed for this core contract
    address public minterContract;
    /// starting (initial) project ID on this contract
    uint256 public immutable startingProjectId;
    /// next project ID to be created
    uint248 private _nextProjectId;
    /// bool indicating if adding new projects is forbidden;
    /// default behavior is to allow new projects
    bool public newProjectsForbidden;
    /// configuration variable (determined at time of deployment)
    /// that determines whether or not admin approval^ should be required
    /// to accept artist address change proposals, or if these proposals
    /// should always auto-approve, as determined by the business process
    /// requirements of the Engine partner using this contract.
    ///
    /// ^does not apply in the case where contract-ownership itself is revoked
    bool public immutable autoApproveArtistSplitProposals;
    /// version & type of this core contract
    bytes32 constant CORE_VERSION = "v3.1.2";
    function coreVersion() external pure returns (string memory) {
        return CORE_VERSION.toString();
    }
    bytes32 constant CORE_TYPE = "GenArt721CoreV3_Engine_Flex";
    function coreType() external pure returns (string memory) {
        return CORE_TYPE.toString();
    }
    /// default base URI to initialize all new project projectBaseURI values to
    string public defaultBaseURI;
    function _onlyUnlockedProjectExternalAssetDependencies(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) internal view {
        require(
            !projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependenciesLocked,
            "External dependencies locked"
        );
    }
    function _onlyNonZeroAddress(address _address) internal pure {
        require(_address != address(0), "Must input non-zero address");
    }
    function _onlyNonEmptyString(string memory _string) internal pure {
        require(bytes(_string).length != 0, "Must input non-empty string");
    }
    function _onlyValidTokenId(uint256 _tokenId) internal view {
        require(_exists(_tokenId), "Token ID does not exist");
    }
    function _onlyValidProjectId(uint256 _projectId) internal view {
        require(
            (_projectId >= startingProjectId) && (_projectId < _nextProjectId),
            "Project ID does not exist"
        );
    }
    function _onlyUnlocked(uint256 _projectId) internal view {
        // Note: calling `_projectUnlocked` enforces that the `_projectId`
        //       passed in is valid.`
        require(_projectUnlocked(_projectId), "Only if unlocked");
    }
    function _onlyAdminACL(bytes4 _selector) internal {
        require(
            adminACLAllowed(msg.sender, address(this), _selector),
            "Only Admin ACL allowed"
        );
    }
    function _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
        uint256 _projectId,
        bytes4 _selector
    ) internal {
        require(
            msg.sender == projectIdToFinancials[_projectId].artistAddress ||
                adminACLAllowed(msg.sender, address(this), _selector),
            "Only artist or Admin ACL allowed"
        );
    }
    /**
     * This modifier allows the artist of a project to call a function if the
     * owner of the contract has renounced ownership. This is to allow the
     * contract to continue to function if the owner decides to renounce
     * ownership.
     */
    function _onlyAdminACLOrRenouncedArtist(
        uint256 _projectId,
        bytes4 _selector
    ) internal {
        require(
            adminACLAllowed(msg.sender, address(this), _selector) ||
                (owner() == address(0) &&
                    msg.sender ==
                    projectIdToFinancials[_projectId].artistAddress),
            "Only Admin ACL allowed, or artist if owner has renounced"
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Initializes contract.
     * @param _tokenName Name of token.
     * @param _tokenSymbol Token symbol.
     * @param _randomizerContract Randomizer contract.
     * @param _adminACLContract Address of admin access control contract, to be
     * set as contract owner.
     * @param _startingProjectId The initial next project ID.
     * @param _autoApproveArtistSplitProposals Whether or not to always
     * auto-approve proposed artist split updates.
     * @dev _startingProjectId should be set to a value much, much less than
     * max(uint248), but an explicit input type of `uint248` is used as it is
     * safer to cast up to `uint256` than it is to cast down for the purposes
     * of setting `_nextProjectId`.
     */
    constructor(
        string memory _tokenName,
        string memory _tokenSymbol,
        address _renderProviderAddress,
        address _platformProviderAddress,
        address _randomizerContract,
        address _adminACLContract,
        uint248 _startingProjectId,
        bool _autoApproveArtistSplitProposals,
        address _engineRegistryContract
    ) ERC721_PackedHashSeed(_tokenName, _tokenSymbol) {
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_renderProviderAddress);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_platformProviderAddress);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_randomizerContract);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_adminACLContract);
        // setup immutable `autoApproveArtistSplitProposals` config
        autoApproveArtistSplitProposals = _autoApproveArtistSplitProposals;
        // record contracts starting project ID
        // casting-up is safe
        startingProjectId = uint256(_startingProjectId);
        _updateProviderSalesAddresses(
            _renderProviderAddress,
            _renderProviderAddress,
            _platformProviderAddress,
            _platformProviderAddress
        );
        _updateRandomizerAddress(_randomizerContract);
        // set AdminACL management contract as owner
        _transferOwnership(_adminACLContract);
        // initialize default base URI
        _updateDefaultBaseURI(
            string.concat(
                "https://token.artblocks.io/",
                toHexString(address(this)),
                "/"
            )
        );
        // initialize next project ID
        _nextProjectId = _startingProjectId;
        emit PlatformUpdated(FIELD_NEXT_PROJECT_ID);
        // register contract as an Engine contract
        IEngineRegistryV0(_engineRegistryContract).registerContract(
            address(this),
            CORE_VERSION,
            CORE_TYPE
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates preferredIPFSGateway to `_gateway`.
     */
    function updateIPFSGateway(string calldata _gateway) public {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.updateIPFSGateway.selector);
        preferredIPFSGateway = _gateway;
        emit GatewayUpdated(ExternalAssetDependencyType.IPFS, _gateway);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates preferredArweaveGateway to `_gateway`.
     */
    function updateArweaveGateway(string calldata _gateway) public {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.updateArweaveGateway.selector);
        preferredArweaveGateway = _gateway;
        emit GatewayUpdated(ExternalAssetDependencyType.ARWEAVE, _gateway);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Locks external asset dependencies for project `_projectId`.
     */
    function lockProjectExternalAssetDependencies(uint256 _projectId) external {
        _onlyUnlockedProjectExternalAssetDependencies(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.lockProjectExternalAssetDependencies.selector
        );
        projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependenciesLocked = true;
        emit ProjectExternalAssetDependenciesLocked(_projectId);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates external asset dependency for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be updated.
     * @param _index Asset index.
     * @param _cidOrData Asset cid (Content identifier) or data string to be translated into bytecode.
     * @param _dependencyType Asset dependency type.
     *  0 - IPFS
     *  1 - ARWEAVE
     *  2 - ONCHAIN
     */
    function updateProjectExternalAssetDependency(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _index,
        string memory _cidOrData,
        ExternalAssetDependencyType _dependencyType
    ) external {
        _onlyUnlockedProjectExternalAssetDependencies(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.updateProjectExternalAssetDependency.selector
        );
        uint24 assetCount = projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependencyCount;
        require(_index < assetCount, "Asset index out of range");
        ExternalAssetDependency storage _oldDependency = projects[_projectId]
            .externalAssetDependencies[_index];
        ExternalAssetDependencyType _oldDependencyType = _oldDependency
            .dependencyType;
        projects[_projectId]
            .externalAssetDependencies[_index]
            .dependencyType = _dependencyType;
        // if the incoming dependency type is onchain, we need to write the data to bytecode
        if (_dependencyType == ExternalAssetDependencyType.ONCHAIN) {
            if (_oldDependencyType != ExternalAssetDependencyType.ONCHAIN) {
                // we only need to set the cid to an empty string if we are replacing an offchain asset
                // an onchain asset will already have an empty cid
                projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependencies[_index].cid = "";
            }
            projects[_projectId]
                .externalAssetDependencies[_index]
                .bytecodeAddress = _cidOrData.writeToBytecode();
            // we don't want to emit data, so we emit the cid as an empty string
            _cidOrData = "";
        } else {
            projects[_projectId]
                .externalAssetDependencies[_index]
                .cid = _cidOrData;
        }
        emit ExternalAssetDependencyUpdated(
            _projectId,
            _index,
            _cidOrData,
            _dependencyType,
            assetCount
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Removes external asset dependency for project `_projectId` at index `_index`.
     * Removal is done by swapping the element to be removed with the last element in the array, then deleting this last element.
     * Assets with indices higher than `_index` can have their indices adjusted as a result of this operation.
     * @param _projectId Project to be updated.
     * @param _index Asset index
     */
    function removeProjectExternalAssetDependency(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _index
    ) external {
        _onlyUnlockedProjectExternalAssetDependencies(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.removeProjectExternalAssetDependency.selector
        );
        uint24 assetCount = projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependencyCount;
        require(_index < assetCount, "Asset index out of range");
        uint24 lastElementIndex = assetCount - 1;
        // copy last element to index of element to be removed
        projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependencies[_index] = projects[
            _projectId
        ].externalAssetDependencies[lastElementIndex];
        delete projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependencies[lastElementIndex];
        projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependencyCount = lastElementIndex;
        emit ExternalAssetDependencyRemoved(_projectId, _index);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Adds external asset dependency for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be updated.
     * @param _cidOrData Asset cid (Content identifier) or data string to be translated into bytecode.
     * @param _dependencyType Asset dependency type.
     *  0 - IPFS
     *  1 - ARWEAVE
     *  2 - ONCHAIN
     */
    function addProjectExternalAssetDependency(
        uint256 _projectId,
        string memory _cidOrData,
        ExternalAssetDependencyType _dependencyType
    ) external {
        _onlyUnlockedProjectExternalAssetDependencies(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.addProjectExternalAssetDependency.selector
        );
        uint24 assetCount = projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependencyCount;
        address _bytecodeAddress = address(0);
        // if the incoming dependency type is onchain, we need to write the data to bytecode
        if (_dependencyType == ExternalAssetDependencyType.ONCHAIN) {
            _bytecodeAddress = _cidOrData.writeToBytecode();
            // we don't want to emit data, so we emit the cid as an empty string
            _cidOrData = "";
        }
        ExternalAssetDependency memory asset = ExternalAssetDependency({
            cid: _cidOrData,
            dependencyType: _dependencyType,
            bytecodeAddress: _bytecodeAddress
        });
        projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependencies[assetCount] = asset;
        projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependencyCount = assetCount + 1;
        emit ExternalAssetDependencyUpdated(
            _projectId,
            assetCount,
            _cidOrData,
            _dependencyType,
            assetCount + 1
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Mints a token from project `_projectId` and sets the
     * token's owner to `_to`. Hash may or may not be assigned to the token
     * during the mint transaction, depending on the randomizer contract.
     * @param _to Address to be the minted token's owner.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to mint a token on.
     * @param _by Purchaser of minted token.
     * @return _tokenId The ID of the minted token.
     * @dev sender must be the allowed minterContract
     * @dev name of function is optimized for gas usage
     */
    function mint_Ecf(
        address _to,
        uint256 _projectId,
        address _by
    ) external returns (uint256 _tokenId) {
        // CHECKS
        require(msg.sender == minterContract, "Must mint from minter contract");
        Project storage project = projects[_projectId];
        // load invocations into memory
        uint24 invocationsBefore = project.invocations;
        uint24 invocationsAfter;
        unchecked {
            // invocationsBefore guaranteed <= maxInvocations <= 1_000_000,
            // 1_000_000 << max uint24, so no possible overflow
            invocationsAfter = invocationsBefore + 1;
        }
        uint24 maxInvocations = project.maxInvocations;
        require(
            invocationsBefore < maxInvocations,
            "Must not exceed max invocations"
        );
        require(
            project.active ||
                _by == projectIdToFinancials[_projectId].artistAddress,
            "Project must exist and be active"
        );
        require(
            !project.paused ||
                _by == projectIdToFinancials[_projectId].artistAddress,
            "Purchases are paused."
        );
        // EFFECTS
        // increment project's invocations
        project.invocations = invocationsAfter;
        uint256 thisTokenId;
        unchecked {
            // invocationsBefore is uint24 << max uint256. In production use,
            // _projectId * ONE_MILLION must be << max uint256, otherwise
            // tokenIdToProjectId function become invalid.
            // Therefore, no risk of overflow
            thisTokenId = (_projectId * ONE_MILLION) + invocationsBefore;
        }
        // mark project as completed if hit max invocations
        if (invocationsAfter == maxInvocations) {
            _completeProject(_projectId);
        }
        // INTERACTIONS
        _mint(_to, thisTokenId);
        // token hash is updated by the randomizer contract on V3
        randomizerContract.assignTokenHash(thisTokenId);
        // Do not need to also log `projectId` in event, as the `projectId` for
        // a given token can be derived from the `tokenId` with:
        //   projectId = tokenId / 1_000_000
        emit Mint(_to, thisTokenId);
        return thisTokenId;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Sets the hash seed for a given token ID `_tokenId`.
     * May only be called by the current randomizer contract.
     * May only be called for tokens that have not already been assigned a
     * non-zero hash.
     * @param _tokenId Token ID to set the hash for.
     * @param _hashSeed Hash seed to set for the token ID. Only last 12 bytes
     * will be used.
     * @dev gas-optimized function name because called during mint sequence
     * @dev if a separate event is required when the token hash is set, e.g.
     * for indexing purposes, it must be emitted by the randomizer. This is to
     * minimize gas when minting.
     */
    function setTokenHash_8PT(uint256 _tokenId, bytes32 _hashSeed) external {
        _onlyValidTokenId(_tokenId);
        OwnerAndHashSeed storage ownerAndHashSeed = _ownersAndHashSeeds[
            _tokenId
        ];
        require(
            msg.sender == address(randomizerContract),
            "Only randomizer may set"
        );
        require(
            ownerAndHashSeed.hashSeed == bytes12(0),
            "Token hash already set"
        );
        require(_hashSeed != bytes12(0), "No zero hash seed");
        ownerAndHashSeed.hashSeed = bytes12(_hashSeed);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Allows owner (AdminACL) to revoke ownership of the contract.
     * Note that the contract is intended to continue to function after the
     * owner renounces ownership, but no new projects will be able to be added.
     * Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the
     * owner/AdminACL contract. The same is true for any dependent contracts
     * that also integrate with the owner/AdminACL contract (e.g. potentially
     * minter suite contracts, registry contracts, etc.).
     * After renouncing ownership, artists will be in control of updates to
     * their payment addresses and splits (see modifier
     * onlyAdminACLOrRenouncedArtist`).
     * While there is no currently intended reason to call this method based on
     * typical Engine partner business practices, this method exists to allow
     * artists to continue to maintain the limited set of contract
     * functionality that exists post-project-lock in an environment in which
     * there is no longer an admin maintaining this smart contract.
     * @dev This function is intended to be called directly by the AdminACL,
     * not by an address allowed by the AdminACL contract.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public override onlyOwner {
        // broadcast that new projects are no longer allowed (if not already)
        _forbidNewProjects();
        // renounce ownership viw Ownable
        Ownable.renounceOwnership();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates reference to Art Blocks Dependency Registry contract.
     * @param _artblocksDependencyRegistryAddress Address of new Dependency
     * Registry.
     */
    function updateArtblocksDependencyRegistryAddress(
        address _artblocksDependencyRegistryAddress
    ) external {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.updateArtblocksDependencyRegistryAddress.selector);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_artblocksDependencyRegistryAddress);
        artblocksDependencyRegistryAddress = _artblocksDependencyRegistryAddress;
        emit PlatformUpdated(FIELD_ARTBLOCKS_DEPENDENCY_REGISTRY_ADDRESS);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates sales addresses for the platform and render providers to
     * the input parameters.
     * @param _renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress Address of new primary sales
     * payment address.
     * @param _renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress Address of new secondary sales
     * payment address.
     * @param _platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress Address of new primary sales
     * payment address.
     * @param _platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress Address of new secondary sales
     * payment address.
     */
    function updateProviderSalesAddresses(
        address payable _renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress,
        address payable _renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress,
        address payable _platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress,
        address payable _platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress
    ) external {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.updateProviderSalesAddresses.selector);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress);
        _updateProviderSalesAddresses(
            _renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress,
            _renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress,
            _platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress,
            _platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates the render and platform provider primary sales revenue percentage to
     * the provided inputs.
     * @param renderProviderPrimarySalesPercentage_ New primary sales revenue % for the render provider
     * @param platformProviderPrimarySalesPercentage_ New primary sales revenue % for the platform provider
     * percentage.
     */
    function updateProviderPrimarySalesPercentages(
        uint256 renderProviderPrimarySalesPercentage_,
        uint256 platformProviderPrimarySalesPercentage_
    ) external {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.updateProviderPrimarySalesPercentages.selector);
        // Validate that the sum of the proposed %s, does not exceed 100%.
        require(
            (renderProviderPrimarySalesPercentage_ +
                platformProviderPrimarySalesPercentage_) <= ONE_HUNDRED,
            "Max sum of ONE_HUNDRED %"
        );
        // Casting to `uint8` here is safe due check above, which does not allow
        // overflow as of solidity version ^0.8.0.
        _renderProviderPrimarySalesPercentage = uint8(
            renderProviderPrimarySalesPercentage_
        );
        _platformProviderPrimarySalesPercentage = uint8(
            platformProviderPrimarySalesPercentage_
        );
        emit PlatformUpdated(FIELD_PROVIDER_PRIMARY_SALES_PERCENTAGES);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates render and platform provider secondary sales royalty Basis Points to
     * the provided inputs.
     * @param _renderProviderSecondarySalesBPS New secondary sales royalty Basis
     * points.
     * @param _platformProviderSecondarySalesBPS New secondary sales royalty Basis
     * points.
     * @dev Due to secondary royalties being ultimately enforced via social
     * consensus, no hard upper limit is imposed on the BPS value, other than
     * <= 100% royalty, which would not make mathematical sense. Realistically,
     * changing this value is expected to either never occur, or be a rare
     * occurrence.
     */
    function updateProviderSecondarySalesBPS(
        uint256 _renderProviderSecondarySalesBPS,
        uint256 _platformProviderSecondarySalesBPS
    ) external {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.updateProviderSecondarySalesBPS.selector);
        // Validate that the sum of the proposed provider BPS, does not exceed 10_000 BPS.
        require(
            (_renderProviderSecondarySalesBPS +
                _platformProviderSecondarySalesBPS) <=
                MAX_PROVIDER_SECONDARY_SALES_BPS,
            "Over max sum of BPS"
        );
        renderProviderSecondarySalesBPS = _renderProviderSecondarySalesBPS;
        platformProviderSecondarySalesBPS = _platformProviderSecondarySalesBPS;
        emit PlatformUpdated(FIELD_PROVIDER_SECONDARY_SALES_BPS);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates minter to `_address`.
     * @param _address Address of new minter.
     */
    function updateMinterContract(address _address) external {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.updateMinterContract.selector);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_address);
        minterContract = _address;
        emit MinterUpdated(_address);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates randomizer to `_randomizerAddress`.
     * @param _randomizerAddress Address of new randomizer.
     */
    function updateRandomizerAddress(address _randomizerAddress) external {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.updateRandomizerAddress.selector);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_randomizerAddress);
        _updateRandomizerAddress(_randomizerAddress);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Toggles project `_projectId` as active/inactive.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be toggled.
     */
    function toggleProjectIsActive(uint256 _projectId) external {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.toggleProjectIsActive.selector);
        _onlyValidProjectId(_projectId);
        projects[_projectId].active = !projects[_projectId].active;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_ACTIVE);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Artist proposes updated set of artist address, additional payee
     * addresses, and percentage splits for project `_projectId`. Addresses and
     * percentages do not have to all be changed, but they must all be defined
     * as a complete set.
     * Note that if the artist is only proposing a change to the payee percentage
     * splits, without modifying the payee addresses, the proposal will be
     * automatically approved and the new splits will become active immediately.
     * Automatic approval will also be granted if the artist is only removing
     * additional payee addresses, without adding any new ones.
     * Also note that if `autoApproveArtistSplitProposals` is true, proposals
     * will always be auto-approved, regardless of what is being changed.
     * Also note that if the artist is proposing sending funds to the zero
     * address, this function will revert and the proposal will not be created.
     * @param _projectId Project ID.
     * @param _artistAddress Artist address that controls the project, and may
     * receive payments.
     * @param _additionalPayeePrimarySales Address that may receive a
     * percentage split of the artist's primary sales revenue.
     * @param _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage Percent of artist's
     * portion of primary sale revenue that will be split to address
     * `_additionalPayeePrimarySales`.
     * @param _additionalPayeeSecondarySales Address that may receive a percentage
     * split of the secondary sales royalties.
     * @param _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage Percent of artist's portion
     * of secondary sale royalties that will be split to address
     * `_additionalPayeeSecondarySales`.
     * @dev `_artistAddress` must be a valid address (non-zero-address), but it
     * is intentionally allowable for `_additionalPayee{Primary,Secondaary}Sales`
     * and their associated percentages to be zero'd out by the controlling artist.
     */
    function proposeArtistPaymentAddressesAndSplits(
        uint256 _projectId,
        address payable _artistAddress,
        address payable _additionalPayeePrimarySales,
        uint256 _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage,
        address payable _additionalPayeeSecondarySales,
        uint256 _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage
    ) external {
        _onlyValidProjectId(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.proposeArtistPaymentAddressesAndSplits.selector
        );
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_artistAddress);
        ProjectFinance storage projectFinance = projectIdToFinancials[
            _projectId
        ];
        // checks
        require(
            _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage <= ONE_HUNDRED &&
                _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage <= ONE_HUNDRED,
            "Max of 100%"
        );
        require(
            _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage == 0 ||
                _additionalPayeePrimarySales != address(0),
            "Primary payee is zero address"
        );
        require(
            _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage == 0 ||
                _additionalPayeeSecondarySales != address(0),
            "Secondary payee is zero address"
        );
        // effects
        // emit event for off-chain indexing
        // note: always emit a proposal event, even in the pathway of
        // automatic approval, to simplify indexing expectations
        emit ProposedArtistAddressesAndSplits(
            _projectId,
            _artistAddress,
            _additionalPayeePrimarySales,
            _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage,
            _additionalPayeeSecondarySales,
            _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage
        );
        // automatically accept if no proposed addresses modifications, or if
        // the proposal only removes payee addresses, or if contract is set to
        // always auto-approve.
        // store proposal hash on-chain, only if not automatic accept
        bool automaticAccept = autoApproveArtistSplitProposals;
        if (!automaticAccept) {
            // block scope to avoid stack too deep error
            bool artistUnchanged = _artistAddress ==
                projectFinance.artistAddress;
            bool additionalPrimaryUnchangedOrRemoved = (_additionalPayeePrimarySales ==
                    projectFinance.additionalPayeePrimarySales) ||
                    (_additionalPayeePrimarySales == address(0));
            bool additionalSecondaryUnchangedOrRemoved = (_additionalPayeeSecondarySales ==
                    projectFinance.additionalPayeeSecondarySales) ||
                    (_additionalPayeeSecondarySales == address(0));
            automaticAccept =
                artistUnchanged &&
                additionalPrimaryUnchangedOrRemoved &&
                additionalSecondaryUnchangedOrRemoved;
        }
        if (automaticAccept) {
            // clear any previously proposed values
            proposedArtistAddressesAndSplitsHash[_projectId] = bytes32(0);
            // update storage
            // artist address can change during automatic accept if
            // autoApproveArtistSplitProposals is true
            projectFinance.artistAddress = _artistAddress;
            projectFinance
                .additionalPayeePrimarySales = _additionalPayeePrimarySales;
            // safe to cast as uint8 as max is 100%, max uint8 is 255
            projectFinance.additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage = uint8(
                _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage
            );
            projectFinance
                .additionalPayeeSecondarySales = _additionalPayeeSecondarySales;
            // safe to cast as uint8 as max is 100%, max uint8 is 255
            projectFinance.additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage = uint8(
                _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage
            );
            // emit event for off-chain indexing
            emit AcceptedArtistAddressesAndSplits(_projectId);
        } else {
            proposedArtistAddressesAndSplitsHash[_projectId] = keccak256(
                abi.encode(
                    _artistAddress,
                    _additionalPayeePrimarySales,
                    _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage,
                    _additionalPayeeSecondarySales,
                    _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage
                )
            );
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Admin accepts a proposed set of updated artist address,
     * additional payee addresses, and percentage splits for project
     * `_projectId`. Addresses and percentages do not have to all be changed,
     * but they must all be defined as a complete set.
     * @param _projectId Project ID.
     * @param _artistAddress Artist address that controls the project, and may
     * receive payments.
     * @param _additionalPayeePrimarySales Address that may receive a
     * percentage split of the artist's primary sales revenue.
     * @param _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage Percent of artist's
     * portion of primary sale revenue that will be split to address
     * `_additionalPayeePrimarySales`.
     * @param _additionalPayeeSecondarySales Address that may receive a percentage
     * split of the secondary sales royalties.
     * @param _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage Percent of artist's portion
     * of secondary sale royalties that will be split to address
     * `_additionalPayeeSecondarySales`.
     * @dev this must be called by the Admin ACL contract, and must only accept
     * the most recent proposed values for a given project (validated on-chain
     * by comparing the hash of the proposed and accepted values).
     * @dev `_artistAddress` must be a valid address (non-zero-address), but it
     * is intentionally allowable for `_additionalPayee{Primary,Secondaary}Sales`
     * and their associated percentages to be zero'd out by the controlling artist.
     */
    function adminAcceptArtistAddressesAndSplits(
        uint256 _projectId,
        address payable _artistAddress,
        address payable _additionalPayeePrimarySales,
        uint256 _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage,
        address payable _additionalPayeeSecondarySales,
        uint256 _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage
    ) external {
        _onlyValidProjectId(_projectId);
        _onlyAdminACLOrRenouncedArtist(
            _projectId,
            this.adminAcceptArtistAddressesAndSplits.selector
        );
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_artistAddress);
        // checks
        require(
            proposedArtistAddressesAndSplitsHash[_projectId] ==
                keccak256(
                    abi.encode(
                        _artistAddress,
                        _additionalPayeePrimarySales,
                        _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage,
                        _additionalPayeeSecondarySales,
                        _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage
                    )
                ),
            "Must match artist proposal"
        );
        // effects
        ProjectFinance storage projectFinance = projectIdToFinancials[
            _projectId
        ];
        projectFinance.artistAddress = _artistAddress;
        projectFinance
            .additionalPayeePrimarySales = _additionalPayeePrimarySales;
        projectFinance.additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage = uint8(
            _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage
        );
        projectFinance
            .additionalPayeeSecondarySales = _additionalPayeeSecondarySales;
        projectFinance.additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage = uint8(
            _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage
        );
        // clear proposed values
        proposedArtistAddressesAndSplitsHash[_projectId] = bytes32(0);
        // emit event for off-chain indexing
        emit AcceptedArtistAddressesAndSplits(_projectId);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates artist of project `_projectId` to `_artistAddress`.
     * This is to only be used in the event that the artist address is
     * compromised or sanctioned.
     * @param _projectId Project ID.
     * @param _artistAddress New artist address.
     */
    function updateProjectArtistAddress(
        uint256 _projectId,
        address payable _artistAddress
    ) external {
        _onlyValidProjectId(_projectId);
        _onlyAdminACLOrRenouncedArtist(
            _projectId,
            this.updateProjectArtistAddress.selector
        );
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_artistAddress);
        projectIdToFinancials[_projectId].artistAddress = _artistAddress;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_ARTIST_ADDRESS);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Toggles paused state of project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be toggled.
     */
    function toggleProjectIsPaused(uint256 _projectId) external {
        _onlyValidProjectId(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(_projectId, this.toggleProjectIsPaused.selector);
        projects[_projectId].paused = !projects[_projectId].paused;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_PAUSED);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Adds new project `_projectName` by `_artistAddress`.
     * @param _projectName Project name.
     * @param _artistAddress Artist's address.
     * @dev token price now stored on minter
     */
    function addProject(
        string memory _projectName,
        address payable _artistAddress
    ) external {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.addProject.selector);
        _onlyNonEmptyString(_projectName);
        _onlyNonZeroAddress(_artistAddress);
        require(!newProjectsForbidden, "New projects forbidden");
        uint256 projectId = _nextProjectId;
        projectIdToFinancials[projectId].artistAddress = _artistAddress;
        projects[projectId].name = _projectName;
        projects[projectId].paused = true;
        projects[projectId].maxInvocations = ONE_MILLION_UINT24;
        projects[projectId].projectBaseURI = defaultBaseURI;
        _nextProjectId = uint248(projectId) + 1;
        emit ProjectUpdated(projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_CREATED);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Forever forbids new projects from being added to this contract.
     */
    function forbidNewProjects() external {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.forbidNewProjects.selector);
        require(!newProjectsForbidden, "Already forbidden");
        _forbidNewProjects();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates name of project `_projectId` to be `_projectName`.
     * @param _projectId Project ID.
     * @param _projectName New project name.
     */
    function updateProjectName(
        uint256 _projectId,
        string memory _projectName
    ) external {
        _onlyUnlocked(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(_projectId, this.updateProjectName.selector);
        _onlyNonEmptyString(_projectName);
        projects[_projectId].name = _projectName;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_NAME);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates artist name for project `_projectId` to be
     * `_projectArtistName`.
     * @param _projectId Project ID.
     * @param _projectArtistName New artist name.
     */
    function updateProjectArtistName(
        uint256 _projectId,
        string memory _projectArtistName
    ) external {
        _onlyUnlocked(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.updateProjectArtistName.selector
        );
        _onlyNonEmptyString(_projectArtistName);
        projects[_projectId].artist = _projectArtistName;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_ARTIST_NAME);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates artist secondary market royalties for project
     * `_projectId` to be `_secondMarketRoyalty` percent.
     * This DOES NOT include the secondary market royalty percentages collected
     * by the issuing platform; it is only the total percentage of royalties
     * that will be split to artist and additionalSecondaryPayee.
     * @param _projectId Project ID.
     * @param _secondMarketRoyalty Percent of secondary sales revenue that will
     * be split to artist and additionalSecondaryPayee. This must be less than
     * or equal to ARTIST_MAX_SECONDARY_ROYALTY_PERCENTAGE percent.
     */
    function updateProjectSecondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _secondMarketRoyalty
    ) external {
        _onlyValidProjectId(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.updateProjectSecondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage.selector
        );
        require(
            _secondMarketRoyalty <= ARTIST_MAX_SECONDARY_ROYALTY_PERCENTAGE,
            "Over max percent"
        );
        projectIdToFinancials[_projectId]
            .secondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage = uint8(_secondMarketRoyalty);
        emit ProjectUpdated(
            _projectId,
            FIELD_PROJECT_SECONDARY_MARKET_ROYALTY_PERCENTAGE
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates description of project `_projectId`.
     * Only artist may call when unlocked, only admin may call when locked.
     * @param _projectId Project ID.
     * @param _projectDescription New project description.
     */
    function updateProjectDescription(
        uint256 _projectId,
        string memory _projectDescription
    ) external {
        // checks
        require(
            _projectUnlocked(_projectId)
                ? msg.sender == projectIdToFinancials[_projectId].artistAddress
                : adminACLAllowed(
                    msg.sender,
                    address(this),
                    this.updateProjectDescription.selector
                ),
            "Only artist when unlocked, owner when locked"
        );
        // effects
        projects[_projectId].description = _projectDescription;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_DESCRIPTION);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates website of project `_projectId` to be `_projectWebsite`.
     * @param _projectId Project ID.
     * @param _projectWebsite New project website.
     * @dev It is intentionally allowed for this to be set to the empty string.
     */
    function updateProjectWebsite(
        uint256 _projectId,
        string memory _projectWebsite
    ) external {
        _onlyValidProjectId(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(_projectId, this.updateProjectWebsite.selector);
        projects[_projectId].website = _projectWebsite;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_WEBSITE);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates license for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project ID.
     * @param _projectLicense New project license.
     */
    function updateProjectLicense(
        uint256 _projectId,
        string memory _projectLicense
    ) external {
        _onlyUnlocked(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(_projectId, this.updateProjectLicense.selector);
        _onlyNonEmptyString(_projectLicense);
        projects[_projectId].license = _projectLicense;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_LICENSE);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates maximum invocations for project `_projectId` to
     * `_maxInvocations`. Maximum invocations may only be decreased by the
     * artist, and must be greater than or equal to current invocations.
     * New projects are created with maximum invocations of 1 million by
     * default.
     * @param _projectId Project ID.
     * @param _maxInvocations New maximum invocations.
     */
    function updateProjectMaxInvocations(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint24 _maxInvocations
    ) external {
        _onlyValidProjectId(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.updateProjectMaxInvocations.selector
        );
        // CHECKS
        Project storage project = projects[_projectId];
        uint256 _invocations = project.invocations;
        require(
            (_maxInvocations < project.maxInvocations),
            "Only maxInvocations decrease"
        );
        require(_maxInvocations >= _invocations, "Only gte invocations");
        // EFFECTS
        project.maxInvocations = _maxInvocations;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_MAX_INVOCATIONS);
        // register completed timestamp if action completed the project
        if (_maxInvocations == _invocations) {
            _completeProject(_projectId);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Adds a script to project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be updated.
     * @param _script Script to be added. Required to be a non-empty string,
     * but no further validation is performed.
     */
    function addProjectScript(
        uint256 _projectId,
        string memory _script
    ) external {
        _onlyUnlocked(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(_projectId, this.addProjectScript.selector);
        _onlyNonEmptyString(_script);
        Project storage project = projects[_projectId];
        // store script in contract bytecode
        project.scriptBytecodeAddresses[project.scriptCount] = _script
            .writeToBytecode();
        project.scriptCount = project.scriptCount + 1;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_SCRIPT);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates script for project `_projectId` at script ID `_scriptId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be updated.
     * @param _scriptId Script ID to be updated.
     * @param _script The updated script value. Required to be a non-empty
     *                string, but no further validation is performed.
     */
    function updateProjectScript(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _scriptId,
        string memory _script
    ) external {
        _onlyUnlocked(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(_projectId, this.updateProjectScript.selector);
        _onlyNonEmptyString(_script);
        Project storage project = projects[_projectId];
        require(_scriptId < project.scriptCount, "scriptId out of range");
        // store script in contract bytecode, replacing reference address from
        // the contract that no longer exists with the newly created one
        project.scriptBytecodeAddresses[_scriptId] = _script.writeToBytecode();
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_SCRIPT);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Removes last script from project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be updated.
     */
    function removeProjectLastScript(uint256 _projectId) external {
        _onlyUnlocked(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.removeProjectLastScript.selector
        );
        Project storage project = projects[_projectId];
        require(project.scriptCount > 0, "No scripts to remove");
        // delete reference to contract address that no longer exists
        delete project.scriptBytecodeAddresses[project.scriptCount - 1];
        unchecked {
            project.scriptCount = project.scriptCount - 1;
        }
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_SCRIPT);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates script type for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be updated.
     * @param _scriptTypeAndVersion Script type and version e.g. "[email protected]",
     * as bytes32 encoded string.
     */
    function updateProjectScriptType(
        uint256 _projectId,
        bytes32 _scriptTypeAndVersion
    ) external {
        _onlyUnlocked(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.updateProjectScriptType.selector
        );
        Project storage project = projects[_projectId];
        // require exactly one @ symbol in _scriptTypeAndVersion
        require(
            _scriptTypeAndVersion.containsExactCharacterQty(
                AT_CHARACTER_CODE,
                uint8(1)
            ),
            "must contain exactly one @"
        );
        project.scriptTypeAndVersion = _scriptTypeAndVersion;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_SCRIPT_TYPE);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates project's aspect ratio.
     * @param _projectId Project to be updated.
     * @param _aspectRatio Aspect ratio to be set. Intended to be string in the
     * format of a decimal, e.g. "1" for square, "1.77777778" for 16:9, etc.,
     * allowing for a maximum of 10 digits and one (optional) decimal separator.
     */
    function updateProjectAspectRatio(
        uint256 _projectId,
        string memory _aspectRatio
    ) external {
        _onlyUnlocked(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(
            _projectId,
            this.updateProjectAspectRatio.selector
        );
        _onlyNonEmptyString(_aspectRatio);
        // Perform more detailed input validation for aspect ratio.
        bytes memory aspectRatioBytes = bytes(_aspectRatio);
        uint256 bytesLength = aspectRatioBytes.length;
        require(bytesLength <= 11, "Aspect ratio format too long");
        bool hasSeenDecimalSeparator = false;
        bool hasSeenNumber = false;
        for (uint256 i; i < bytesLength; i++) {
            bytes1 character = aspectRatioBytes[i];
            // Allow as many #s as desired.
            if (character >= 0x30 && character <= 0x39) {
                // 9-0
                // We need to ensure there is at least 1 `9-0` occurrence.
                hasSeenNumber = true;
                continue;
            }
            if (character == 0x2E) {
                // .
                // Allow no more than 1 `.` occurrence.
                if (!hasSeenDecimalSeparator) {
                    hasSeenDecimalSeparator = true;
                    continue;
                }
            }
            revert("Improperly formatted aspect ratio");
        }
        require(hasSeenNumber, "Aspect ratio has no numbers");
        projects[_projectId].aspectRatio = _aspectRatio;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_ASPECT_RATIO);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates base URI for project `_projectId` to `_newBaseURI`.
     * This is the controlling base URI for all tokens in the project. The
     * contract-level defaultBaseURI is only used when initializing new
     * projects.
     * @param _projectId Project to be updated.
     * @param _newBaseURI New base URI.
     */
    function updateProjectBaseURI(
        uint256 _projectId,
        string memory _newBaseURI
    ) external {
        _onlyValidProjectId(_projectId);
        _onlyArtistOrAdminACL(_projectId, this.updateProjectBaseURI.selector);
        _onlyNonEmptyString(_newBaseURI);
        projects[_projectId].projectBaseURI = _newBaseURI;
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_BASE_URI);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates default base URI to `_defaultBaseURI`. The
     * contract-level defaultBaseURI is only used when initializing new
     * projects. Token URIs are determined by their project's `projectBaseURI`.
     * @param _defaultBaseURI New default base URI.
     */
    function updateDefaultBaseURI(string memory _defaultBaseURI) external {
        _onlyAdminACL(this.updateDefaultBaseURI.selector);
        _onlyNonEmptyString(_defaultBaseURI);
        _updateDefaultBaseURI(_defaultBaseURI);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Next project ID to be created on this contract.
     * @return uint256 Next project ID.
     */
    function nextProjectId() external view returns (uint256) {
        return _nextProjectId;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns token hash for token ID `_tokenId`. Returns null if hash
     * has not been set.
     * @param _tokenId Token ID to be queried.
     * @return bytes32 Token hash.
     * @dev token hash is the keccak256 hash of the stored hash seed
     */
    function tokenIdToHash(uint256 _tokenId) external view returns (bytes32) {
        bytes12 _hashSeed = _ownersAndHashSeeds[_tokenId].hashSeed;
        if (_hashSeed == 0) {
            return 0;
        }
        return keccak256(abi.encode(_hashSeed));
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns token hash **seed** for token ID `_tokenId`. Returns
     * null if hash seed has not been set. The hash seed id the bytes12 value
     * which is hashed to produce the token hash.
     * @param _tokenId Token ID to be queried.
     * @return bytes12 Token hash seed.
     * @dev token hash seed is keccak256 hashed to give the token hash
     */
    function tokenIdToHashSeed(
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) external view returns (bytes12) {
        return _ownersAndHashSeeds[_tokenId].hashSeed;
    }
    /**
     * @notice View function returning the render provider portion of
     * primary sales, in percent.
     * @return uint256 The render provider portion of primary sales,
     * in percent.
     */
    function renderProviderPrimarySalesPercentage()
        external
        view
        returns (uint256)
    {
        return _renderProviderPrimarySalesPercentage;
    }
    /**
     * @notice View function returning the platform provider portion of
     * primary sales, in percent.
     * @return uint256 The platform provider portion of primary sales,
     * in percent.
     */
    function platformProviderPrimarySalesPercentage()
        external
        view
        returns (uint256)
    {
        return _platformProviderPrimarySalesPercentage;
    }
    /**
     * @notice View function returning Artist's address for project
     * `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be queried.
     * @return address Artist's address.
     */
    function projectIdToArtistAddress(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (address payable) {
        return projectIdToFinancials[_projectId].artistAddress;
    }
    /**
     * @notice View function returning Artist's secondary market royalty
     * percentage for project `_projectId`.
     * This does not include render/platform providers portions of secondary
     * market royalties.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be queried.
     * @return uint256 Artist's secondary market royalty percentage.
     */
    function projectIdToSecondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (uint256) {
        return
            projectIdToFinancials[_projectId].secondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage;
    }
    /**
     * @notice View function returning Artist's additional payee address for
     * primary sales, for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be queried.
     * @return address Artist's additional payee address for primary sales.
     */
    function projectIdToAdditionalPayeePrimarySales(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (address payable) {
        return projectIdToFinancials[_projectId].additionalPayeePrimarySales;
    }
    /**
     * @notice View function returning Artist's additional payee primary sales
     * percentage, for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be queried.
     * @return uint256 Artist's additional payee primary sales percentage.
     */
    function projectIdToAdditionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (uint256) {
        return
            projectIdToFinancials[_projectId]
                .additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage;
    }
    /**
     * @notice View function returning Artist's additional payee address for
     * secondary sales, for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be queried.
     * @return address payable Artist's additional payee address for secondary
     * sales.
     */
    function projectIdToAdditionalPayeeSecondarySales(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (address payable) {
        return projectIdToFinancials[_projectId].additionalPayeeSecondarySales;
    }
    /**
     * @notice View function returning Artist's additional payee secondary
     * sales percentage, for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be queried.
     * @return uint256 Artist's additional payee secondary sales percentage.
     */
    function projectIdToAdditionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (uint256) {
        return
            projectIdToFinancials[_projectId]
                .additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns project details for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be queried.
     * @return projectName Name of project
     * @return artist Artist of project
     * @return description Project description
     * @return website Project website
     * @return license Project license
     * @dev this function was named projectDetails prior to V3 core contract.
     */
    function projectDetails(
        uint256 _projectId
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            string memory projectName,
            string memory artist,
            string memory description,
            string memory website,
            string memory license
        )
    {
        Project storage project = projects[_projectId];
        projectName = project.name;
        artist = project.artist;
        description = project.description;
        website = project.website;
        license = project.license;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns project state data for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be queried
     * @return invocations Current number of invocations
     * @return maxInvocations Maximum allowed invocations
     * @return active Boolean representing if project is currently active
     * @return paused Boolean representing if project is paused
     * @return completedTimestamp zero if project not complete, otherwise
     * timestamp of project completion.
     * @return locked Boolean representing if project is locked
     * @dev price and currency info are located on minter contracts
     */
    function projectStateData(
        uint256 _projectId
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint256 invocations,
            uint256 maxInvocations,
            bool active,
            bool paused,
            uint256 completedTimestamp,
            bool locked
        )
    {
        Project storage project = projects[_projectId];
        invocations = project.invocations;
        maxInvocations = project.maxInvocations;
        active = project.active;
        paused = project.paused;
        completedTimestamp = project.completedTimestamp;
        locked = !_projectUnlocked(_projectId);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns artist payment information for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be queried
     * @return artistAddress Project Artist's address
     * @return additionalPayeePrimarySales Additional payee address for primary
     * sales
     * @return additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage Percentage of artist revenue
     * to be sent to the additional payee address for primary sales
     * @return additionalPayeeSecondarySales Additional payee address for secondary
     * sales royalties
     * @return additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage Percentage of artist revenue
     * to be sent to the additional payee address for secondary sales royalties
     * @return secondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage Royalty percentage to be sent to
     * combination of artist and additional payee. This does not include the
     * platform's percentage of secondary sales royalties, which is defined as
     * the sum of `renderProviderSecondarySalesBPS`
     * and `platformProviderSecondarySalesBPS`.
     */
    function projectArtistPaymentInfo(
        uint256 _projectId
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            address artistAddress,
            address additionalPayeePrimarySales,
            uint256 additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage,
            address additionalPayeeSecondarySales,
            uint256 additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage,
            uint256 secondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage
        )
    {
        ProjectFinance storage projectFinance = projectIdToFinancials[
            _projectId
        ];
        artistAddress = projectFinance.artistAddress;
        additionalPayeePrimarySales = projectFinance
            .additionalPayeePrimarySales;
        additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage = projectFinance
            .additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage;
        additionalPayeeSecondarySales = projectFinance
            .additionalPayeeSecondarySales;
        additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage = projectFinance
            .additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage;
        secondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage = projectFinance
            .secondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns script information for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be queried.
     * @return scriptTypeAndVersion Project's script type and version
     * (e.g. "p5js(atSymbol)1.0.0")
     * @return aspectRatio Aspect ratio of project (e.g. "1" for square,
     * "1.77777778" for 16:9, etc.)
     * @return scriptCount Count of scripts for project
     */
    function projectScriptDetails(
        uint256 _projectId
    )
        external
        view
        override(IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Base, IDependencyRegistryCompatibleV0)
        returns (
            string memory scriptTypeAndVersion,
            string memory aspectRatio,
            uint256 scriptCount
        )
    {
        Project storage project = projects[_projectId];
        scriptTypeAndVersion = project.scriptTypeAndVersion.toString();
        aspectRatio = project.aspectRatio;
        scriptCount = project.scriptCount;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns address with bytecode containing project script for
     * project `_projectId` at script index `_index`.
     */
    function projectScriptBytecodeAddressByIndex(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _index
    ) external view returns (address) {
        return projects[_projectId].scriptBytecodeAddresses[_index];
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns script for project `_projectId` at script index `_index`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be queried.
     * @param _index Index of script to be queried.
     */
    function projectScriptByIndex(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _index
    ) external view returns (string memory) {
        Project storage project = projects[_projectId];
        // If trying to access an out-of-index script, return the empty string.
        if (_index >= project.scriptCount) {
            return "";
        }
        return project.scriptBytecodeAddresses[_index].readFromBytecode();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns base URI for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be queried.
     * @return projectBaseURI Base URI for project
     */
    function projectURIInfo(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (string memory projectBaseURI) {
        projectBaseURI = projects[_projectId].projectBaseURI;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Backwards-compatible (pre-V3) function returning if `_minter` is
     * minterContract.
     * @param _minter Address to be queried.
     * @return bool Boolean representing if `_minter` is minterContract.
     */
    function isMintWhitelisted(address _minter) external view returns (bool) {
        return (minterContract == _minter);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Gets qty of randomizers in history of all randomizers used by
     * this core contract. If a randomizer is switched away from then back to,
     * it will show up in the history twice.
     * @return randomizerHistoryCount Count of randomizers in history
     */
    function numHistoricalRandomizers() external view returns (uint256) {
        return _historicalRandomizerAddresses.length;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Gets address of randomizer at index `_index` in history of all
     * randomizers used by this core contract. Index is zero-based.
     * @param _index Historical index of randomizer to be queried.
     * @return randomizerAddress Address of randomizer at index `_index`.
     * @dev If a randomizer is switched away from and then switched back to, it
     * will show up in the history twice.
     */
    function getHistoricalRandomizerAt(
        uint256 _index
    ) external view returns (address) {
        require(
            _index < _historicalRandomizerAddresses.length,
            "Index out of bounds"
        );
        return _historicalRandomizerAddresses[_index];
    }
    /**
     * @notice Gets royalty Basis Points (BPS) for token ID `_tokenId`.
     * This conforms to the IManifold interface designated in the Royalty
     * Registry's RoyaltyEngineV1.sol contract.
     * ref: https://github.com/manifoldxyz/royalty-registry-solidity
     * @param _tokenId Token ID to be queried.
     * @return recipients Array of royalty payment recipients
     * @return bps Array of Basis Points (BPS) allocated to each recipient,
     * aligned by index.
     * @dev reverts if invalid _tokenId
     * @dev only returns recipients that have a non-zero BPS allocation
     */
    function getRoyalties(
        uint256 _tokenId
    )
        external
        view
        returns (address payable[] memory recipients, uint256[] memory bps)
    {
        _onlyValidTokenId(_tokenId);
        // initialize arrays with maximum potential length
        recipients = new address payable[](4);
        bps = new uint256[](4);
        uint256 projectId = tokenIdToProjectId(_tokenId);
        ProjectFinance storage projectFinance = projectIdToFinancials[
            projectId
        ];
        // load values into memory
        uint256 royaltyPercentageForArtistAndAdditional = projectFinance
            .secondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage;
        uint256 additionalPayeePercentage = projectFinance
            .additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage;
        // calculate BPS = percentage * 100
        uint256 artistBPS = (ONE_HUNDRED - additionalPayeePercentage) *
            royaltyPercentageForArtistAndAdditional;
        uint256 additionalBPS = additionalPayeePercentage *
            royaltyPercentageForArtistAndAdditional;
        uint256 renderProviderBPS = renderProviderSecondarySalesBPS;
        uint256 platformProviderBPS = platformProviderSecondarySalesBPS;
        // populate arrays
        uint256 payeeCount;
        if (artistBPS > 0) {
            recipients[payeeCount] = projectFinance.artistAddress;
            bps[payeeCount++] = artistBPS;
        }
        if (additionalBPS > 0) {
            recipients[payeeCount] = projectFinance
                .additionalPayeeSecondarySales;
            bps[payeeCount++] = additionalBPS;
        }
        if (renderProviderBPS > 0) {
            recipients[payeeCount] = renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress;
            bps[payeeCount++] = renderProviderBPS;
        }
        if (platformProviderBPS > 0) {
            recipients[payeeCount] = platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress;
            bps[payeeCount++] = platformProviderBPS;
        }
        // trim arrays if necessary
        if (4 > payeeCount) {
            assembly {
                let decrease := sub(4, payeeCount)
                mstore(recipients, sub(mload(recipients), decrease))
                mstore(bps, sub(mload(bps), decrease))
            }
        }
        return (recipients, bps);
    }
    /**
     * @notice View function that returns appropriate revenue splits between
     * different render provider, platform provider, Artist, and Artist's
     * additional primary sales payee given a sale price of `_price` on
     * project `_projectId`.
     * This always returns four revenue amounts and four addresses, but if a
     * revenue is zero for either Artist or additional payee, the corresponding
     * address returned will also be null (for gas optimization).
     * Does not account for refund if user overpays for a token (minter should
     * handle a refund of the difference, if appropriate).
     * Some minters may have alternative methods of splitting payments, in
     * which case they should implement their own payment splitting logic.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be queried.
     * @param _price Sale price of token.
     * @return renderProviderRevenue_ amount of revenue to be sent to the
     * render provider
     * @return renderProviderAddress_ address to send render provider revenue to
     * @return platformProviderRevenue_ amount of revenue to be sent to the
     * platform provider
     * @return platformProviderAddress_ address to send platform provider revenue to
     * @return artistRevenue_ amount of revenue to be sent to Artist
     * @return artistAddress_ address to send Artist revenue to. Will be null
     * if no revenue is due to artist (gas optimization).
     * @return additionalPayeePrimaryRevenue_ amount of revenue to be sent to
     * additional payee for primary sales
     * @return additionalPayeePrimaryAddress_ address to send Artist's
     * additional payee for primary sales revenue to. Will be null if no
     * revenue is due to additional payee for primary sales (gas optimization).
     * @dev this always returns four addresses and four revenues, but if the
     * revenue is zero, the corresponding address will be address(0). It is up
     * to the contract performing the revenue split to handle this
     * appropriately.
     */
    function getPrimaryRevenueSplits(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _price
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint256 renderProviderRevenue_,
            address payable renderProviderAddress_,
            uint256 platformProviderRevenue_,
            address payable platformProviderAddress_,
            uint256 artistRevenue_,
            address payable artistAddress_,
            uint256 additionalPayeePrimaryRevenue_,
            address payable additionalPayeePrimaryAddress_
        )
    {
        ProjectFinance storage projectFinance = projectIdToFinancials[
            _projectId
        ];
        // calculate revenues – this is a three-way split between the
        // render provider, the platform provider, and the artist, and
        // is safe to perform this given that in the case of loss of
        // precision Solidity will round down.
        uint256 projectFunds = _price;
        renderProviderRevenue_ =
            (_price * uint256(_renderProviderPrimarySalesPercentage)) /
            ONE_HUNDRED;
        // renderProviderRevenue_ percentage is always <=100, so guaranteed to never underflow
        projectFunds -= renderProviderRevenue_;
        platformProviderRevenue_ =
            (_price * uint256(_platformProviderPrimarySalesPercentage)) /
            ONE_HUNDRED;
        // platformProviderRevenue_ percentage is always <=100, so guaranteed to never underflow
        projectFunds -= platformProviderRevenue_;
        additionalPayeePrimaryRevenue_ =
            (projectFunds *
                projectFinance.additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage) /
            ONE_HUNDRED;
        // projectIdToAdditionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage is always
        // <=100, so guaranteed to never underflow
        artistRevenue_ = projectFunds - additionalPayeePrimaryRevenue_;
        // set addresses from storage
        renderProviderAddress_ = renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress;
        platformProviderAddress_ = platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress;
        if (artistRevenue_ > 0) {
            artistAddress_ = projectFinance.artistAddress;
        }
        if (additionalPayeePrimaryRevenue_ > 0) {
            additionalPayeePrimaryAddress_ = projectFinance
                .additionalPayeePrimarySales;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns external asset dependency for project `_projectId` at index `_index`.
     * If the dependencyType is ONCHAIN, the `data` field will contain the extrated bytecode data and `cid`
     * will be an empty string. Conversly, for any other dependencyType, the `data` field will be an empty string
     * and the `bytecodeAddress` will point to the zero address.
     */
    function projectExternalAssetDependencyByIndex(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _index
    ) external view returns (ExternalAssetDependencyWithData memory) {
        ExternalAssetDependency storage _dependency = projects[_projectId]
            .externalAssetDependencies[_index];
        address _bytecodeAddress = _dependency.bytecodeAddress;
        return
            ExternalAssetDependencyWithData({
                dependencyType: _dependency.dependencyType,
                cid: _dependency.cid,
                bytecodeAddress: _bytecodeAddress,
                data: (_dependency.dependencyType ==
                    ExternalAssetDependencyType.ONCHAIN)
                    ? _bytecodeAddress.readFromBytecode()
                    : ""
            });
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns external asset dependency count for project `_projectId` at index `_index`.
     */
    function projectExternalAssetDependencyCount(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(projects[_projectId].externalAssetDependencyCount);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Backwards-compatible (pre-V3) getter returning contract admin
     * @return address Address of contract admin (same as owner)
     */
    function admin() external view returns (address) {
        return owner();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Gets the project ID for a given `_tokenId`.
     * @param _tokenId Token ID to be queried.
     * @return _projectId Project ID for given `_tokenId`.
     */
    function tokenIdToProjectId(
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) public pure returns (uint256 _projectId) {
        return _tokenId / ONE_MILLION;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Convenience function that returns whether `_sender` is allowed
     * to call function with selector `_selector` on contract `_contract`, as
     * determined by this contract's current Admin ACL contract. Expected use
     * cases include minter contracts checking if caller is allowed to call
     * admin-gated functions on minter contracts.
     * @param _sender Address of the sender calling function with selector
     * `_selector` on contract `_contract`.
     * @param _contract Address of the contract being called by `_sender`.
     * @param _selector Function selector of the function being called by
     * `_sender`.
     * @return bool Whether `_sender` is allowed to call function with selector
     * `_selector` on contract `_contract`.
     * @dev assumes the Admin ACL contract is the owner of this contract, which
     * is expected to always be true.
     * @dev adminACLContract is expected to either be null address (if owner
     * has renounced ownership), or conform to IAdminACLV0 interface. Check for
     * null address first to avoid revert when admin has renounced ownership.
     */
    function adminACLAllowed(
        address _sender,
        address _contract,
        bytes4 _selector
    ) public returns (bool) {
        return
            owner() != address(0) &&
            adminACLContract.allowed(_sender, _contract, _selector);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns contract owner. Set to deployer's address by default on
     * contract deployment.
     * @return address Address of contract owner.
     * @dev ref: https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/api/access#Ownable
     * @dev owner role was called `admin` prior to V3 core contract
     */
    function owner()
        public
        view
        override(Ownable, IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Base)
        returns (address)
    {
        return Ownable.owner();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Gets token URI for token ID `_tokenId`.
     * @param _tokenId Token ID to be queried.
     * @return string URI of token ID `_tokenId`.
     * @dev token URIs are the concatenation of the project base URI and the
     * token ID.
     */
    function tokenURI(
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) public view override returns (string memory) {
        _onlyValidTokenId(_tokenId);
        string memory _projectBaseURI = projects[tokenIdToProjectId(_tokenId)]
            .projectBaseURI;
        return string.concat(_projectBaseURI, toString(_tokenId));
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(
        bytes4 interfaceId
    ) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return
            interfaceId == type(IManifold).interfaceId ||
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Forbids new projects from being created
     * @dev only performs operation and emits event if contract is not already
     * forbidding new projects.
     */
    function _forbidNewProjects() internal {
        if (!newProjectsForbidden) {
            newProjectsForbidden = true;
            emit PlatformUpdated(FIELD_NEW_PROJECTS_FORBIDDEN);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     * @param newOwner New owner.
     * @dev owner role was called `admin` prior to V3 core contract.
     * @dev Overrides and wraps OpenZeppelin's _transferOwnership function to
     * also update adminACLContract for improved introspection.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal override {
        Ownable._transferOwnership(newOwner);
        adminACLContract = IAdminACLV0(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates sales addresses for the platform and render providers to
     * the input parameters.
     * @param _renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress Address of new primary sales
     * payment address.
     * @param _renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress Address of new secondary sales
     * payment address.
     * @param _platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress Address of new primary sales
     * payment address.
     * @param _platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress Address of new secondary sales
     * payment address.
     * @dev Note that this method does not check that the input address is
     * not `address(0)`, as it is expected that callers of this method should
     * perform input validation where applicable.
     */
    function _updateProviderSalesAddresses(
        address _renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress,
        address _renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress,
        address _platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress,
        address _platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress
    ) internal {
        platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress = payable(
            _platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress
        );
        platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress = payable(
            _platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress
        );
        renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress = payable(
            _renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress
        );
        renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress = payable(
            _renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress
        );
        emit PlatformUpdated(FIELD_PROVIDER_SALES_ADDRESSES);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates randomizer address to `_randomizerAddress`.
     * @param _randomizerAddress New randomizer address.
     * @dev Note that this method does not check that the input address is
     * not `address(0)`, as it is expected that callers of this method should
     * perform input validation where applicable.
     */
    function _updateRandomizerAddress(address _randomizerAddress) internal {
        randomizerContract = IRandomizerV2(_randomizerAddress);
        // populate historical randomizer array
        _historicalRandomizerAddresses.push(_randomizerAddress);
        emit PlatformUpdated(FIELD_RANDOMIZER_ADDRESS);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates default base URI to `_defaultBaseURI`.
     * When new projects are added, their `projectBaseURI` is automatically
     * initialized to `_defaultBaseURI`.
     * @param _defaultBaseURI New default base URI.
     * @dev Note that this method does not check that the input string is not
     * the empty string, as it is expected that callers of this method should
     * perform input validation where applicable.
     */
    function _updateDefaultBaseURI(string memory _defaultBaseURI) internal {
        defaultBaseURI = _defaultBaseURI;
        emit PlatformUpdated(FIELD_DEFAULT_BASE_URI);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Internal function to complete a project.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be completed.
     */
    function _completeProject(uint256 _projectId) internal {
        projects[_projectId].completedTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
        emit ProjectUpdated(_projectId, FIELD_PROJECT_COMPLETED);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Internal function that returns whether a project is unlocked.
     * Projects automatically lock four weeks after they are completed.
     * Projects are considered completed when they have been invoked the
     * maximum number of times.
     * @param _projectId Project ID to be queried.
     * @return bool true if project is unlocked, false otherwise.
     * @dev This also enforces that the `_projectId` passed in is valid.
     */
    function _projectUnlocked(uint256 _projectId) internal view returns (bool) {
        _onlyValidProjectId(_projectId);
        uint256 projectCompletedTimestamp = projects[_projectId]
            .completedTimestamp;
        bool projectOpen = projectCompletedTimestamp == 0;
        return
            projectOpen ||
            (block.timestamp - projectCompletedTimestamp <
                FOUR_WEEKS_IN_SECONDS);
    }
    // strings library from OpenZeppelin, modified for no constants
    bytes16 private _HEX_SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    uint8 private _ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20;
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        // Inspired by OraclizeAPI's implementation - MIT licence
        // https://github.com/oraclize/ethereum-api/blob/b42146b063c7d6ee1358846c198246239e9360e8/oraclizeAPI_0.4.25.sol
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 digits;
        while (temp != 0) {
            digits++;
            temp /= 10;
        }
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(digits);
        while (value != 0) {
            digits -= 1;
            buffer[digits] = bytes1(uint8(48 + uint256(value % 10)));
            value /= 10;
        }
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(
        uint256 value,
        uint256 length
    ) internal view returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _HEX_SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(address addr) internal view returns (string memory) {
        return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), _ADDRESS_LENGTH);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright (c) 2023 the ethier authors (github.com/divergencetech/ethier)
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;
import {AccessControlEnumerable} from "../utils/AccessControlEnumerable.sol";
import {ERC721A, ERC721ACommon} from "./ERC721ACommon.sol";
/**
 * @notice ERC721 extension that implements a commonly used _baseURI() function
 * to return an URL prefix that can be set by the contract steerer.
 */
contract BaseTokenURI is AccessControlEnumerable {
    /**
     * @notice Base token URI used as a prefix by tokenURI().
     */
    string private _baseTokenURI;
    constructor(string memory baseTokenURI_) {
        _setBaseTokenURI(baseTokenURI_);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Sets the base token URI prefix.
     * @dev Only callable by the contract steerer.
     */
    function setBaseTokenURI(string memory baseTokenURI_)
        public
        onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE)
    {
        _setBaseTokenURI(baseTokenURI_);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Sets the base token URI prefix.
     */
    function _setBaseTokenURI(string memory baseTokenURI_) internal virtual {
        _baseTokenURI = baseTokenURI_;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns the `baseTokenURI`.
     */
    function baseTokenURI() public view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return _baseTokenURI;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns the base token URI * without any additional characters (e.g. a slash).
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return _baseTokenURI;
    }
}
/**
 * @notice ERC721ACommon extension that adds BaseTokenURI.
 */
abstract contract ERC721ACommonBaseTokenURI is ERC721ACommon, BaseTokenURI {
    /**
     * @notice Overrides supportsInterface as required by inheritance.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC721ACommon, AccessControlEnumerable)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return
            ERC721ACommon.supportsInterface(interfaceId) ||
            AccessControlEnumerable.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Inheritance resolution.
     */
    function _baseURI()
        internal
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC721A, BaseTokenURI)
        returns (string memory)
    {
        return BaseTokenURI._baseURI();
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright (c) 2023 the ethier authors (github.com/divergencetech/ethier)
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;
import {Address} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Address.sol";
import {DefaultOperatorFilterer} from "operator-filter-registry/src/DefaultOperatorFilterer.sol";
import {ERC721A, ERC721ACommon} from "./ERC721ACommon.sol";
/**
 * @notice ERC721ACommon extension that adds Opensea's operator filtering.
 */
abstract contract OperatorFilterOS is ERC721ACommon, DefaultOperatorFilterer {
    using Address for address;
    /**
     * @notice Calling the operator filter registry with given calldata.
     * @dev The registry contract did not foresee role-based contract access
     * control -- only the contract itself, or its (EIP-173) owner is allowed to
     * change subscription settings. To work around this, we enforce
     * authorisation here and forward arbitrary calldata to the registry.
     * Use with care!
     */
    function callOperatorFilterRegistry(bytes calldata cdata)
        external
        onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE)
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        return address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).functionCall(cdata);
    }
    // =========================================================================
    //                           Operator filtering
    // =========================================================================
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved)
        public
        virtual
        override
        onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(operator)
    {
        super.setApprovalForAll(operator, approved);
    }
    function approve(address operator, uint256 tokenId)
        public
        payable
        virtual
        override
        onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(operator)
    {
        super.approve(operator, tokenId);
    }
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override onlyAllowedOperator(from) {
        super.transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override onlyAllowedOperator(from) {
        super.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) public payable virtual override onlyAllowedOperator(from) {
        super.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, data);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 Proof Holdings Inc.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
uint256 constant AB_ENGINE_PROJECT_MULTIPLIER = 1_000_000;
function artblocksTokenID(uint256 projectId, uint256 edition) pure returns (uint256) {
    return (projectId * AB_ENGINE_PROJECT_MULTIPLIER) + edition;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 Proof Holdings Inc.
pragma solidity >=0.8.0;
/**
 * @notice IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Base minting interface
 */
interface IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Mintable {
    function mint_Ecf(address to, uint256 projectId, address sender) external returns (uint256 _tokenId);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;
import {ERC721ACommon} from "ethier/erc721/ERC721ACommon.sol";
import {AccessControlEnumerable, BaseSellable} from "./BaseSellable.sol";
/**
 * @notice Base contract for sellable ERC721ACommon tokens.
 */
abstract contract SellableERC721ACommon is BaseSellable, ERC721ACommon {
    /**
     * @inheritdoc BaseSellable
     */
    function _handleSale(address to, uint64 num, bytes calldata) internal virtual override {
        _mint(to, num);
    }
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC721ACommon, AccessControlEnumerable)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return ERC721ACommon.supportsInterface(interfaceId) || AccessControlEnumerable.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 Proof Holdings Inc.
pragma solidity >=0.8.17;
/**
 * @notice Diamond Exhibition - Projects configuration.
 * @author David Huber (@cxkoda)
 * @custom:reviewer Arran Schlosberg (@divergencearran)
 */
contract ProjectsConfig {
    /**
     * @notice The number of longform projects.
     */
    uint8 internal constant _NUM_LONGFORM_PROJECTS = 11;
    /**
     * @notice The number of pre-curated projects.
     */
    uint8 internal constant _NUM_CURATED_PROJECTS = 10;
    /**
     * @notice The total number of projects.
     */
    uint8 public constant NUM_PROJECTS = _NUM_LONGFORM_PROJECTS + _NUM_CURATED_PROJECTS;
    /**
     * @notice Returns the number of projects than can be minted per project.
     */
    function _maxNumPerProject() internal pure virtual returns (uint256[NUM_PROJECTS] memory sizes) {
        return [
            // Longform
            uint256(600), // Impossible Distance
            600, // cathedral study
            600, // Deja Vu
            800, // WaveShapes
            1000, // Ephemeral Tides
            600, // StackSlash
            450, // Viridaria
            1000, // Windwoven
            256, // Memory Loss
            1000, // The Collector's Room
            1000, // Extrañezas
            // Pre-curated
            100, // Everydays: Group Effort
            100, // Kid Heart
            100, // BEHEADED (SELF PORTRAIT)
            1127, // End Transmissions
            77, // DES CHOSES™
            100, // A Wintry Night in Chinatown
            100, // Penthouse
            200, // Hands of Umbra
            100, // Solitaire
            100 // Remnants of a Distant Dream
        ];
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns the number of projects than can be minted per project.
     */
    function maxNumPerProject() external pure returns (uint256[NUM_PROJECTS] memory) {
        return _maxNumPerProject();
    }
    // =========================================================================
    //                          Project Types
    // =========================================================================
    /**
     * @notice The different types of projects.
     */
    enum ProjectType {
        Longform,
        Curated
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns the project type for a given project ID.
     */
    function projectType(uint8 projectId) public pure returns (ProjectType) {
        return projectId < _NUM_LONGFORM_PROJECTS ? ProjectType.Longform : ProjectType.Curated;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns true iff the project is a longform project.
     */
    function _isLongformProject(uint8 projectId) internal pure virtual returns (bool) {
        return projectType(projectId) == ProjectType.Longform;
    }
    // =========================================================================
    //                          Artblocks
    // =========================================================================
    /**
     * @notice Returns the ArtBlocks engine project IDs for the longform projects.
     */
    function _artblocksProjectIds() internal pure virtual returns (uint8[_NUM_LONGFORM_PROJECTS] memory) {
        return [5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15];
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns the ArtBlocks engine project IDs for the longform projects.
     */
    function artblocksProjectIds() external pure returns (uint8[_NUM_LONGFORM_PROJECTS] memory) {
        return _artblocksProjectIds();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns the ArtBlocks engine project ID for a given project ID.
     * @dev Reverts if the project is not long-form.
     */
    function _artblocksProjectId(uint8 projectId) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        assert(_isLongformProject(projectId));
        return _artblocksProjectIds()[projectId];
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 Proof Holdings Inc.
pragma solidity >=0.8.17;
/**
 * @notice Token information module for Diamond Exhibition.
 * @author David Huber (@cxkoda)
 * @custom:reviewer Arran Schlosberg (@divergencearran)
 */
contract TokenInfoManager {
    /**
     * @notice Encodes token information.
     * @param projectId the ID of the project associated with the token.
     * @param edition the edition of the token within the given project.
     */
    struct TokenInfo {
        uint8 projectId;
        uint16 edition;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Max numbers of tokens that this contract can store.
     * @dev This constant is intentionally very large so we never have to worry about it.
     */
    uint256 internal constant _NUM_MAX_TOKEN_INFO = (1 << 32);
    /**
     * @notice Stores token information.
     */
    TokenInfo[_NUM_MAX_TOKEN_INFO] private _infos;
    /**
     * @notice Returns the token information for the given token IDs.
     * @dev Intended for off-chain use only.
     */
    function tokenInfos(uint256[] calldata tokenIds) external view returns (TokenInfo[] memory) {
        TokenInfo[] memory infos = new TokenInfo[](tokenIds.length);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < tokenIds.length; ++i) {
            infos[i] = _tokenInfo(tokenIds[i]);
        }
        return infos;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns the token information for the given token ID.
     */
    function _tokenInfo(uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (TokenInfo memory) {
        return _infos[tokenId];
    }
    /**
     * @notice Sets the token information for the given token ID.
     */
    function _setTokenInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint8 projectId, uint16 edition) internal {
        _infos[tokenId] = TokenInfo({projectId: projectId, edition: edition});
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/math/Math.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Standard math utilities missing in the Solidity language.
 */
library Math {
    enum Rounding {
        Down, // Toward negative infinity
        Up, // Toward infinity
        Zero // Toward zero
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the largest of two numbers.
     */
    function max(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a > b ? a : b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the smallest of two numbers.
     */
    function min(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a < b ? a : b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the average of two numbers. The result is rounded towards
     * zero.
     */
    function average(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b) / 2 can overflow.
        return (a & b) + (a ^ b) / 2;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the ceiling of the division of two numbers.
     *
     * This differs from standard division with `/` in that it rounds up instead
     * of rounding down.
     */
    function ceilDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b - 1) / b can overflow on addition, so we distribute.
        return a == 0 ? 0 : (a - 1) / b + 1;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculates floor(x * y / denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0
     * @dev Original credit to Remco Bloemen under MIT license (https://xn--2-umb.com/21/muldiv)
     * with further edits by Uniswap Labs also under MIT license.
     */
    function mulDiv(
        uint256 x,
        uint256 y,
        uint256 denominator
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
        unchecked {
            // 512-bit multiply [prod1 prod0] = x * y. Compute the product mod 2^256 and mod 2^256 - 1, then use
            // use the Chinese Remainder Theorem to reconstruct the 512 bit result. The result is stored in two 256
            // variables such that product = prod1 * 2^256 + prod0.
            uint256 prod0; // Least significant 256 bits of the product
            uint256 prod1; // Most significant 256 bits of the product
            assembly {
                let mm := mulmod(x, y, not(0))
                prod0 := mul(x, y)
                prod1 := sub(sub(mm, prod0), lt(mm, prod0))
            }
            // Handle non-overflow cases, 256 by 256 division.
            if (prod1 == 0) {
                return prod0 / denominator;
            }
            // Make sure the result is less than 2^256. Also prevents denominator == 0.
            require(denominator > prod1);
            ///////////////////////////////////////////////
            // 512 by 256 division.
            ///////////////////////////////////////////////
            // Make division exact by subtracting the remainder from [prod1 prod0].
            uint256 remainder;
            assembly {
                // Compute remainder using mulmod.
                remainder := mulmod(x, y, denominator)
                // Subtract 256 bit number from 512 bit number.
                prod1 := sub(prod1, gt(remainder, prod0))
                prod0 := sub(prod0, remainder)
            }
            // Factor powers of two out of denominator and compute largest power of two divisor of denominator. Always >= 1.
            // See https://cs.stackexchange.com/q/138556/92363.
            // Does not overflow because the denominator cannot be zero at this stage in the function.
            uint256 twos = denominator & (~denominator + 1);
            assembly {
                // Divide denominator by twos.
                denominator := div(denominator, twos)
                // Divide [prod1 prod0] by twos.
                prod0 := div(prod0, twos)
                // Flip twos such that it is 2^256 / twos. If twos is zero, then it becomes one.
                twos := add(div(sub(0, twos), twos), 1)
            }
            // Shift in bits from prod1 into prod0.
            prod0 |= prod1 * twos;
            // Invert denominator mod 2^256. Now that denominator is an odd number, it has an inverse modulo 2^256 such
            // that denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^256. Compute the inverse by starting with a seed that is correct for
            // four bits. That is, denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^4.
            uint256 inverse = (3 * denominator) ^ 2;
            // Use the Newton-Raphson iteration to improve the precision. Thanks to Hensel's lifting lemma, this also works
            // in modular arithmetic, doubling the correct bits in each step.
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^8
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^16
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^32
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^64
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^128
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^256
            // Because the division is now exact we can divide by multiplying with the modular inverse of denominator.
            // This will give us the correct result modulo 2^256. Since the preconditions guarantee that the outcome is
            // less than 2^256, this is the final result. We don't need to compute the high bits of the result and prod1
            // is no longer required.
            result = prod0 * inverse;
            return result;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculates x * y / denominator with full precision, following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function mulDiv(
        uint256 x,
        uint256 y,
        uint256 denominator,
        Rounding rounding
    ) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = mulDiv(x, y, denominator);
        if (rounding == Rounding.Up && mulmod(x, y, denominator) > 0) {
            result += 1;
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the square root of a number. If the number is not a perfect square, the value is rounded down.
     *
     * Inspired by Henry S. Warren, Jr.'s "Hacker's Delight" (Chapter 11).
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        if (a == 0) {
            return 0;
        }
        // For our first guess, we get the biggest power of 2 which is smaller than the square root of the target.
        //
        // We know that the "msb" (most significant bit) of our target number `a` is a power of 2 such that we have
        // `msb(a) <= a < 2*msb(a)`. This value can be written `msb(a)=2**k` with `k=log2(a)`.
        //
        // This can be rewritten `2**log2(a) <= a < 2**(log2(a) + 1)`
        // → `sqrt(2**k) <= sqrt(a) < sqrt(2**(k+1))`
        // → `2**(k/2) <= sqrt(a) < 2**((k+1)/2) <= 2**(k/2 + 1)`
        //
        // Consequently, `2**(log2(a) / 2)` is a good first approximation of `sqrt(a)` with at least 1 correct bit.
        uint256 result = 1 << (log2(a) >> 1);
        // At this point `result` is an estimation with one bit of precision. We know the true value is a uint128,
        // since it is the square root of a uint256. Newton's method converges quadratically (precision doubles at
        // every iteration). We thus need at most 7 iteration to turn our partial result with one bit of precision
        // into the expected uint128 result.
        unchecked {
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            return min(result, a / result);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculates sqrt(a), following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = sqrt(a);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && result * result < a ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 128;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                value >>= 8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 4 > 0) {
                value >>= 4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 2 > 0) {
                value >>= 2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 1 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log2(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >= 10**64) {
                value /= 10**64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >= 10**32) {
                value /= 10**32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >= 10**16) {
                value /= 10**16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >= 10**8) {
                value /= 10**8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >= 10**4) {
                value /= 10**4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >= 10**2) {
                value /= 10**2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >= 10**1) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log10(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 10**result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 256, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     *
     * Adding one to the result gives the number of pairs of hex symbols needed to represent `value` as a hex string.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log256(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << (result * 8) < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
// Creatd By: Art Blocks Inc.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Base.sol";
interface IRandomizerV2 {
    // The core contract that may interact with this randomizer contract.
    function genArt721Core()
        external
        view
        returns (IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Base);
    // When a core contract calls this, it can be assured that the randomizer
    // will set a bytes32 hash for tokenId `_tokenId` on the core contract.
    function assignTokenHash(uint256 _tokenId) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
// Created By: Art Blocks Inc.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
interface IAdminACLV0 {
    /**
     * @notice Token ID `_tokenId` minted to `_to`.
     * @param previousSuperAdmin The previous superAdmin address.
     * @param newSuperAdmin The new superAdmin address.
     * @param genArt721CoreAddressesToUpdate Array of genArt721Core
     * addresses to update to the new superAdmin, for indexing purposes only.
     */
    event SuperAdminTransferred(
        address indexed previousSuperAdmin,
        address indexed newSuperAdmin,
        address[] genArt721CoreAddressesToUpdate
    );
    /// Type of the Admin ACL contract, e.g. "AdminACLV0"
    function AdminACLType() external view returns (string memory);
    /// super admin address
    function superAdmin() external view returns (address);
    /**
     * @notice Calls transferOwnership on other contract from this contract.
     * This is useful for updating to a new AdminACL contract.
     * @dev this function should be gated to only superAdmin-like addresses.
     */
    function transferOwnershipOn(
        address _contract,
        address _newAdminACL
    ) external;
    /**
     * @notice Calls renounceOwnership on other contract from this contract.
     * @dev this function should be gated to only superAdmin-like addresses.
     */
    function renounceOwnershipOn(address _contract) external;
    /**
     * @notice Checks if sender `_sender` is allowed to call function with selector
     * `_selector` on contract `_contract`.
     */
    function allowed(
        address _sender,
        address _contract,
        bytes4 _selector
    ) external returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
// Created By: Art Blocks Inc.
pragma solidity ^0.8.17;
interface IEngineRegistryV0 {
    /// ADDRESS
    /**
     * @notice contract has been registered as a contract that is powered by the Art Blocks Engine.
     */
    event ContractRegistered(
        address indexed _contractAddress,
        bytes32 _coreVersion,
        bytes32 _coreType
    );
    /// ADDRESS
    /**
     * @notice contract has been unregistered as a contract that is powered by the Art Blocks Engine.
     */
    event ContractUnregistered(address indexed _contractAddress);
    /**
     * @notice Emits a `ContractRegistered` event with the provided information.
     * @dev this function should be gated to only deployer addresses.
     */
    function registerContract(
        address _contractAddress,
        bytes32 _coreVersion,
        bytes32 _coreType
    ) external;
    /**
     * @notice Emits a `ContractUnregistered` event with the provided information, validating that the provided
     *         address was indeed previously registered.
     * @dev this function should be gated to only deployer addresses.
     */
    function unregisterContract(address _contractAddress) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
// Created By: Art Blocks Inc.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IAdminACLV0.sol";
import "./IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Engine.sol";
/**
 * @title This interface is intended to house interface items that are common
 * across all GenArt721CoreContractV3 Engine Flex and derivative implementations.
 * @author Art Blocks Inc.
 */
interface IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Engine_Flex is
    IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Engine
{
    /**
     * @notice When an external asset dependency is updated or added, this event is emitted.
     * @param _projectId The project ID of the project that was updated.
     * @param _index The index of the external asset dependency that was updated.
     * @param _cid The content ID of the external asset dependency. This is an empty string
     * if the dependency type is ONCHAIN.
     * @param _dependencyType The type of the external asset dependency.
     * @param _externalAssetDependencyCount The number of external asset dependencies.
     */
    event ExternalAssetDependencyUpdated(
        uint256 indexed _projectId,
        uint256 indexed _index,
        string _cid,
        ExternalAssetDependencyType _dependencyType,
        uint24 _externalAssetDependencyCount
    );
    /**
     * @notice The project id `_projectId` has had an external asset dependency removed at index `_index`.
     */
    event ExternalAssetDependencyRemoved(
        uint256 indexed _projectId,
        uint256 indexed _index
    );
    /**
     * @notice The preferred gateway for dependency type `_dependencyType` has been updated to `_gatewayAddress`.
     */
    event GatewayUpdated(
        ExternalAssetDependencyType indexed _dependencyType,
        string _gatewayAddress
    );
    /**
     * @notice The project id `_projectId` has had all external asset dependencies locked.
     * @dev This is a one-way operation. Once locked, the external asset dependencies cannot be updated.
     */
    event ProjectExternalAssetDependenciesLocked(uint256 indexed _projectId);
    /**
     * @notice An external asset dependency type. Can be one of IPFS, ARWEAVE, or ONCHAIN.
     */
    enum ExternalAssetDependencyType {
        IPFS,
        ARWEAVE,
        ONCHAIN
    }
    /**
     * @notice An external asset dependency. This is a struct that contains the CID of the dependency,
     * the type of the dependency, and the address of the bytecode for this dependency.
     */
    struct ExternalAssetDependency {
        string cid;
        ExternalAssetDependencyType dependencyType;
        address bytecodeAddress;
    }
    /**
     * @notice An external asset dependency with data. This is a convenience struct that contains the CID of the dependency,
     * the type of the dependency, the address of the bytecode for this dependency, and the data retrieved from this bytecode address.
     */
    struct ExternalAssetDependencyWithData {
        string cid;
        ExternalAssetDependencyType dependencyType;
        address bytecodeAddress;
        string data;
    }
    // preferredIPFSGateway is a url string
    function preferredIPFSGateway() external view returns (string memory);
    // preferredArweaveGateway is a url string
    function preferredArweaveGateway() external view returns (string memory);
    // updates the preferred IPFS gateway
    function updateIPFSGateway(string calldata _gateway) external;
    // updates the preferred Arweave gateway
    function updateArweaveGateway(string calldata _gateway) external;
    // locks the external asset dependencies for a project
    function lockProjectExternalAssetDependencies(uint256 _projectId) external;
    // updates the external asset dependency for a project at a given index
    function updateProjectExternalAssetDependency(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _index,
        string memory _cidOrData,
        ExternalAssetDependencyType _dependencyType
    ) external;
    // adds an external asset dependency for a project
    function addProjectExternalAssetDependency(
        uint256 _projectId,
        string memory _cidOrData,
        ExternalAssetDependencyType _dependencyType
    ) external;
    // removes an external asset dependency for a project at a given index
    function removeProjectExternalAssetDependency(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _index
    ) external;
    // getter function for project external asset dependencies
    function projectExternalAssetDependencyByIndex(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _index
    ) external view returns (ExternalAssetDependencyWithData memory);
    // getter function project external asset dependency count
    function projectExternalAssetDependencyCount(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
// Created By: Art Blocks Inc.
pragma solidity ^0.8.17;
interface IDependencyRegistryCompatibleV0 {
    /// Dependency registry managed by Art Blocks
    function artblocksDependencyRegistryAddress()
        external
        view
        returns (address);
    /**
     * @notice Returns script information for project `_projectId`.
     * @param _projectId Project to be queried.
     * @return scriptTypeAndVersion Project's script type and version
     * (e.g. "p5js(atSymbol)1.0.0")
     * @return aspectRatio Aspect ratio of project (e.g. "1" for square,
     * "1.77777778" for 16:9, etc.)
     * @return scriptCount Count of scripts for project
     */
    function projectScriptDetails(
        uint256 _projectId
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            string memory scriptTypeAndVersion,
            string memory aspectRatio,
            uint256 scriptCount
        );
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/// @dev Royalty Registry interface, used to support the Royalty Registry.
/// @dev Source: https://github.com/manifoldxyz/royalty-registry-solidity/blob/main/contracts/specs/IManifold.sol
/// @author: manifold.xyz
/**
 * @dev Royalty interface for creator core classes
 */
interface IManifold {
    /**
     * @dev Get royalites of a token.  Returns list of receivers and basisPoints
     *
     *  bytes4(keccak256('getRoyalties(uint256)')) == 0xbb3bafd6
     *
     *  => 0xbb3bafd6 = 0xbb3bafd6
     */
    function getRoyalties(
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external view returns (address payable[] memory, uint256[] memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    constructor() {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _checkOwner();
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
     */
    function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/ERC721/ERC721.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "@openzeppelin-4.7/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol";
import "@openzeppelin-4.7/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol";
import "@openzeppelin-4.7/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol";
import "@openzeppelin-4.7/contracts/utils/Address.sol";
import "@openzeppelin-4.7/contracts/utils/Context.sol";
import "@openzeppelin-4.7/contracts/utils/Strings.sol";
import "@openzeppelin-4.7/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Forked version of the OpenZeppelin v4.7.1 ERC721 contract. Utilizes a
 * struct to pack owner and hash seed into a single storage slot.
 * ---------------------
 * @dev Implementation of https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721[ERC721] Non-Fungible Token Standard, including
 * the Metadata extension, but not including the Enumerable extension, which is available separately as
 * {ERC721Enumerable}.
 */
contract ERC721_PackedHashSeed is Context, ERC165, IERC721, IERC721Metadata {
    using Address for address;
    using Strings for uint256;
    // Token name
    string private _name;
    // Token symbol
    string private _symbol;
    /// struct to pack a token owner and hash seed into same storage slot
    struct OwnerAndHashSeed {
        // 20 bytes for address of token's owner
        address owner;
        // remaining 12 bytes allocated to token hash seed
        bytes12 hashSeed;
    }
    /// mapping of token ID to OwnerAndHashSeed
    /// @dev visibility internal so inheriting contracts can access
    mapping(uint256 => OwnerAndHashSeed) internal _ownersAndHashSeeds;
    // Mapping owner address to token count
    mapping(address => uint256) private _balances;
    // Mapping from token ID to approved address
    mapping(uint256 => address) private _tokenApprovals;
    // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
    mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract by setting a `name` and a `symbol` to the token collection.
     */
    constructor(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) {
        _name = name_;
        _symbol = symbol_;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(
        bytes4 interfaceId
    ) public view virtual override(ERC165, IERC165) returns (bool) {
        return
            interfaceId == type(IERC721).interfaceId ||
            interfaceId == type(IERC721Metadata).interfaceId ||
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-balanceOf}.
     */
    function balanceOf(
        address owner
    ) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        require(
            owner != address(0),
            "ERC721: address zero is not a valid owner"
        );
        return _balances[owner];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-ownerOf}.
     */
    function ownerOf(
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        address owner = _ownersAndHashSeeds[tokenId].owner;
        require(owner != address(0), "ERC721: invalid token ID");
        return owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-name}.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _name;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-symbol}.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _symbol;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-tokenURI}.
     */
    function tokenURI(
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        _requireMinted(tokenId);
        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return
            bytes(baseURI).length > 0
                ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, tokenId.toString()))
                : "";
    }
    /**
     * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
     * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
     * by default, can be overridden in child contracts.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return "";
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-approve}.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public virtual override {
        address owner = ERC721_PackedHashSeed.ownerOf(tokenId);
        require(to != owner, "ERC721: approval to current owner");
        require(
            _msgSender() == owner || isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSender()),
            "ERC721: approve caller is not token owner nor approved for all"
        );
        _approve(to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-getApproved}.
     */
    function getApproved(
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        _requireMinted(tokenId);
        return _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(
        address operator,
        bool approved
    ) public virtual override {
        _setApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-isApprovedForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(
        address owner,
        address operator
    ) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public virtual override {
        //solhint-disable-next-line max-line-length
        require(
            _isApprovedOrOwner(_msgSender(), tokenId),
            "ERC721: caller is not token owner nor approved"
        );
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, "");
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) public virtual override {
        require(
            _isApprovedOrOwner(_msgSender(), tokenId),
            "ERC721: caller is not token owner nor approved"
        );
        _safeTransfer(from, to, tokenId, data);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * `data` is additional data, it has no specified format and it is sent in call to `to`.
     *
     * This internal function is equivalent to {safeTransferFrom}, and can be used to e.g.
     * implement alternative mechanisms to perform token transfer, such as signature-based.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        require(
            _checkOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, data),
            "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer"
        );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted (`_mint`),
     * and stop existing when they are burned (`_burn`).
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        return _ownersAndHashSeeds[tokenId].owner != address(0);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `spender` is allowed to manage `tokenId`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function _isApprovedOrOwner(
        address spender,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        address owner = ERC721_PackedHashSeed.ownerOf(tokenId);
        return (spender == owner ||
            isApprovedForAll(owner, spender) ||
            getApproved(tokenId) == spender);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `tokenId` and transfers it to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must not exist.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _safeMint(to, tokenId, "");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-ERC721-_safeMint-address-uint256-}[`_safeMint`], with an additional `data` parameter which is
     * forwarded in {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} to contract recipients.
     */
    function _safeMint(
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        _mint(to, tokenId);
        require(
            _checkOnERC721Received(address(0), to, tokenId, data),
            "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer"
        );
    }
    /**
     * @dev Mints `tokenId` and transfers it to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {_safeMint} whenever possible
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must not exist.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        require(to != address(0), "ERC721: mint to the zero address");
        require(!_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: token already minted");
        _beforeTokenTransfer(address(0), to, tokenId);
        _balances[to] += 1;
        _ownersAndHashSeeds[tokenId].owner = to;
        emit Transfer(address(0), to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfer(address(0), to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        address owner = ERC721_PackedHashSeed.ownerOf(tokenId);
        _beforeTokenTransfer(owner, address(0), tokenId);
        // Clear approvals
        _approve(address(0), tokenId);
        _balances[owner] -= 1;
        delete _ownersAndHashSeeds[tokenId].owner;
        emit Transfer(owner, address(0), tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfer(owner, address(0), tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *  As opposed to {transferFrom}, this imposes no restrictions on msg.sender.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _transfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) internal virtual {
        require(
            ERC721_PackedHashSeed.ownerOf(tokenId) == from,
            "ERC721: transfer from incorrect owner"
        );
        require(to != address(0), "ERC721: transfer to the zero address");
        _beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, tokenId);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner
        _approve(address(0), tokenId);
        _balances[from] -= 1;
        _balances[to] += 1;
        _ownersAndHashSeeds[tokenId].owner = to;
        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfer(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Approve `to` to operate on `tokenId`
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _tokenApprovals[tokenId] = to;
        emit Approval(ERC721_PackedHashSeed.ownerOf(tokenId), to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Approve `operator` to operate on all of `owner` tokens
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function _setApprovalForAll(
        address owner,
        address operator,
        bool approved
    ) internal virtual {
        require(owner != operator, "ERC721: approve to caller");
        _operatorApprovals[owner][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(owner, operator, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Reverts if the `tokenId` has not been minted yet.
     */
    function _requireMinted(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual {
        require(_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: invalid token ID");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target address.
     * The call is not executed if the target address is not a contract.
     *
     * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
     * @param to target address that will receive the tokens
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be transferred
     * @param data bytes optional data to send along with the call
     * @return bool whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value
     */
    function _checkOnERC721Received(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) private returns (bool) {
        if (to.isContract()) {
            try
                IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received(
                    _msgSender(),
                    from,
                    tokenId,
                    data
                )
            returns (bytes4 retval) {
                return retval == IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector;
            } catch (bytes memory reason) {
                if (reason.length == 0) {
                    revert(
                        "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer"
                    );
                } else {
                    /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                    assembly {
                        revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                    }
                }
            }
        } else {
            return true;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before any token transfer. This includes minting
     * and burning.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, ``from``'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, ``from``'s `tokenId` will be burned.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     *
     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after any transfer of tokens. This includes
     * minting and burning.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - when `from` and `to` are both non-zero.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     *
     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) internal virtual {}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
// Created By: Art Blocks Inc.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @title Art Blocks Script Storage Library
 * @notice Utilize contract bytecode as persistant storage for large chunks of script string data.
 *
 * @author Art Blocks Inc.
 * @author Modified from 0xSequence (https://github.com/0xsequence/sstore2/blob/master/contracts/SSTORE2.sol)
 * @author Modified from Solmate (https://github.com/transmissions11/solmate/blob/main/src/utils/SSTORE2.sol)
 *
 * @dev Compared to the above two rerferenced libraries, this contracts-as-storage implementation makes a few
 *      notably different design decisions:
 *      - uses the `string` data type for input/output on reads, rather than speaking in bytes directly
 *      - exposes "delete" functionality, allowing no-longer-used storage to be purged from chain state
 *      - stores the "writer" address (library user) in the deployed contract bytes, which is useful for both:
 *         a) providing necessary information for safe deletion; and
 *         b) allowing this to be introspected on-chain
 *      Also, given that much of this library is written in assembly, this library makes use of a slightly
 *      different convention (when compared to the rest of the Art Blocks smart contract repo) around
 *      pre-defining return values in some cases in order to simplify need to directly memory manage these
 *      return values.
 */
library BytecodeStorage {
    //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
    // Starting Index | Size | Ending Index | Description                                                            //
    //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
    // 0              | N/A  | 0            |                                                                        //
    // 0              | 72   | 72           | the bytes of the gated-cleanup-logic allowing for `selfdestruct`ion    //
    // 72             | 32   | 104          | the 32 bytes for storing the deploying contract's (0-padded) address   //
    //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
    // Define the offset for where the "logic bytes" end, and the "data bytes" begin. Note that this is a manually
    // calculated value, and must be updated if the above table is changed. It is expected that tests will fail
    // loudly if these values are not updated in-step with eachother.
    uint256 internal constant DATA_OFFSET = 104;
    uint256 internal constant ADDRESS_OFFSET = 72;
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                           WRITE LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
     * @notice Write a string to contract bytecode
     * @param _data string to be written to contract. No input validation is performed on this parameter.
     * @return address_ address of deployed contract with bytecode containing concat(gated-cleanup-logic, address, data)
     */
    function writeToBytecode(
        string memory _data
    ) internal returns (address address_) {
        // prefix bytecode with
        bytes memory creationCode = abi.encodePacked(
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // Opcode  | Opcode + Arguments  | Description  | Stack View                                                     //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (0) creation code returns all code in the contract except for the first 11 (0B in hex) bytes, as these 11
            //     bytes are the creation code itself which we do not want to store in the deployed storage contract result
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // 0x60    |  0x60_0B            | PUSH1 11     | codeOffset                                                     //
            // 0x59    |  0x59               | MSIZE        | 0 codeOffset                                                   //
            // 0x81    |  0x81               | DUP2         | codeOffset 0 codeOffset                                        //
            // 0x38    |  0x38               | CODESIZE     | codeSize codeOffset 0 codeOffset                               //
            // 0x03    |  0x03               | SUB          | (codeSize - codeOffset) 0 codeOffset                           //
            // 0x80    |  0x80               | DUP          | (codeSize - codeOffset) (codeSize - codeOffset) 0 codeOffset   //
            // 0x92    |  0x92               | SWAP3        | codeOffset (codeSize - codeOffset) 0 (codeSize - codeOffset)   //
            // 0x59    |  0x59               | MSIZE        | 0 codeOffset (codeSize - codeOffset) 0 (codeSize - codeOffset) //
            // 0x39    |  0x39               | CODECOPY     | 0 (codeSize - codeOffset)                                      //
            // 0xf3    |  0xf3               | RETURN       |                                                                //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (11 bytes)
            hex"60_0B_59_81_38_03_80_92_59_39_F3",
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // Opcode  | Opcode + Arguments  | Description  | Stack View                                                     //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (1a) conditional logic for determing purge-gate (only the bytecode contract deployer can `selfdestruct`)
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // 0x60    |  0x60_20            | PUSH1 32           | 32                                                       //
            // 0x60    |  0x60_48            | PUSH1 72 (*)       | contractOffset 32                                        //
            // 0x60    |  0x60_00            | PUSH1 0            | 0 contractOffset 32                                      //
            // 0x39    |  0x39               | CODECOPY           |                                                          //
            // 0x60    |  0x60_00            | PUSH1 0            | 0                                                        //
            // 0x51    |  0x51               | MLOAD              | byteDeployerAddress                                      //
            // 0x33    |  0x33               | CALLER             | msg.sender byteDeployerAddress                           //
            // 0x14    |  0x14               | EQ                 | (msg.sender == byteDeployerAddress)                      //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (12 bytes: 0-11 in deployed contract)
            hex"60_20_60_48_60_00_39_60_00_51_33_14",
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (1b) load up the destination jump address for `(2a) calldata length check` logic, jump or raise `invalid` op-code
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // 0x60    |  0x60_10            | PUSH1 16 (^)       | jumpDestination (msg.sender == byteDeployerAddress)      //
            // 0x57    |  0x57               | JUMPI              |                                                          //
            // 0xFE    |  0xFE               | INVALID            |                                                          //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (4 bytes: 12-15 in deployed contract)
            hex"60_10_57_FE",
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (2a) conditional logic for determing purge-gate (only if calldata length is 1 byte)
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // 0x5B    |  0x5B               | JUMPDEST (16)      |                                                          //
            // 0x60    |  0x60_01            | PUSH1 1            | 1                                                        //
            // 0x36    |  0x36               | CALLDATASIZE       | calldataSize 1                                           //
            // 0x14    |  0x14               | EQ                 | (calldataSize == 1)                                      //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (5 bytes: 16-20 in deployed contract)
            hex"5B_60_01_36_14",
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (2b) load up the destination jump address for `(3a) calldata value check` logic, jump or raise `invalid` op-code
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // 0x60    |  0x60_19            | PUSH1 25 (^)       | jumpDestination (calldataSize == 1)                      //
            // 0x57    |  0x57               | JUMPI              |                                                          //
            // 0xFE    |  0xFE               | INVALID            |                                                          //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (4 bytes: 21-24 in deployed contract)
            hex"60_19_57_FE",
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (3a) conditional logic for determing purge-gate (only if calldata is `0xFF`)
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // 0x5B    |  0x5B               | JUMPDEST (25)      |                                                          //
            // 0x60    |  0x60_00            | PUSH1 0            | 0                                                        //
            // 0x35    |  0x35               | CALLDATALOAD       | calldata                                                 //
            // 0x7F    |  0x7F_FF_00_..._00  | PUSH32 0xFF00...00 | 0xFF0...00 calldata                                      //
            // 0x14    |  0x14               | EQ                 | (0xFF00...00 == calldata)                                //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (4 bytes: 25-28 in deployed contract)
            hex"5B_60_00_35",
            // (33 bytes: 29-61 in deployed contract)
            hex"7F_FF_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00",
            // (1 byte: 62 in deployed contract)
            hex"14",
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (3b) load up the destination jump address for actual purging (4), jump or raise `invalid` op-code
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // 0x60    |  0x60_43            | PUSH1 67 (^)       | jumpDestination (0xFF00...00 == calldata)                //
            // 0x57    |  0x57               | JUMPI              |                                                          //
            // 0xFE    |  0xFE               | INVALID            |                                                          //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (4 bytes: 63-66 in deployed contract)
            hex"60_43_57_FE",
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (4) perform actual purging
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // 0x5B    |  0x5B               | JUMPDEST (67)      |                                                          //
            // 0x60    |  0x60_00            | PUSH1 0            | 0                                                        //
            // 0x51    |  0x51               | MLOAD              | byteDeployerAddress                                      //
            // 0xFF    |  0xFF               | SELFDESTRUCT       |                                                          //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (5 bytes: 67-71 in deployed contract)
            hex"5B_60_00_51_FF",
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            // (*) Note: this value must be adjusted if selfdestruct purge logic is adjusted, to refer to the correct start  //
            //           offset for where the `msg.sender` address was stored in deployed bytecode.                          //
            //                                                                                                               //
            // (^) Note: this value must be adjusted if portions of the selfdestruct purge logic are adjusted.               //
            //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------//
            //
            // store the deploying-contract's address (to be used to gate and call `selfdestruct`),
            // with expected 0-padding to fit a 20-byte address into a 30-byte slot.
            //
            // note: it is important that this address is the executing contract's address
            //      (the address that represents the client-application smart contract of this library)
            //      which means that it is the responsibility of the client-application smart contract
            //      to determine how deletes are gated (or if they are exposed at all) as it is only
            //      this contract that will be able to call `purgeBytecode` as the `CALLER` that is
            //      checked above (op-code 0x33).
            hex"00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00_00", // left-pad 20-byte address with 12 0x00 bytes
            address(this),
            // uploaded data (stored as bytecode) comes last
            _data
        );
        assembly {
            // deploy a new contract with the generated creation code.
            // start 32 bytes into creationCode to avoid copying the byte length.
            address_ := create(0, add(creationCode, 0x20), mload(creationCode))
        }
        // address must be non-zero if contract was deployed successfully
        require(address_ != address(0), "ContractAsStorage: Write Error");
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                               READ LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
     * @notice Read a string from contract bytecode
     * @param _address address of deployed contract with bytecode containing concat(gated-cleanup-logic, address, data)
     * @return data string read from contract bytecode
     */
    function readFromBytecode(
        address _address
    ) internal view returns (string memory data) {
        // get the size of the bytecode
        uint256 bytecodeSize = _bytecodeSizeAt(_address);
        // handle case where address contains code < DATA_OFFSET
        // note: the first check here also captures the case where
        //       (bytecodeSize == 0) implicitly, but we add the second check of
        //       (bytecodeSize == 0) as a fall-through that will never execute
        //       unless `DATA_OFFSET` is set to 0 at some point.
        if ((bytecodeSize < DATA_OFFSET) || (bytecodeSize == 0)) {
            revert("ContractAsStorage: Read Error");
        }
        // handle case where address contains code >= DATA_OFFSET
        // decrement by DATA_OFFSET to account for purge logic
        uint256 size;
        unchecked {
            size = bytecodeSize - DATA_OFFSET;
        }
        assembly {
            // allocate free memory
            data := mload(0x40)
            // update free memory pointer
            // use and(x, not(0x1f) as cheaper equivalent to sub(x, mod(x, 0x20)).
            // adding 0x1f to size + logic above ensures the free memory pointer
            // remains word-aligned, following the Solidity convention.
            mstore(0x40, add(data, and(add(add(size, 0x20), 0x1f), not(0x1f))))
            // store length of data in first 32 bytes
            mstore(data, size)
            // copy code to memory, excluding the gated-cleanup-logic and address
            extcodecopy(_address, add(data, 0x20), DATA_OFFSET, size)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Get address for deployer for given contract bytecode
     * @param _address address of deployed contract with bytecode containing concat(gated-cleanup-logic, address, data)
     * @return writerAddress address read from contract bytecode
     */
    function getWriterAddressForBytecode(
        address _address
    ) internal view returns (address) {
        // get the size of the data
        uint256 bytecodeSize = _bytecodeSizeAt(_address);
        // handle case where address contains code < DATA_OFFSET
        // note: the first check here also captures the case where
        //       (bytecodeSize == 0) implicitly, but we add the second check of
        //       (bytecodeSize == 0) as a fall-through that will never execute
        //       unless `DATA_OFFSET` is set to 0 at some point.
        if ((bytecodeSize < DATA_OFFSET) || (bytecodeSize == 0)) {
            revert("ContractAsStorage: Read Error");
        }
        assembly {
            // allocate free memory
            let writerAddress := mload(0x40)
            // shift free memory pointer by one slot
            mstore(0x40, add(mload(0x40), 0x20))
            // copy the 32-byte address of the data contract writer to memory
            // note: this relies on the assumption noted at the top-level of
            //       this file that the storage layout for the deployed
            //       contracts-as-storage contract looks like:
            //       | gated-cleanup-logic | deployer-address (padded) | data |
            extcodecopy(
                _address,
                writerAddress,
                ADDRESS_OFFSET,
                0x20 // full 32-bytes, as address is expected to be zero-padded
            )
            return(
                writerAddress,
                0x20 // return size is entire slot, as it is zero-padded
            )
        }
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                              DELETE LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
     * @notice Purge contract bytecode for cleanup purposes
     * note: Although this does reduce usage of Ethereum state, it does not reduce the gas costs of removal
     * transactions. We believe this is the best behavior at the time of writing, and do not expect this to
     * result in any breaking changes in the future. All current proposals to change the self-destruct opcode
     * are backwards compatible, but may result in not removing the bytecode from the blockchain state. This
     * implementation is compatible with that architecture, as it does not rely on the bytecode being removed
     * from the blockchain state (as opposed to using a CREATE2 style opcode when creating bytecode contracts,
     * which could be used in a way that may rely on the bytecode being removed from the blockchain state,
     * e.g. replacing a contract at a given deployed address).
     * @param _address address of deployed contract with bytecode containing concat(gated-cleanup-logic, address, data)
     * @dev This contract is only callable by the address of the contract that originally deployed the bytecode
     *      being purged. If this method is called by any other address, it will revert with the `INVALID` op-code.
     *      Additionally, for security purposes, the contract must be called with calldata `0xFF` to ensure that
     *      the `selfdestruct` op-code is intentionally being invoked, otherwise the `INVALID` op-code will be raised.
     */
    function purgeBytecode(address _address) internal {
        // deployed bytecode (above) handles all logic for purging state, so no
        // call data is expected to be passed along to perform data purge
        (bool success /* `data` not needed */, ) = _address.call(hex"FF");
        if (!success) {
            revert("ContractAsStorage: Delete Error");
        }
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                          INTERNAL HELPER LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
        @notice Returns the size of the bytecode at address `_address`
        @param _address address that may or may not contain bytecode
        @return size size of the bytecode code at `_address`
    */
    function _bytecodeSizeAt(
        address _address
    ) private view returns (uint256 size) {
        assembly {
            size := extcodesize(_address)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
// Created By: Art Blocks Inc.
// Inspired by: https://ethereum.stackexchange.com/a/123950/103422
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Operations on bytes32 data type, dealing with conversion to string.
 */
library Bytes32Strings {
    /**
     * @dev Intended to convert a `bytes32`-encoded string literal to `string`.
     * Trims zero padding to arrive at original string literal.
     */
    function toString(
        bytes32 source
    ) internal pure returns (string memory result) {
        uint8 length = 0;
        while (source[length] != 0 && length < 32) {
            length++;
        }
        assembly {
            // free memory pointer
            result := mload(0x40)
            // update free memory pointer to new "memory end"
            // (offset is 64-bytes: 32 for length, 32 for data)
            mstore(0x40, add(result, 0x40))
            // store length in first 32-byte memory slot
            mstore(result, length)
            // write actual data in second 32-byte memory slot
            mstore(add(result, 0x20), source)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Intended to check if a `bytes32`-encoded string contains a given
     * character with UTF-8 character code `utf8CharCode exactly `targetQty`
     * times. Does not support searching for multi-byte characters, only
     * characters with UTF-8 character codes < 0x80.
     */
    function containsExactCharacterQty(
        bytes32 source,
        uint8 utf8CharCode,
        uint8 targetQty
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        uint8 _occurrences = 0;
        uint8 i;
        for (i = 0; i < 32; ) {
            uint8 _charCode = uint8(source[i]);
            // if not a null byte, or a multi-byte UTF-8 character, check match
            if (_charCode != 0 && _charCode < 0x80) {
                if (_charCode == utf8CharCode) {
                    unchecked {
                        // no risk of overflow since max 32 iterations < max uin8=255
                        ++_occurrences;
                    }
                }
            }
            unchecked {
                // no risk of overflow since max 32 iterations < max uin8=255
                ++i;
            }
        }
        return _occurrences == targetQty;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright (c) 2023 the ethier authors (github.com/divergencetech/ethier)
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;
import {AccessControlEnumerable as ACE} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/AccessControlEnumerable.sol";
contract AccessControlEnumerable is ACE {
    /// @notice The default role intended to perform access-restricted actions.
    /// @dev We are using this instead of DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE because the latter
    /// is intended to grant/revoke roles and will be secured differently.
    bytes32 public constant DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE =
        keccak256("DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE");
    /// @dev Overrides supportsInterface so that inheriting contracts can
    /// reference this contract instead of OZ's version for further overrides.
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ACE)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return ACE.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright (c) 2022 the ethier authors (github.com/divergencetech/ethier)
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;
import {ERC721A} from "erc721a/contracts/ERC721A.sol";
import {ERC2981} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/common/ERC2981.sol";
import {AccessControlEnumerable} from "../utils/AccessControlEnumerable.sol";
import {AccessControlPausable} from "../utils/AccessControlPausable.sol";
import {ERC4906} from "./ERC4906.sol";
/**
@notice An ERC721A contract with common functionality:
 - Pausable with toggling functions exposed to Owner only
 - ERC2981 royalties
 */
contract ERC721ACommon is ERC721A, AccessControlPausable, ERC2981, ERC4906 {
    constructor(
        address admin,
        address steerer,
        string memory name,
        string memory symbol,
        address payable royaltyReciever,
        uint96 royaltyBasisPoints
    ) ERC721A(name, symbol) {
        _setDefaultRoyalty(royaltyReciever, royaltyBasisPoints);
        _grantRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, admin);
        _grantRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE, steerer);
    }
    /// @notice Requires that the token exists.
    modifier tokenExists(uint256 tokenId) {
        require(ERC721A._exists(tokenId), "ERC721ACommon: Token doesn't exist");
        _;
    }
    /// @notice Requires that msg.sender owns or is approved for the token.
    modifier onlyApprovedOrOwner(uint256 tokenId) {
        require(
            _ownershipOf(tokenId).addr == _msgSender() ||
                getApproved(tokenId) == _msgSender(),
            "ERC721ACommon: Not approved nor owner"
        );
        _;
    }
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual override {
        require(!paused(), "ERC721ACommon: paused");
        super._beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /// @notice Overrides supportsInterface as required by inheritance.
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC721A, AccessControlEnumerable, ERC2981, ERC4906)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return
            ERC721A.supportsInterface(interfaceId) ||
            ERC2981.supportsInterface(interfaceId) ||
            AccessControlEnumerable.supportsInterface(interfaceId) ||
            ERC4906.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /// @notice Sets the royalty receiver and percentage (in units of basis
    /// points = 0.01%).
    function setDefaultRoyalty(address receiver, uint96 basisPoints)
        public
        virtual
        onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE)
    {
        _setDefaultRoyalty(receiver, basisPoints);
    }
    function emitMetadataUpdateForAll()
        external
        onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE)
    {
        // EIP4906 is unfortunately quite vague on whether the `toTokenId` in
        // the following event is included or not. We hence use `totalSupply()`
        // to ensure that the last actual `tokenId` is included in any case.
        _refreshMetadata(0, totalSupply());
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
     * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
     *
     * _Available since v4.8._
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            if (returndata.length == 0) {
                // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            }
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert(errorMessage);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import {OperatorFilterer} from "./OperatorFilterer.sol";
import {CANONICAL_CORI_SUBSCRIPTION} from "./lib/Constants.sol";
/**
 * @title  DefaultOperatorFilterer
 * @notice Inherits from OperatorFilterer and automatically subscribes to the default OpenSea subscription.
 * @dev    Please note that if your token contract does not provide an owner with EIP-173, it must provide
 *         administration methods on the contract itself to interact with the registry otherwise the subscription
 *         will be locked to the options set during construction.
 */
abstract contract DefaultOperatorFilterer is OperatorFilterer {
    /// @dev The constructor that is called when the contract is being deployed.
    constructor() OperatorFilterer(CANONICAL_CORI_SUBSCRIPTION, true) {}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;
import {AccessControlEnumerable} from "ethier/utils/AccessControlEnumerable.sol";
import {ISellable} from "../interfaces/ISellable.sol";
/**
 * @notice A base contract for selling content via authorised sellers.
 */
abstract contract BaseSellable is ISellable, AccessControlEnumerable {
    /**
     * @notice Authorised sellers.
     */
    bytes32 public constant AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE = keccak256("AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE");
    /**
     * @notice A role that cannot be granted or revoked.
     * @dev Used to lock in members of the `AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE` role.
     */
    bytes32 private constant _NOOP_ROLE = keccak256("NOOP_ROLE");
    constructor() {
        _setRoleAdmin(AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE, DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE);
        _setRoleAdmin(_NOOP_ROLE, _NOOP_ROLE);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Handles the sale of sellable content via an authorised seller.
     * @dev Delegates the implementation to `_handleSale`.
     */
    function handleSale(address to, uint64 num, bytes calldata data)
        external
        payable
        onlyRole(AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE)
    {
        _handleSale(to, num, data);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Handles the sale of sellable content.
     */
    function _handleSale(address to, uint64 num, bytes calldata data) internal virtual;
    /**
     * @notice Locks the `AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE` role.
     */
    function lockSellers() external onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE) {
        _lockSellers();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Locks the `AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE` role.
     */
    function _lockSellers() internal {
        _setRoleAdmin(AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE, _NOOP_ROLE);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Revokes approval for all sellers.
     */
    function _revokeAllSellers() internal {
        uint256 num = getRoleMemberCount(AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < num; i++) {
            // Akin to a popFront
            address seller = getRoleMember(AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE, 0);
            _revokeRole(AUTHORISED_SELLER_ROLE, seller);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
// Created By: Art Blocks Inc.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IAdminACLV0.sol";
/// use the Royalty Registry's IManifold interface for token royalties
import "./IManifold.sol";
/**
 * @title This interface is intended to house interface items that are common
 * across all GenArt721CoreContractV3 flagship and derivative implementations.
 * This interface extends the IManifold royalty interface in order to
 * add support the Royalty Registry by default.
 * @author Art Blocks Inc.
 */
interface IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Base is IManifold {
    /**
     * @notice Token ID `_tokenId` minted to `_to`.
     */
    event Mint(address indexed _to, uint256 indexed _tokenId);
    /**
     * @notice currentMinter updated to `_currentMinter`.
     * @dev Implemented starting with V3 core
     */
    event MinterUpdated(address indexed _currentMinter);
    /**
     * @notice Platform updated on bytes32-encoded field `_field`.
     */
    event PlatformUpdated(bytes32 indexed _field);
    /**
     * @notice Project ID `_projectId` updated on bytes32-encoded field
     * `_update`.
     */
    event ProjectUpdated(uint256 indexed _projectId, bytes32 indexed _update);
    event ProposedArtistAddressesAndSplits(
        uint256 indexed _projectId,
        address _artistAddress,
        address _additionalPayeePrimarySales,
        uint256 _additionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage,
        address _additionalPayeeSecondarySales,
        uint256 _additionalPayeeSecondarySalesPercentage
    );
    event AcceptedArtistAddressesAndSplits(uint256 indexed _projectId);
    // version and type of the core contract
    // coreVersion is a string of the form "0.x.y"
    function coreVersion() external view returns (string memory);
    // coreType is a string of the form "GenArt721CoreV3"
    function coreType() external view returns (string memory);
    // owner (pre-V3 was named admin) of contract
    // this is expected to be an Admin ACL contract for V3
    function owner() external view returns (address);
    // Admin ACL contract for V3, will be at the address owner()
    function adminACLContract() external returns (IAdminACLV0);
    // backwards-compatible (pre-V3) admin - equal to owner()
    function admin() external view returns (address);
    /**
     * Function determining if _sender is allowed to call function with
     * selector _selector on contract `_contract`. Intended to be used with
     * peripheral contracts such as minters, as well as internally by the
     * core contract itself.
     */
    function adminACLAllowed(
        address _sender,
        address _contract,
        bytes4 _selector
    ) external returns (bool);
    // getter function of public variable
    function nextProjectId() external view returns (uint256);
    // getter function of public mapping
    function tokenIdToProjectId(
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external view returns (uint256 projectId);
    // @dev this is not available in V0
    function isMintWhitelisted(address minter) external view returns (bool);
    function projectIdToArtistAddress(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (address payable);
    function projectIdToAdditionalPayeePrimarySales(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (address payable);
    function projectIdToAdditionalPayeePrimarySalesPercentage(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (uint256);
    function projectIdToSecondaryMarketRoyaltyPercentage(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (uint256);
    function projectURIInfo(
        uint256 _projectId
    ) external view returns (string memory projectBaseURI);
    // @dev new function in V3
    function projectStateData(
        uint256 _projectId
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint256 invocations,
            uint256 maxInvocations,
            bool active,
            bool paused,
            uint256 completedTimestamp,
            bool locked
        );
    function projectDetails(
        uint256 _projectId
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            string memory projectName,
            string memory artist,
            string memory description,
            string memory website,
            string memory license
        );
    function projectScriptDetails(
        uint256 _projectId
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            string memory scriptTypeAndVersion,
            string memory aspectRatio,
            uint256 scriptCount
        );
    function projectScriptByIndex(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _index
    ) external view returns (string memory);
    function tokenIdToHash(uint256 _tokenId) external view returns (bytes32);
    // function to set a token's hash (must be guarded)
    function setTokenHash_8PT(uint256 _tokenId, bytes32 _hash) external;
    // @dev gas-optimized signature in V3 for `mint`
    function mint_Ecf(
        address _to,
        uint256 _projectId,
        address _by
    ) external returns (uint256 tokenId);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
// Created By: Art Blocks Inc.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IAdminACLV0.sol";
import "./IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Base.sol";
interface IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Engine is IGenArt721CoreContractV3_Base {
    // @dev new function in V3
    function getPrimaryRevenueSplits(
        uint256 _projectId,
        uint256 _price
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint256 renderProviderRevenue_,
            address payable renderProviderAddress_,
            uint256 platformProviderRevenue_,
            address payable platformProviderAddress_,
            uint256 artistRevenue_,
            address payable artistAddress_,
            uint256 additionalPayeePrimaryRevenue_,
            address payable additionalPayeePrimaryAddress_
        );
    // @dev The render provider primary sales payment address
    function renderProviderPrimarySalesAddress()
        external
        view
        returns (address payable);
    // @dev The platform provider primary sales payment address
    function platformProviderPrimarySalesAddress()
        external
        view
        returns (address payable);
    // @dev Percentage of primary sales allocated to the render provider
    function renderProviderPrimarySalesPercentage()
        external
        view
        returns (uint256);
    // @dev Percentage of primary sales allocated to the platform provider
    function platformProviderPrimarySalesPercentage()
        external
        view
        returns (uint256);
    // @dev The render provider secondary sales royalties payment address
    function renderProviderSecondarySalesAddress()
        external
        view
        returns (address payable);
    // @dev The platform provider secondary sales royalties payment address
    function platformProviderSecondarySalesAddress()
        external
        view
        returns (address payable);
    // @dev Basis points of secondary sales allocated to the render provider
    function renderProviderSecondarySalesBPS() external view returns (uint256);
    // @dev Basis points of secondary sales allocated to the platform provider
    function platformProviderSecondarySalesBPS()
        external
        view
        returns (uint256);
    // function to read the hash-seed for a given tokenId
    function tokenIdToHashSeed(
        uint256 _tokenId
    ) external view returns (bytes12);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom} whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @title ERC721 token receiver interface
 * @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support safeTransfers
 * from ERC721 asset contracts.
 */
interface IERC721Receiver {
    /**
     * @dev Whenever an {IERC721} `tokenId` token is transferred to this contract via {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}
     * by `operator` from `from`, this function is called.
     *
     * It must return its Solidity selector to confirm the token transfer.
     * If any other value is returned or the interface is not implemented by the recipient, the transfer will be reverted.
     *
     * The selector can be obtained in Solidity with `IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector`.
     */
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../IERC721.sol";
/**
 * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional metadata extension
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
 */
interface IERC721Metadata is IERC721 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                assembly {
                    let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                    revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                }
            } else {
                revert(errorMessage);
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/Strings.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library Strings {
    bytes16 private constant _HEX_SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    uint8 private constant _ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20;
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        // Inspired by OraclizeAPI's implementation - MIT licence
        // https://github.com/oraclize/ethereum-api/blob/b42146b063c7d6ee1358846c198246239e9360e8/oraclizeAPI_0.4.25.sol
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 digits;
        while (temp != 0) {
            digits++;
            temp /= 10;
        }
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(digits);
        while (value != 0) {
            digits -= 1;
            buffer[digits] = bytes1(uint8(48 + uint256(value % 10)));
            value /= 10;
        }
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0x00";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 length = 0;
        while (temp != 0) {
            length++;
            temp >>= 8;
        }
        return toHexString(value, length);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _HEX_SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(address addr) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), _ADDRESS_LENGTH);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (access/AccessControlEnumerable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IAccessControlEnumerable.sol";
import "./AccessControl.sol";
import "../utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol";
/**
 * @dev Extension of {AccessControl} that allows enumerating the members of each role.
 */
abstract contract AccessControlEnumerable is IAccessControlEnumerable, AccessControl {
    using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
    mapping(bytes32 => EnumerableSet.AddressSet) private _roleMembers;
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IAccessControlEnumerable).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns one of the accounts that have `role`. `index` must be a
     * value between 0 and {getRoleMemberCount}, non-inclusive.
     *
     * Role bearers are not sorted in any particular way, and their ordering may
     * change at any point.
     *
     * WARNING: When using {getRoleMember} and {getRoleMemberCount}, make sure
     * you perform all queries on the same block. See the following
     * https://forum.openzeppelin.com/t/iterating-over-elements-on-enumerableset-in-openzeppelin-contracts/2296[forum post]
     * for more information.
     */
    function getRoleMember(bytes32 role, uint256 index) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        return _roleMembers[role].at(index);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of accounts that have `role`. Can be used
     * together with {getRoleMember} to enumerate all bearers of a role.
     */
    function getRoleMemberCount(bytes32 role) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return _roleMembers[role].length();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Overload {_grantRole} to track enumerable memberships
     */
    function _grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual override {
        super._grantRole(role, account);
        _roleMembers[role].add(account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Overload {_revokeRole} to track enumerable memberships
     */
    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual override {
        super._revokeRole(role, account);
        _roleMembers[role].remove(account);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import './IERC721A.sol';
/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721 token receiver.
 */
interface ERC721A__IERC721Receiver {
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}
/**
 * @title ERC721A
 *
 * @dev Implementation of the [ERC721](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721)
 * Non-Fungible Token Standard, including the Metadata extension.
 * Optimized for lower gas during batch mints.
 *
 * Token IDs are minted in sequential order (e.g. 0, 1, 2, 3, ...)
 * starting from `_startTokenId()`.
 *
 * Assumptions:
 *
 * - An owner cannot have more than 2**64 - 1 (max value of uint64) of supply.
 * - The maximum token ID cannot exceed 2**256 - 1 (max value of uint256).
 */
contract ERC721A is IERC721A {
    // Bypass for a `--via-ir` bug (https://github.com/chiru-labs/ERC721A/pull/364).
    struct TokenApprovalRef {
        address value;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                           CONSTANTS
    // =============================================================
    // Mask of an entry in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY = (1 << 64) - 1;
    // The bit position of `numberMinted` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED = 64;
    // The bit position of `numberBurned` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED = 128;
    // The bit position of `aux` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_AUX = 192;
    // Mask of all 256 bits in packed address data except the 64 bits for `aux`.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 192) - 1;
    // The bit position of `startTimestamp` in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP = 160;
    // The bit mask of the `burned` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_BURNED = 1 << 224;
    // The bit position of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 225;
    // The bit mask of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 1 << 225;
    // The bit position of `extraData` in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA = 232;
    // Mask of all 256 bits in a packed ownership except the 24 bits for `extraData`.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_EXTRA_DATA_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 232) - 1;
    // The mask of the lower 160 bits for addresses.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_ADDRESS = (1 << 160) - 1;
    // The maximum `quantity` that can be minted with {_mintERC2309}.
    // This limit is to prevent overflows on the address data entries.
    // For a limit of 5000, a total of 3.689e15 calls to {_mintERC2309}
    // is required to cause an overflow, which is unrealistic.
    uint256 private constant _MAX_MINT_ERC2309_QUANTITY_LIMIT = 5000;
    // The `Transfer` event signature is given by:
    // `keccak256(bytes("Transfer(address,address,uint256)"))`.
    bytes32 private constant _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE =
        0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef;
    // =============================================================
    //                            STORAGE
    // =============================================================
    // The next token ID to be minted.
    uint256 private _currentIndex;
    // The number of tokens burned.
    uint256 private _burnCounter;
    // Token name
    string private _name;
    // Token symbol
    string private _symbol;
    // Mapping from token ID to ownership details
    // An empty struct value does not necessarily mean the token is unowned.
    // See {_packedOwnershipOf} implementation for details.
    //
    // Bits Layout:
    // - [0..159]   `addr`
    // - [160..223] `startTimestamp`
    // - [224]      `burned`
    // - [225]      `nextInitialized`
    // - [232..255] `extraData`
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) private _packedOwnerships;
    // Mapping owner address to address data.
    //
    // Bits Layout:
    // - [0..63]    `balance`
    // - [64..127]  `numberMinted`
    // - [128..191] `numberBurned`
    // - [192..255] `aux`
    mapping(address => uint256) private _packedAddressData;
    // Mapping from token ID to approved address.
    mapping(uint256 => TokenApprovalRef) private _tokenApprovals;
    // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
    mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;
    // =============================================================
    //                          CONSTRUCTOR
    // =============================================================
    constructor(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) {
        _name = name_;
        _symbol = symbol_;
        _currentIndex = _startTokenId();
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                   TOKEN COUNTING OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the starting token ID.
     * To change the starting token ID, please override this function.
     */
    function _startTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the next token ID to be minted.
     */
    function _nextTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return _currentIndex;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence.
     * Burned tokens will reduce the count.
     * To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as _burnCounter cannot be incremented
        // more than `_currentIndex - _startTokenId()` times.
        unchecked {
            return _currentIndex - _burnCounter - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens minted in the contract.
     */
    function _totalMinted() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as `_currentIndex` does not decrement,
        // and it is initialized to `_startTokenId()`.
        unchecked {
            return _currentIndex - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens burned.
     */
    function _totalBurned() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return _burnCounter;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                    ADDRESS DATA OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        if (owner == address(0)) revert BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
        return _packedAddressData[owner] & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens minted by `owner`.
     */
    function _numberMinted(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return (_packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens burned by or on behalf of `owner`.
     */
    function _numberBurned(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return (_packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }
    /**
     * Returns the auxiliary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     */
    function _getAux(address owner) internal view returns (uint64) {
        return uint64(_packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_AUX);
    }
    /**
     * Sets the auxiliary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     * If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
     */
    function _setAux(address owner, uint64 aux) internal virtual {
        uint256 packed = _packedAddressData[owner];
        uint256 auxCasted;
        // Cast `aux` with assembly to avoid redundant masking.
        assembly {
            auxCasted := aux
        }
        packed = (packed & _BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT) | (auxCasted << _BITPOS_AUX);
        _packedAddressData[owner] = packed;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC165
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        // The interface IDs are constants representing the first 4 bytes
        // of the XOR of all function selectors in the interface.
        // See: [ERC165](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165)
        // (e.g. `bytes4(i.functionA.selector ^ i.functionB.selector ^ ...)`)
        return
            interfaceId == 0x01ffc9a7 || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC165.
            interfaceId == 0x80ac58cd || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721.
            interfaceId == 0x5b5e139f; // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721Metadata.
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                        IERC721Metadata
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _name;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _symbol;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return bytes(baseURI).length != 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, _toString(tokenId))) : '';
    }
    /**
     * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
     * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
     * by default, it can be overridden in child contracts.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return '';
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                     OWNERSHIPS OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId)));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Gas spent here starts off proportional to the maximum mint batch size.
     * It gradually moves to O(1) as tokens get transferred around over time.
     */
    function _ownershipOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        return _unpackedOwnership(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct at `index`.
     */
    function _ownershipAt(uint256 index) internal view virtual returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        return _unpackedOwnership(_packedOwnerships[index]);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the ownership slot minted at `index` for efficiency purposes.
     */
    function _initializeOwnershipAt(uint256 index) internal virtual {
        if (_packedOwnerships[index] == 0) {
            _packedOwnerships[index] = _packedOwnershipOf(index);
        }
    }
    /**
     * Returns the packed ownership data of `tokenId`.
     */
    function _packedOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) private view returns (uint256) {
        uint256 curr = tokenId;
        unchecked {
            if (_startTokenId() <= curr)
                if (curr < _currentIndex) {
                    uint256 packed = _packedOwnerships[curr];
                    // If not burned.
                    if (packed & _BITMASK_BURNED == 0) {
                        // Invariant:
                        // There will always be an initialized ownership slot
                        // (i.e. `ownership.addr != address(0) && ownership.burned == false`)
                        // before an unintialized ownership slot
                        // (i.e. `ownership.addr == address(0) && ownership.burned == false`)
                        // Hence, `curr` will not underflow.
                        //
                        // We can directly compare the packed value.
                        // If the address is zero, packed will be zero.
                        while (packed == 0) {
                            packed = _packedOwnerships[--curr];
                        }
                        return packed;
                    }
                }
        }
        revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct from `packed`.
     */
    function _unpackedOwnership(uint256 packed) private pure returns (TokenOwnership memory ownership) {
        ownership.addr = address(uint160(packed));
        ownership.startTimestamp = uint64(packed >> _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP);
        ownership.burned = packed & _BITMASK_BURNED != 0;
        ownership.extraData = uint24(packed >> _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Packs ownership data into a single uint256.
     */
    function _packOwnershipData(address owner, uint256 flags) private view returns (uint256 result) {
        assembly {
            // Mask `owner` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            owner := and(owner, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // `owner | (block.timestamp << _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP) | flags`.
            result := or(owner, or(shl(_BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP, timestamp()), flags))
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the `nextInitialized` flag set if `quantity` equals 1.
     */
    function _nextInitializedFlag(uint256 quantity) private pure returns (uint256 result) {
        // For branchless setting of the `nextInitialized` flag.
        assembly {
            // `(quantity == 1) << _BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED`.
            result := shl(_BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED, eq(quantity, 1))
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                      APPROVAL OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the
     * zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public payable virtual override {
        address owner = ownerOf(tokenId);
        if (_msgSenderERC721A() != owner)
            if (!isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSenderERC721A())) {
                revert ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
            }
        _tokenApprovals[tokenId].value = to;
        emit Approval(owner, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
        return _tokenApprovals[tokenId].value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom}
     * for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
        _operatorApprovals[_msgSenderERC721A()][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(_msgSenderERC721A(), operator, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted. See {_mint}.
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        return
            _startTokenId() <= tokenId &&
            tokenId < _currentIndex && // If within bounds,
            _packedOwnerships[tokenId] & _BITMASK_BURNED == 0; // and not burned.
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `msgSender` is equal to `approvedAddress` or `owner`.
     */
    function _isSenderApprovedOrOwner(
        address approvedAddress,
        address owner,
        address msgSender
    ) private pure returns (bool result) {
        assembly {
            // Mask `owner` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            owner := and(owner, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // Mask `msgSender` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            msgSender := and(msgSender, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // `msgSender == owner || msgSender == approvedAddress`.
            result := or(eq(msgSender, owner), eq(msgSender, approvedAddress))
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the storage slot and value for the approved address of `tokenId`.
     */
    function _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(uint256 tokenId)
        private
        view
        returns (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress)
    {
        TokenApprovalRef storage tokenApproval = _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
        // The following is equivalent to `approvedAddress = _tokenApprovals[tokenId].value`.
        assembly {
            approvedAddressSlot := tokenApproval.slot
            approvedAddress := sload(approvedAddressSlot)
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                      TRANSFER OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override {
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId);
        if (address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked)) != from) revert TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
        (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) = _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(tokenId);
        // The nested ifs save around 20+ gas over a compound boolean condition.
        if (!_isSenderApprovedOrOwner(approvedAddress, from, _msgSenderERC721A()))
            if (!isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A())) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        if (to == address(0)) revert TransferToZeroAddress();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner.
        assembly {
            if approvedAddress {
                // This is equivalent to `delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]`.
                sstore(approvedAddressSlot, 0)
            }
        }
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as `tokenId` would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // We can directly increment and decrement the balances.
            --_packedAddressData[from]; // Updates: `balance -= 1`.
            ++_packedAddressData[to]; // Updates: `balance += 1`.
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the next owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of transfering.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `true`.
            _packedOwnerships[tokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED | _nextExtraData(from, to, prevOwnershipPacked)
            );
            // If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) .
            if (prevOwnershipPacked & _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) {
                uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                // If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero).
                if (_packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) {
                    // If the next slot is within bounds.
                    if (nextTokenId != _currentIndex) {
                        // Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`.
                        _packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '');
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) public payable virtual override {
        transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
        if (to.code.length != 0)
            if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, _data)) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before a set of serially-ordered token IDs
     * are about to be transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called before burning one token.
     *
     * `startTokenId` - the first token ID to be transferred.
     * `quantity` - the amount to be transferred.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after a set of serially-ordered token IDs
     * have been transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called after one token has been burned.
     *
     * `startTokenId` - the first token ID to be transferred.
     * `quantity` - the amount to be transferred.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` has been
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` has been minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` has been burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Private function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target contract.
     *
     * `from` - Previous owner of the given token ID.
     * `to` - Target address that will receive the token.
     * `tokenId` - Token ID to be transferred.
     * `_data` - Optional data to send along with the call.
     *
     * Returns whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value.
     */
    function _checkContractOnERC721Received(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) private returns (bool) {
        try ERC721A__IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received(_msgSenderERC721A(), from, tokenId, _data) returns (
            bytes4 retval
        ) {
            return retval == ERC721A__IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received.selector;
        } catch (bytes memory reason) {
            if (reason.length == 0) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            } else {
                assembly {
                    revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                }
            }
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                        MINT OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event for each mint.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        uint256 startTokenId = _currentIndex;
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
        // `balance` and `numberMinted` have a maximum limit of 2**64.
        // `tokenId` has a maximum limit of 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance += quantity`.
            // - `numberMinted += quantity`.
            //
            // We can directly add to the `balance` and `numberMinted`.
            _packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1);
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`.
            _packedOwnerships[startTokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _nextInitializedFlag(quantity) | _nextExtraData(address(0), to, 0)
            );
            uint256 toMasked;
            uint256 end = startTokenId + quantity;
            // Use assembly to loop and emit the `Transfer` event for gas savings.
            // The duplicated `log4` removes an extra check and reduces stack juggling.
            // The assembly, together with the surrounding Solidity code, have been
            // delicately arranged to nudge the compiler into producing optimized opcodes.
            assembly {
                // Mask `to` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
                toMasked := and(to, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
                // Emit the `Transfer` event.
                log4(
                    0, // Start of data (0, since no data).
                    0, // End of data (0, since no data).
                    _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE, // Signature.
                    0, // `address(0)`.
                    toMasked, // `to`.
                    startTokenId // `tokenId`.
                )
                // The `iszero(eq(,))` check ensures that large values of `quantity`
                // that overflows uint256 will make the loop run out of gas.
                // The compiler will optimize the `iszero` away for performance.
                for {
                    let tokenId := add(startTokenId, 1)
                } iszero(eq(tokenId, end)) {
                    tokenId := add(tokenId, 1)
                } {
                    // Emit the `Transfer` event. Similar to above.
                    log4(0, 0, _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE, 0, toMasked, tokenId)
                }
            }
            if (toMasked == 0) revert MintToZeroAddress();
            _currentIndex = end;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * This function is intended for efficient minting only during contract creation.
     *
     * It emits only one {ConsecutiveTransfer} as defined in
     * [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309),
     * instead of a sequence of {Transfer} event(s).
     *
     * Calling this function outside of contract creation WILL make your contract
     * non-compliant with the ERC721 standard.
     * For full ERC721 compliance, substituting ERC721 {Transfer} event(s) with the ERC2309
     * {ConsecutiveTransfer} event is only permissible during contract creation.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {ConsecutiveTransfer} event.
     */
    function _mintERC2309(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        uint256 startTokenId = _currentIndex;
        if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        if (quantity > _MAX_MINT_ERC2309_QUANTITY_LIMIT) revert MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are unrealistic due to the above check for `quantity` to be below the limit.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance += quantity`.
            // - `numberMinted += quantity`.
            //
            // We can directly add to the `balance` and `numberMinted`.
            _packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1);
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`.
            _packedOwnerships[startTokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _nextInitializedFlag(quantity) | _nextExtraData(address(0), to, 0)
            );
            emit ConsecutiveTransfer(startTokenId, startTokenId + quantity - 1, address(0), to);
            _currentIndex = startTokenId + quantity;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called for each safe transfer.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * See {_mint}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event for each mint.
     */
    function _safeMint(
        address to,
        uint256 quantity,
        bytes memory _data
    ) internal virtual {
        _mint(to, quantity);
        unchecked {
            if (to.code.length != 0) {
                uint256 end = _currentIndex;
                uint256 index = end - quantity;
                do {
                    if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(address(0), to, index++, _data)) {
                        revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
                    }
                } while (index < end);
                // Reentrancy protection.
                if (_currentIndex != end) revert();
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_safeMint(to, quantity, '')`.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        _safeMint(to, quantity, '');
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                        BURN OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_burn(tokenId, false)`.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _burn(tokenId, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId, bool approvalCheck) internal virtual {
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId);
        address from = address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked));
        (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) = _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(tokenId);
        if (approvalCheck) {
            // The nested ifs save around 20+ gas over a compound boolean condition.
            if (!_isSenderApprovedOrOwner(approvedAddress, from, _msgSenderERC721A()))
                if (!isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A())) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        }
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner.
        assembly {
            if approvedAddress {
                // This is equivalent to `delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]`.
                sstore(approvedAddressSlot, 0)
            }
        }
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as `tokenId` would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance -= 1`.
            // - `numberBurned += 1`.
            //
            // We can directly decrement the balance, and increment the number burned.
            // This is equivalent to `packed -= 1; packed += 1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED;`.
            _packedAddressData[from] += (1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) - 1;
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the last owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of burning.
            // - `burned` to `true`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `true`.
            _packedOwnerships[tokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                from,
                (_BITMASK_BURNED | _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED) | _nextExtraData(from, address(0), prevOwnershipPacked)
            );
            // If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) .
            if (prevOwnershipPacked & _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) {
                uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                // If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero).
                if (_packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) {
                    // If the next slot is within bounds.
                    if (nextTokenId != _currentIndex) {
                        // Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`.
                        _packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, address(0), tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Overflow not possible, as _burnCounter cannot be exceed _currentIndex times.
        unchecked {
            _burnCounter++;
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                     EXTRA DATA OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Directly sets the extra data for the ownership data `index`.
     */
    function _setExtraDataAt(uint256 index, uint24 extraData) internal virtual {
        uint256 packed = _packedOwnerships[index];
        if (packed == 0) revert OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData();
        uint256 extraDataCasted;
        // Cast `extraData` with assembly to avoid redundant masking.
        assembly {
            extraDataCasted := extraData
        }
        packed = (packed & _BITMASK_EXTRA_DATA_COMPLEMENT) | (extraDataCasted << _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
        _packedOwnerships[index] = packed;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Called during each token transfer to set the 24bit `extraData` field.
     * Intended to be overridden by the cosumer contract.
     *
     * `previousExtraData` - the value of `extraData` before transfer.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _extraData(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint24 previousExtraData
    ) internal view virtual returns (uint24) {}
    /**
     * @dev Returns the next extra data for the packed ownership data.
     * The returned result is shifted into position.
     */
    function _nextExtraData(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked
    ) private view returns (uint256) {
        uint24 extraData = uint24(prevOwnershipPacked >> _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
        return uint256(_extraData(from, to, extraData)) << _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                       OTHER OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the message sender (defaults to `msg.sender`).
     *
     * If you are writing GSN compatible contracts, you need to override this function.
     */
    function _msgSenderERC721A() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a uint256 to its ASCII string decimal representation.
     */
    function _toString(uint256 value) internal pure virtual returns (string memory str) {
        assembly {
            // The maximum value of a uint256 contains 78 digits (1 byte per digit), but
            // we allocate 0xa0 bytes to keep the free memory pointer 32-byte word aligned.
            // We will need 1 word for the trailing zeros padding, 1 word for the length,
            // and 3 words for a maximum of 78 digits. Total: 5 * 0x20 = 0xa0.
            let m := add(mload(0x40), 0xa0)
            // Update the free memory pointer to allocate.
            mstore(0x40, m)
            // Assign the `str` to the end.
            str := sub(m, 0x20)
            // Zeroize the slot after the string.
            mstore(str, 0)
            // Cache the end of the memory to calculate the length later.
            let end := str
            // We write the string from rightmost digit to leftmost digit.
            // The following is essentially a do-while loop that also handles the zero case.
            // prettier-ignore
            for { let temp := value } 1 {} {
                str := sub(str, 1)
                // Write the character to the pointer.
                // The ASCII index of the '0' character is 48.
                mstore8(str, add(48, mod(temp, 10)))
                // Keep dividing `temp` until zero.
                temp := div(temp, 10)
                // prettier-ignore
                if iszero(temp) { break }
            }
            let length := sub(end, str)
            // Move the pointer 32 bytes leftwards to make room for the length.
            str := sub(str, 0x20)
            // Store the length.
            mstore(str, length)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/common/ERC2981.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../interfaces/IERC2981.sol";
import "../../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the NFT Royalty Standard, a standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information.
 *
 * Royalty information can be specified globally for all token ids via {_setDefaultRoyalty}, and/or individually for
 * specific token ids via {_setTokenRoyalty}. The latter takes precedence over the first.
 *
 * Royalty is specified as a fraction of sale price. {_feeDenominator} is overridable but defaults to 10000, meaning the
 * fee is specified in basis points by default.
 *
 * IMPORTANT: ERC-2981 only specifies a way to signal royalty information and does not enforce its payment. See
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2981#optional-royalty-payments[Rationale] in the EIP. Marketplaces are expected to
 * voluntarily pay royalties together with sales, but note that this standard is not yet widely supported.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
abstract contract ERC2981 is IERC2981, ERC165 {
    struct RoyaltyInfo {
        address receiver;
        uint96 royaltyFraction;
    }
    RoyaltyInfo private _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
    mapping(uint256 => RoyaltyInfo) private _tokenRoyaltyInfo;
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(IERC165, ERC165) returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC2981).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @inheritdoc IERC2981
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _salePrice) public view virtual override returns (address, uint256) {
        RoyaltyInfo memory royalty = _tokenRoyaltyInfo[_tokenId];
        if (royalty.receiver == address(0)) {
            royalty = _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
        }
        uint256 royaltyAmount = (_salePrice * royalty.royaltyFraction) / _feeDenominator();
        return (royalty.receiver, royaltyAmount);
    }
    /**
     * @dev The denominator with which to interpret the fee set in {_setTokenRoyalty} and {_setDefaultRoyalty} as a
     * fraction of the sale price. Defaults to 10000 so fees are expressed in basis points, but may be customized by an
     * override.
     */
    function _feeDenominator() internal pure virtual returns (uint96) {
        return 10000;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets the royalty information that all ids in this contract will default to.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `receiver` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator.
     */
    function _setDefaultRoyalty(address receiver, uint96 feeNumerator) internal virtual {
        require(feeNumerator <= _feeDenominator(), "ERC2981: royalty fee will exceed salePrice");
        require(receiver != address(0), "ERC2981: invalid receiver");
        _defaultRoyaltyInfo = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes default royalty information.
     */
    function _deleteDefaultRoyalty() internal virtual {
        delete _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets the royalty information for a specific token id, overriding the global default.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `receiver` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator.
     */
    function _setTokenRoyalty(
        uint256 tokenId,
        address receiver,
        uint96 feeNumerator
    ) internal virtual {
        require(feeNumerator <= _feeDenominator(), "ERC2981: royalty fee will exceed salePrice");
        require(receiver != address(0), "ERC2981: Invalid parameters");
        _tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId] = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Resets royalty information for the token id back to the global default.
     */
    function _resetTokenRoyalty(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        delete _tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId];
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright (c) 2021 the ethier authors (github.com/divergencetech/ethier)
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;
import {Pausable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/security/Pausable.sol";
import {AccessControlEnumerable} from "./AccessControlEnumerable.sol";
/// @notice A Pausable contract that can only be toggled by a member of the
/// STEERING role.
contract AccessControlPausable is AccessControlEnumerable, Pausable {
    /// @notice Pauses the contract.
    function pause() public onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE) {
        Pausable._pause();
    }
    /// @notice Unpauses the contract.
    function unpause() public onlyRole(DEFAULT_STEERING_ROLE) {
        Pausable._unpause();
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: CC0-1.0
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import {IERC165, ERC165} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
interface IERC4906Events {
    /// @dev This event emits when the metadata of a token is changed.
    /// So that the third-party platforms such as NFT market could
    /// timely update the images and related attributes of the NFT.
    event MetadataUpdate(uint256 _tokenId);
    /// @dev This event emits when the metadata of a range of tokens is changed.
    /// So that the third-party platforms such as NFT market could
    /// timely update the images and related attributes of the NFTs.
    event BatchMetadataUpdate(uint256 _fromTokenId, uint256 _toTokenId);
}
/// @title EIP-721 Metadata Update Extension
// solhint-disable-next-line no-empty-blocks
interface IERC4906 is IERC165, IERC4906Events {
}
contract ERC4906 is IERC4906, ERC165 {
    function _refreshMetadata(uint256 tokenId) internal {
        emit MetadataUpdate(tokenId);
    }
    function _refreshMetadata(uint256 fromTokenId, uint256 toTokenId) internal {
        emit BatchMetadataUpdate(fromTokenId, toTokenId);
    }
    /// @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(ERC165, IERC165)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return
            interfaceId == bytes4(0x49064906) ||
            ERC165.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import {IOperatorFilterRegistry} from "./IOperatorFilterRegistry.sol";
import {CANONICAL_OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY_ADDRESS} from "./lib/Constants.sol";
/**
 * @title  OperatorFilterer
 * @notice Abstract contract whose constructor automatically registers and optionally subscribes to or copies another
 *         registrant's entries in the OperatorFilterRegistry.
 * @dev    This smart contract is meant to be inherited by token contracts so they can use the following:
 *         - `onlyAllowedOperator` modifier for `transferFrom` and `safeTransferFrom` methods.
 *         - `onlyAllowedOperatorApproval` modifier for `approve` and `setApprovalForAll` methods.
 *         Please note that if your token contract does not provide an owner with EIP-173, it must provide
 *         administration methods on the contract itself to interact with the registry otherwise the subscription
 *         will be locked to the options set during construction.
 */
abstract contract OperatorFilterer {
    /// @dev Emitted when an operator is not allowed.
    error OperatorNotAllowed(address operator);
    IOperatorFilterRegistry public constant OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY =
        IOperatorFilterRegistry(CANONICAL_OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY_ADDRESS);
    /// @dev The constructor that is called when the contract is being deployed.
    constructor(address subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy, bool subscribe) {
        // If an inheriting token contract is deployed to a network without the registry deployed, the modifier
        // will not revert, but the contract will need to be registered with the registry once it is deployed in
        // order for the modifier to filter addresses.
        if (address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).code.length > 0) {
            if (subscribe) {
                OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.registerAndSubscribe(address(this), subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy);
            } else {
                if (subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy != address(0)) {
                    OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.registerAndCopyEntries(address(this), subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy);
                } else {
                    OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.register(address(this));
                }
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev A helper function to check if an operator is allowed.
     */
    modifier onlyAllowedOperator(address from) virtual {
        // Allow spending tokens from addresses with balance
        // Note that this still allows listings and marketplaces with escrow to transfer tokens if transferred
        // from an EOA.
        if (from != msg.sender) {
            _checkFilterOperator(msg.sender);
        }
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev A helper function to check if an operator approval is allowed.
     */
    modifier onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(address operator) virtual {
        _checkFilterOperator(operator);
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev A helper function to check if an operator is allowed.
     */
    function _checkFilterOperator(address operator) internal view virtual {
        // Check registry code length to facilitate testing in environments without a deployed registry.
        if (address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).code.length > 0) {
            // under normal circumstances, this function will revert rather than return false, but inheriting contracts
            // may specify their own OperatorFilterRegistry implementations, which may behave differently
            if (!OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.isOperatorAllowed(address(this), operator)) {
                revert OperatorNotAllowed(operator);
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
address constant CANONICAL_OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY_ADDRESS = 0x000000000000AAeB6D7670E522A718067333cd4E;
address constant CANONICAL_CORI_SUBSCRIPTION = 0x3cc6CddA760b79bAfa08dF41ECFA224f810dCeB6;
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Copyright 2023 PROOF Holdings Inc
pragma solidity >=0.8.0 <0.9.0;
/**
 * @notice Basic interface for a contract providing sellable content.
 */
interface ISellable {
    /**
     * @notice Handles the sale of sellable content.
     * @dev This is usually only callable by Sellers.
     */
    function handleSale(address to, uint64 num, bytes calldata data) external payable;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/IAccessControlEnumerable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IAccessControl.sol";
/**
 * @dev External interface of AccessControlEnumerable declared to support ERC165 detection.
 */
interface IAccessControlEnumerable is IAccessControl {
    /**
     * @dev Returns one of the accounts that have `role`. `index` must be a
     * value between 0 and {getRoleMemberCount}, non-inclusive.
     *
     * Role bearers are not sorted in any particular way, and their ordering may
     * change at any point.
     *
     * WARNING: When using {getRoleMember} and {getRoleMemberCount}, make sure
     * you perform all queries on the same block. See the following
     * https://forum.openzeppelin.com/t/iterating-over-elements-on-enumerableset-in-openzeppelin-contracts/2296[forum post]
     * for more information.
     */
    function getRoleMember(bytes32 role, uint256 index) external view returns (address);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of accounts that have `role`. Can be used
     * together with {getRoleMember} to enumerate all bearers of a role.
     */
    function getRoleMemberCount(bytes32 role) external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (access/AccessControl.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IAccessControl.sol";
import "../utils/Context.sol";
import "../utils/Strings.sol";
import "../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module that allows children to implement role-based access
 * control mechanisms. This is a lightweight version that doesn't allow enumerating role
 * members except through off-chain means by accessing the contract event logs. Some
 * applications may benefit from on-chain enumerability, for those cases see
 * {AccessControlEnumerable}.
 *
 * Roles are referred to by their `bytes32` identifier. These should be exposed
 * in the external API and be unique. The best way to achieve this is by
 * using `public constant` hash digests:
 *
 * ```
 * bytes32 public constant MY_ROLE = keccak256("MY_ROLE");
 * ```
 *
 * Roles can be used to represent a set of permissions. To restrict access to a
 * function call, use {hasRole}:
 *
 * ```
 * function foo() public {
 *     require(hasRole(MY_ROLE, msg.sender));
 *     ...
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Roles can be granted and revoked dynamically via the {grantRole} and
 * {revokeRole} functions. Each role has an associated admin role, and only
 * accounts that have a role's admin role can call {grantRole} and {revokeRole}.
 *
 * By default, the admin role for all roles is `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`, which means
 * that only accounts with this role will be able to grant or revoke other
 * roles. More complex role relationships can be created by using
 * {_setRoleAdmin}.
 *
 * WARNING: The `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is also its own admin: it has permission to
 * grant and revoke this role. Extra precautions should be taken to secure
 * accounts that have been granted it.
 */
abstract contract AccessControl is Context, IAccessControl, ERC165 {
    struct RoleData {
        mapping(address => bool) members;
        bytes32 adminRole;
    }
    mapping(bytes32 => RoleData) private _roles;
    bytes32 public constant DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE = 0x00;
    /**
     * @dev Modifier that checks that an account has a specific role. Reverts
     * with a standardized message including the required role.
     *
     * The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:
     *
     *  /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{40}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{64})$/
     *
     * _Available since v4.1._
     */
    modifier onlyRole(bytes32 role) {
        _checkRole(role);
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IAccessControl).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _roles[role].members[account];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revert with a standard message if `_msgSender()` is missing `role`.
     * Overriding this function changes the behavior of the {onlyRole} modifier.
     *
     * Format of the revert message is described in {_checkRole}.
     *
     * _Available since v4.6._
     */
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role) internal view virtual {
        _checkRole(role, _msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revert with a standard message if `account` is missing `role`.
     *
     * The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:
     *
     *  /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{40}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{64})$/
     */
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal view virtual {
        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
            revert(
                string(
                    abi.encodePacked(
                        "AccessControl: account ",
                        Strings.toHexString(account),
                        " is missing role ",
                        Strings.toHexString(uint256(role), 32)
                    )
                )
            );
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) public view virtual override returns (bytes32) {
        return _roles[role].adminRole;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
        _grantRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been revoked `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `account`.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
        require(account == _msgSender(), "AccessControl: can only renounce roles for self");
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event. Note that unlike {grantRole}, this function doesn't perform any
     * checks on the calling account.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
     *
     * [WARNING]
     * ====
     * This function should only be called from the constructor when setting
     * up the initial roles for the system.
     *
     * Using this function in any other way is effectively circumventing the admin
     * system imposed by {AccessControl}.
     * ====
     *
     * NOTE: This function is deprecated in favor of {_grantRole}.
     */
    function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        _grantRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets `adminRole` as ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * Emits a {RoleAdminChanged} event.
     */
    function _setRoleAdmin(bytes32 role, bytes32 adminRole) internal virtual {
        bytes32 previousAdminRole = getRoleAdmin(role);
        _roles[role].adminRole = adminRole;
        emit RoleAdminChanged(role, previousAdminRole, adminRole);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
     */
    function _grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
            _roles[role].members[account] = true;
            emit RoleGranted(role, account, _msgSender());
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
     */
    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        if (hasRole(role, account)) {
            _roles[role].members[account] = false;
            emit RoleRevoked(role, account, _msgSender());
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol)
// This file was procedurally generated from scripts/generate/templates/EnumerableSet.js.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Library for managing
 * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_(abstract_data_type)[sets] of primitive
 * types.
 *
 * Sets have the following properties:
 *
 * - Elements are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time
 * (O(1)).
 * - Elements are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.
 *
 * ```
 * contract Example {
 *     // Add the library methods
 *     using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
 *
 *     // Declare a set state variable
 *     EnumerableSet.AddressSet private mySet;
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * As of v3.3.0, sets of type `bytes32` (`Bytes32Set`), `address` (`AddressSet`)
 * and `uint256` (`UintSet`) are supported.
 *
 * [WARNING]
 * ====
 * Trying to delete such a structure from storage will likely result in data corruption, rendering the structure
 * unusable.
 * See https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/pull/11843[ethereum/solidity#11843] for more info.
 *
 * In order to clean an EnumerableSet, you can either remove all elements one by one or create a fresh instance using an
 * array of EnumerableSet.
 * ====
 */
library EnumerableSet {
    // To implement this library for multiple types with as little code
    // repetition as possible, we write it in terms of a generic Set type with
    // bytes32 values.
    // The Set implementation uses private functions, and user-facing
    // implementations (such as AddressSet) are just wrappers around the
    // underlying Set.
    // This means that we can only create new EnumerableSets for types that fit
    // in bytes32.
    struct Set {
        // Storage of set values
        bytes32[] _values;
        // Position of the value in the `values` array, plus 1 because index 0
        // means a value is not in the set.
        mapping(bytes32 => uint256) _indexes;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function _add(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        if (!_contains(set, value)) {
            set._values.push(value);
            // The value is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
            // and use 0 as a sentinel value
            set._indexes[value] = set._values.length;
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function _remove(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        // We read and store the value's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
        uint256 valueIndex = set._indexes[value];
        if (valueIndex != 0) {
            // Equivalent to contains(set, value)
            // To delete an element from the _values array in O(1), we swap the element to delete with the last one in
            // the array, and then remove the last element (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
            // This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.
            uint256 toDeleteIndex = valueIndex - 1;
            uint256 lastIndex = set._values.length - 1;
            if (lastIndex != toDeleteIndex) {
                bytes32 lastValue = set._values[lastIndex];
                // Move the last value to the index where the value to delete is
                set._values[toDeleteIndex] = lastValue;
                // Update the index for the moved value
                set._indexes[lastValue] = valueIndex; // Replace lastValue's index to valueIndex
            }
            // Delete the slot where the moved value was stored
            set._values.pop();
            // Delete the index for the deleted slot
            delete set._indexes[value];
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function _contains(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private view returns (bool) {
        return set._indexes[value] != 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function _length(Set storage set) private view returns (uint256) {
        return set._values.length;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function _at(Set storage set, uint256 index) private view returns (bytes32) {
        return set._values[index];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function _values(Set storage set) private view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        return set._values;
    }
    // Bytes32Set
    struct Bytes32Set {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(Bytes32Set storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (bytes32) {
        return _at(set._inner, index);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        bytes32[] memory result;
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
    // AddressSet
    struct AddressSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(AddressSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(uint256(_at(set._inner, index))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (address[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        address[] memory result;
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
    // UintSet
    struct UintSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(UintSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_at(set._inner, index));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        uint256[] memory result;
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721A.
 */
interface IERC721A {
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * Cannot query the balance for the zero address.
     */
    error BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
    /**
     * Cannot mint to the zero address.
     */
    error MintToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The quantity of tokens minted must be more than zero.
     */
    error MintZeroQuantity();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token must be owned by `from`.
     */
    error TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
    /**
     * Cannot safely transfer to a contract that does not implement the
     * ERC721Receiver interface.
     */
    error TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
    /**
     * Cannot transfer to the zero address.
     */
    error TransferToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The `quantity` minted with ERC2309 exceeds the safety limit.
     */
    error MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit();
    /**
     * The `extraData` cannot be set on an unintialized ownership slot.
     */
    error OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData();
    // =============================================================
    //                            STRUCTS
    // =============================================================
    struct TokenOwnership {
        // The address of the owner.
        address addr;
        // Stores the start time of ownership with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 startTimestamp;
        // Whether the token has been burned.
        bool burned;
        // Arbitrary data similar to `startTimestamp` that can be set via {_extraData}.
        uint24 extraData;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                         TOKEN COUNTERS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence.
     * Burned tokens will reduce the count.
     * To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC165
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC721
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables
     * (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`,
     * checking first that contract recipients are aware of the ERC721 protocol
     * to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move
     * this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom}
     * whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the
     * zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom}
     * for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
    // =============================================================
    //                        IERC721Metadata
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
    // =============================================================
    //                           IERC2309
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when tokens in `fromTokenId` to `toTokenId`
     * (inclusive) is transferred from `from` to `to`, as defined in the
     * [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309) standard.
     *
     * See {_mintERC2309} for more details.
     */
    event ConsecutiveTransfer(uint256 indexed fromTokenId, uint256 toTokenId, address indexed from, address indexed to);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (interfaces/IERC2981.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
 *
 * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
 * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
interface IERC2981 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
     * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be paid in that same unit of exchange.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
        external
        view
        returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (security/Pausable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which allows children to implement an emergency stop
 * mechanism that can be triggered by an authorized account.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the
 * modifiers `whenNotPaused` and `whenPaused`, which can be applied to
 * the functions of your contract. Note that they will not be pausable by
 * simply including this module, only once the modifiers are put in place.
 */
abstract contract Pausable is Context {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the pause is triggered by `account`.
     */
    event Paused(address account);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the pause is lifted by `account`.
     */
    event Unpaused(address account);
    bool private _paused;
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract in unpaused state.
     */
    constructor() {
        _paused = false;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is not paused.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must not be paused.
     */
    modifier whenNotPaused() {
        _requireNotPaused();
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is paused.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must be paused.
     */
    modifier whenPaused() {
        _requirePaused();
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the contract is paused, and false otherwise.
     */
    function paused() public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return _paused;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if the contract is paused.
     */
    function _requireNotPaused() internal view virtual {
        require(!paused(), "Pausable: paused");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if the contract is not paused.
     */
    function _requirePaused() internal view virtual {
        require(paused(), "Pausable: not paused");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Triggers stopped state.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must not be paused.
     */
    function _pause() internal virtual whenNotPaused {
        _paused = true;
        emit Paused(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns to normal state.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must be paused.
     */
    function _unpause() internal virtual whenPaused {
        _paused = false;
        emit Unpaused(_msgSender());
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
interface IOperatorFilterRegistry {
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if operator is not filtered for a given token, either by address or codeHash. Also returns
     *         true if supplied registrant address is not registered.
     */
    function isOperatorAllowed(address registrant, address operator) external view returns (bool);
    /**
     * @notice Registers an address with the registry. May be called by address itself or by EIP-173 owner.
     */
    function register(address registrant) external;
    /**
     * @notice Registers an address with the registry and "subscribes" to another address's filtered operators and codeHashes.
     */
    function registerAndSubscribe(address registrant, address subscription) external;
    /**
     * @notice Registers an address with the registry and copies the filtered operators and codeHashes from another
     *         address without subscribing.
     */
    function registerAndCopyEntries(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
    /**
     * @notice Unregisters an address with the registry and removes its subscription. May be called by address itself or by EIP-173 owner.
     *         Note that this does not remove any filtered addresses or codeHashes.
     *         Also note that any subscriptions to this registrant will still be active and follow the existing filtered addresses and codehashes.
     */
    function unregister(address addr) external;
    /**
     * @notice Update an operator address for a registered address - when filtered is true, the operator is filtered.
     */
    function updateOperator(address registrant, address operator, bool filtered) external;
    /**
     * @notice Update multiple operators for a registered address - when filtered is true, the operators will be filtered. Reverts on duplicates.
     */
    function updateOperators(address registrant, address[] calldata operators, bool filtered) external;
    /**
     * @notice Update a codeHash for a registered address - when filtered is true, the codeHash is filtered.
     */
    function updateCodeHash(address registrant, bytes32 codehash, bool filtered) external;
    /**
     * @notice Update multiple codeHashes for a registered address - when filtered is true, the codeHashes will be filtered. Reverts on duplicates.
     */
    function updateCodeHashes(address registrant, bytes32[] calldata codeHashes, bool filtered) external;
    /**
     * @notice Subscribe an address to another registrant's filtered operators and codeHashes. Will remove previous
     *         subscription if present.
     *         Note that accounts with subscriptions may go on to subscribe to other accounts - in this case,
     *         subscriptions will not be forwarded. Instead the former subscription's existing entries will still be
     *         used.
     */
    function subscribe(address registrant, address registrantToSubscribe) external;
    /**
     * @notice Unsubscribe an address from its current subscribed registrant, and optionally copy its filtered operators and codeHashes.
     */
    function unsubscribe(address registrant, bool copyExistingEntries) external;
    /**
     * @notice Get the subscription address of a given registrant, if any.
     */
    function subscriptionOf(address addr) external returns (address registrant);
    /**
     * @notice Get the set of addresses subscribed to a given registrant.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function subscribers(address registrant) external returns (address[] memory);
    /**
     * @notice Get the subscriber at a given index in the set of addresses subscribed to a given registrant.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function subscriberAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
    /**
     * @notice Copy filtered operators and codeHashes from a different registrantToCopy to addr.
     */
    function copyEntriesOf(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if operator is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function isOperatorFiltered(address registrant, address operator) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if the hash of an address's code is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function isCodeHashOfFiltered(address registrant, address operatorWithCode) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if a codeHash is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function isCodeHashFiltered(address registrant, bytes32 codeHash) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @notice Returns a list of filtered operators for a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function filteredOperators(address addr) external returns (address[] memory);
    /**
     * @notice Returns the set of filtered codeHashes for a given address or its subscription.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function filteredCodeHashes(address addr) external returns (bytes32[] memory);
    /**
     * @notice Returns the filtered operator at the given index of the set of filtered operators for a given address or
     *         its subscription.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function filteredOperatorAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
    /**
     * @notice Returns the filtered codeHash at the given index of the list of filtered codeHashes for a given address or
     *         its subscription.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function filteredCodeHashAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (bytes32);
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if an address has registered
     */
    function isRegistered(address addr) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Convenience method to compute the code hash of an arbitrary contract
     */
    function codeHashOf(address addr) external returns (bytes32);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/IAccessControl.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev External interface of AccessControl declared to support ERC165 detection.
 */
interface IAccessControl {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `newAdminRole` is set as ``role``'s admin role, replacing `previousAdminRole`
     *
     * `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is the starting admin for all roles, despite
     * {RoleAdminChanged} not being emitted signaling this.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    event RoleAdminChanged(bytes32 indexed role, bytes32 indexed previousAdminRole, bytes32 indexed newAdminRole);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is granted `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call, an admin role
     * bearer except when using {AccessControl-_setupRole}.
     */
    event RoleGranted(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is revoked `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call:
     *   - if using `revokeRole`, it is the admin role bearer
     *   - if using `renounceRole`, it is the role bearer (i.e. `account`)
     */
    event RoleRevoked(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) external view returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {AccessControl-_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view returns (bytes32);
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `account`.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}